GOVT. OF HARYANA

accepted in any physical form. Reference of the BS is to be mentioned online. Reference of the BS is to be mentioned online. Above envelop, as applica...

0 downloads 69 Views 3MB Size
-1-

GOVT. OF HARYANA

HARYANA PUBLIC WORKS (B&R) DEPARTMENT CHANDIGARH Nirman Sadan, Plot No.1, Sector-33/A, Chandigarh. Phone:-0172-2618100 Email: [email protected]

BIDDING DOCUMENT PROCUREMENT OF CIVIL WORKS (BUILDING WORKS) PART 1 : COMPLETE BIDDING DOCUMENT

Name of work :

DNIT Amount :

Up-gradation of War Heroes Memorial Stadium at Ambala Cantt in Ambala District.

Rs.4279.38 Lacs

EE, AP-1

-2-

TABLE OF CONTENTS Sr.

i ii iii i

i ii iii

I II III IV V

Name of Contents

INVITATION FOR BIDS Press Notice Detailed Notice Inviting Tender Conditions of E-Tendering SECTION-1 Instructions to Bidders (ITB) SECTION-2 Qualification information SECTION-3 Conditions of Contract SECTION-4 Contract Data SECTION-5 Technical specification (Civil. P.H. & E.I. works) SECTION-6 Form of bids SECTION-7 Bill of quantities Schedule of Civil works Schedule of E.I. works Schedule of P.H. works SECTION-8 Securities and other forms SECTION-9 Drawings Additional conditions Contractor(s) labour Regulation (CH.7) Fair wages Clauses (CH.8) Rules for Protection of Health & Sanitary Arrangement (CH.-9) Explanatory Notes

Page No.

3 4-7 8-11 12-31 32-38 39-57 58-65 66-81 82-83 84-86

87-96 97 98-106 107-109 110 111-114 115-116

EE, AP-1

-3-

PRESS NOTICE HARYANA PWD (B&R) Notice Inviting Tender.

No.1726/B Dated 18/11/2016.

The Governor of Haryana invites the bids from eligible bidders through online bids on the website: http://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in for the work detailed in the table. Sr.

Name of Work

App. Value of wo rks (Rs .)

1.

Up-gradation of War Heroes Memorial Rs.4279.38 Stadium at Ambala Cantt in Ambala District. lacs

Bid Security (Rs. )

Rs.85.59 lacs.

Cost

of docu ment (Rs.)

Rs.20,000/-

Time limit

24 (Twenty four) months

(i) Date and time for Bid preparation and submission – 18/11/2016 17.00 Hrs. to 19/12/2016 17.00 Hrs. (ii) Pre-bid meeting will be held on 06/12/2016 at 11.30 Hrs .in the office of the Superintending Engineer, Ambala Circle, PWD (B&R), Ambala Cantt (iii) E-service fee of Rs.1000/- is required to be provided online at the time of online bid preparation (hash submission) stage.

(iv) Tenders will be received only through E-tendering. For further details visit website http://haryanapwd-bandr.org / https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in FOR AND ON BEHALF OF GOVERNOR OF HARYANA

Superintending Engineer, Ambala Circle, PWD (B&R), Ambala Cantt Ph. 0171-2644422 Email – [email protected] .

EE, AP-1

-4-

Sr. No.

1 1.

DETAIL NOTICE INVITING TENDER The Governor of Haryana invites the bids from eligible bidders through online bids in the website: https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in for the work detailed in the table. Name of work Approximate value Bid Security (Rs.) Cost of document Time of woks (Rs.) limit (Rs.) 2 3 4 5 6 Up-gradation of Stadium (Construction Rs.4279.38 Rs.85.59 Rs.20,000/24 Stadium, IAAF approved synthetic track, lacs. lacs. (Non (Twenty FIFA approved artificial Football Turf) in refundable) four) War Heroes Memorial Stadium at months. Ambala Cantt in Ambala District.

Date and time for bid preparation to Hash Submission – 18/11/2016 17.00 Hrs. to 19/12/2016 17.00 Hrs. The Bidders can download the tender documents from the Portal: https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in. Earnest Money Deposit is to be deposited as per instructions to bidders. Willing Contractors shall have to pay the e-Service Fees of Rs.1000/- and tender document fee as mentioned against each work through online. However, the details of the EMD are required to be filled/ provided scan copies at the time of online Bid Preparation Stage; the Bidders are required to keep the EMD, details ready beforehand. Contractual Agencies can submit their tender documents as per the dated mentioned in the key dates below:Key Dates Sr.

PWD (B&R) Stage

Contractor Stage

Start date and time

Expiry date and time

1

-

2

-

18-11-2016 17.00 Hrs. -

3

Technical Opening.

Tender document download and Bid preparation. Manual Submission of Tender document fee, EMD and E-service Fee etc. -

4

Technical Evaluation

-

5

Opening of Financial Bid

-

19-12-2016 17.00 Hrs. 20-12-2016 17.00 Hrs. 21-12-2016 17.00 Hrs. 26-12-2016 17.00 Hrs. 30-12-2016 17.00 Hrs.

20-12-2016 17.01 Hrs. 20-12-2016 17.01 Hrs. 20-12-2016 17.01 Hrs.

Pre-bid meeting: will be held on 06/12/2016 at 11.30 Hrs. in the office of the Superintending Engineer, Ambala Circle, PWD (B&R), Ambala Cantt to clarify the issues and to answer questions to any matter that may be raised at that stage as stated in Clause 9.2 of the ‘Instructions to Bidders’ of the Bidding document. Important Note: 1) The bidders have to complete ‘Bid Preparation & Submission’ stage on scheduled time as mentioned above. If any bidder failed to complete his/her aforesaid stage in the stipulated online time schedule for this stage, his/her bid status will be considered as ‘bids not submitted’. 2) Bidder must confirm & check his/her bid status after completion of his/her all activities for ebidding. 3) Bidder can rework on his/her bids even after completion of ‘Bid Preparation & submission stage’ (Bidder Stage), subject to the condition that the rework must take place during the stipulated time frame of the Bidder Stage. EE, AP-1

-5-

4) Tender Document Fees has to be paid online during the Bid Preparation and Hash Submission stage and Bid Security has to be submitted in a separate sealed BS envelope. The bidders shall have to pay the Tender Document Fees mentioned against the work at the time of Bid Preparation and Hash Submission stage. The Bid Security / earnest money will have to be in any one of the form as specified in the bidding document. The BS envelop has to reach in the office of Superintending Engineer, Ambala Circle, PWD (B&R) Ambala Cantt / Executive Engineer (Roads-I) O/o Engineer-inChief, Nirman Sadan, Hr. PWD (B&R) Br. Sector-33, Dakshin Marg, Chandigarh-160020 or O/o Executive Engineer, Provincial Division No.1, PWD (B&R), Ambala Cantt on or before 20/12/2016 17.00 Hrs. However, as the details of the Bid Security are required to be filled at the time of Bid Preparation and Hash Submission stage, the Bidders are required to keep the BS ready appropriately. 5) The tender shall be submitted by the tenderer in the following three separate envelops: 1 Earnest Money / Tender Document : Envelope “BS” (Scanned copy online Fee/ e- Service fee hard copy in physical form) 2

N.I.T. and Technical Bid

: Envelope “T I” (Online)

3

Tender in Form –A (Price Bid)

: Envelope “C I” (Online)

Note: Online Bidders are required to submit the physical BS in a physical BS Envelop – ‘BS’. Price Bids and Technical Bid are to be submitted mandatory online and shall not be accepted in any physical form. Reference of the BS is to be mentioned online. Above envelop, as applicable, shall be kept in a big outer envelope, which shall also be sealed, In the first instance, the Envelop – ‘BS’ of all the Bidders containing the Bid Security shall be opened online and physically. If the Earnest Money is found proper, Technical Bid shall be opened (online) in the presence of such contractors who choose to be present. The Financial Offer in Envelop in ‘CI’ shall be opened (online) only if the tenderers meet the qualification criteria as per the Bid document. The date of opening of Financial Bid shall be fixed at the time of opening of Technical Bid. The Contractual Agencies will submit the necessary documents as under: Envelope ‘BS’ – Bid Security Envelope Physical BS Envelop – The Bid Security will have to be in any one of the forms as specified in the bidding document. Online BS Envelope—Reference details of the Bid Security instrument and scanned copy of the Bid Security. In case financial bid is submitted but Bid Security has not been submitted by any bidder, then bidder would be debarred from further tendering in Haryana PWD (B&R) for a period of minimum 1 year. Adjustment of tender document fees of the Contractors / Agencies: 1. “Single tender shall normally not be considered unless there are special circumstances to do so. In such eventuality, decision to accept the single tender shall be as prescribed in the rules. If special circumstances are not present, tenders shall be re-called. If re-tendering again results in a single tender, its acceptance may be considered with proper justification and reasons” 2. Those bidders shall not be required to pay tender document fees, who choose to submit bids again on tender being re-called on account of single tender / bid being received on first call. Envelope ‘CI’ – Price Bid Envelope Information related to Price Bid of the tender to be submitted mandatorily online. The envelope marked BS shall be submitted clearly marking the name of agency and name of work. EE, AP-1

-6-

The contractual Agencies can submit their tender documents as per the dates mentioned in the key Dates. CONDITONS:1) DNIT & Prequalification criteria can be seen on any working day during office hours in office of the undersigned. 2) Conditional tenders will not be entertained & are liable to be rejected. 3) In case the day of opening of tenders happens to be holiday, the tenders will be opened on the next working day. The time and place of receipt of tenders and other conditions will remain unchanged. 4) The undersigned reserves the right to reject any tender or all the tenders without assigning any reason. 5) The societies shall produce an attested copy of the resolution of the Co-Operative department for the issuance of tenders. 6) The tender without earnest money / bid security will not be opened. 7) The jurisdiction of court will be at ‘Ambala’. 8) The tender of the bidder who does not satisfy the qualification criteria in the bid documents are liable to be rejected summarily without assigning any reason and no claim whatsoever on this account will be considered. 9) The bid for the work shall remain open for acceptance during the bid validity period to be reckoned from the last date of ‘manual submission of BS. If any bidder/ renderer withdraws his bid/ tender before the said period or makes any modifications in the terms and conditions of the bid, the earnest money shall stand forfeited. Bids shall be valid for 120 days from the date of bid closing i.e. from last date of manual submission of EMD. In case the last day to accept the tender happens to be holiday, validity to accept tender will be the next working day. FOR AND ON BEHALF OF GOVERNOR OF HARYANA

Superintending Engineer, Ambala Circle, PWD (B&R), Ambala Cantt -133001 Ph. 0171-2644422 Email – [email protected] Endorsement No.

Dated

A copy of above is forwarded to the following for information and wide publicity: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

The Deputy Commissioner, Ambala The Engineer-in-Chief Haryana, PW(B&R) Deptt., Chandigarh All the Superintending Engineer Haryana PW(B&R)Deptt., All the Executive Engineer, Haryana PWD B&R, All the SDE’s under Provincial Division No. 5/6/7, Ambala Cantt The Manager Co-op. L&C Society, Ambala All enlisted Contractor/Society of PW(B&R) Deptt. of appropriate class .Contactors of Delhi and nearby States Deputy Superintendent/H.D.M./Divisional Accountant/Notice Board. The Assistant Registrar Co-op Societies Ambala

Executive Engineer Provl. Divn. No.1 PWD (B&R), Ambala Cantt EE, AP-1

-7-

EE, AP-1

-8-

EE, AP-1

-9-

EE, AP-1

- 10 -

EE, AP-1

- 11 -

EE, AP-1

- 12 -

EE, AP-1

- 13 -

EE, AP-1

- 14 -

EE, AP-1

- 15 -

EE, AP-1

- 16 -

Instruction to bidder on Electronic Tendering System 1.

These conditions will over-rule the conditions stated in the tender documents, wherever relevant and applicable. Registration of the Contractors on the Haryana PW(B&R) Deptt.’s website

2.

https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in

2.1 All the Contractors registered / intending to register with Haryana PW(B&R) Deptt. and intending to participate in the tenders processed online, are required to get registered on the Electronic Tendering System on the Portal https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in 2.2 The Contractors registered with other departments who are also eligible to participate in the tenders are also required to be registered on the Electronic Tendering System in OPEN category. 2.3 For more details, please see the information in Registration info link on the home page. 3. Obtaining a Digital Certificate: 3.1

The Bids required to be submitted online should be signed electronically with a Digital Certificate to establish the identity of the bidder bidding online. These Digital Certificates are issued by an approved certifying agency, authorized by the controller of Certifying Authorities, Government of India. 3.2 A Digital Certificate is issued upon receipt of mandatory identity proofs and verification letters attested by the bankers /gazzetted officers with whom the contractor maintains the accounts with. Only upon the receipt of the required documents, a digital certificate can be issued. 3.3 The registered contractors may obtain Class-II B Digital Certificates from any Certifying Authority or Sub- Certifying Authority authorized by the Controller of Certifying Authorities or may obtain information and application format and documents required to issue of digital certificate from: 1. (i). Nex Tenders (India) Pvt. Ltd. YUCHIT, Juhu Tara Road, Mumbai – 400049 Phone: 022-26611287 Email: [email protected] (ii). Nex Tenders (India) Pvt. Ltd. Nirman Sadan, Plot No. 1, Sector-33/A, Chandigarh-160034 Mob: 09815034028 (Mr.Manmeet Sharma) Mob: 09878012160 (Mr.Rishi) Chandigarh-0172-2618292 Gurgaon-08743042801 Rohtak- 09255125260 Hisar- 09034357793 Email: [email protected] 2. The registered contractors may obtain the digital certificates from any other Certifying Authority or Sub-Certifying Authority authorized by the Controller of Certifying Authorities, Government of India. 3.4 Bid for a particular tender may be submitted only using the Digital certificate, which is used to encrypt the data and sign the hash during the stage of bid preparation and hash submission. In case, during the process of a particular tender, the user looses his digital certificate (i.e. due to virus attack, hardware problem, operating system problem); he/she may not be able to submit the bid online. Hence, the Authorized users are advised to back up his/her Digital certificate and keep the copies at safe place under proper security to be used in case of emergencies. 3.4 In case of online tendering, if the Digital certificate issued to the authorized user of a firm is used for signing and submitting a bid it will be considered equivalent to a no-objection certificate/power of attorney to that User. The firm has to authorize a specific individual via an authorization certificate signed by all partners to use the digital certificate as per Indian Information Technology Act 2000. Unless the certificates are revoked, it will be assumed to represent adequate authority of the Authority user to bid on behalf of the firm for the Tenders processed by the Public Works Deptt. ( B&R) Govt. of Haryana as per Information Technology Act 2000. The Digital signature of this authorized user will be binding on the firm.

EE, AP-1

- 17 -

It shall be the responsibility of management / partners of the registered firms to inform the certifying authority of Sub / Certifying Authority, if the authorized user changes, and apply for a fresh digital certificate and issue a ‘authorization certificates’ for the new user. The procedure for application of a digital certificate will remain the same for the new Authorized user. 3.5 The same procedure holds true for the authorized users in a private/Public limited company. In this case, the authorization certificate will have to be signed by the Directors of the company. 4. Opening of an Electronic Payment Account: 4.1 For purchasing the tender documents online, contractors are required to pay the tender documents fees online using the electronic payments gateway service as mentioned in the D.N.I.T. 4.2 a) Credit Cards:- Electronic Credit Card Transactions through the following Credit Card sypes are supported: Master Card/VISA/American Express/Diners Club International/JCB Cards/Citibank E-Cards. b) Internet Banking: Electronic Internet Banking Transactions through Internet Banking Accounts of the following Banks are supported: HDFC Bank/Citi Bank/ICICI Bank/IDBI Bank/UTI Bank/Oriental Bank of Commerce-GloblalTrust Bank /Federal Bank,Centurian Bank of Punjab Limited/IndusInd Bank/Kotak Mahindra Bank/Punjab National Bank. 5. Set up of Machine 5.1 In order to operate on the electronic tender management system, a user’s machine is required to be set up. A help file on setting up of the system can be obtained from Nex Tenders (India) Pvt. Ltd. or downloaded from the home page of the website - hhttps://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in. 6. Online Viewing of Detailed Notice Inviting Tenders: 6.1 The contractors can view the Detailed N.I.T and the detailed time schedule (Key Dates) for all the packages processed by Haryana PW(B&R) using the electronic Tendering System on the website https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in

7. Purchase of Tender Documents: Online Purchase/Download of Tender Document: the Tender documents can only be downloaded from the electronic tendering website-“http//haryanapmgsy.etenders.in after logging in with a valid Username and Password or from the Haryana PWD (B&R) Website-http//www/haryananapwd-bandr.org. It is to be noted that it is mandatory that the tender document is download from the electronic tendering website to be able to submit electronic bids. The payment of the Tender Document fee has to be made only of bid is being submitted. The last date of the submission of Tender Document Fee is as indicates in Notice Inviting Tenders. 7.1 Clarification of Bidding Documents and Pre-bid Meeting:- The clarification shall be given by the Employer on the venue, date and time as indicates in DNIT. 7.2 Incase online Query Processing facility of online bidding is functional: Prospective bidder should notify the Employer through the query processing facility available online set up to the date and time indicated in the Notice Inviting Tender. In such case, the copies of the employers response will be displayed online including a description of the enquiry, but without identifying its source. Prospective bidders can participate in the pre-bid meeting using the Query processing facility available online. Prospective bidders can use the Query processing facility available online to do so but not later than one week before the meeting. Responses given will be displayed online without delay. 8. Submission of Bid Seal (Hash) of Online Bids: 8.1 Submission of bids will be preceded by submission of the digitally signed Bid Seals (Hashes) as stated in the Tender time schedule (Key Dates) published in the DNIT. The information related to bids should be filled in or uploaded in the available templates under each envelope. After filling templates/uploading documents online, the hash of each envelope is required to be generated and digitally signed by a digital certificates of the person duly authorized to sign on behalf of the bidder. 9. Generation of Super Hash: 9.1 After the prescribed time of submission of digitally signed Bid Seals (Hashes) by the Contractors has lapsed, the bid round will be closed and a digitally signed Tender Super Hash will be generated

EE, AP-1

- 18 -

by authorized official of Public Work Department (B&R), Government of Haryana. This is equivalent to sealing the Tender box. 10. Submission of actual online bids: 10.1 Contactors have to submit their encrypted bids online and upload the relevant documents for which they generated the hash at the stage of hash generation and submission after the generation of Super Hash within the date and time as stated in the Notice Inviting Tenders (Key Dates). The electronic bids of only those contactors who have submitted their bid seals (Hashes) within the stipulated time, as per the Tender time schedule (Key Dates), will be accepted by the System. A contractor who does not submit his Bid seals (Hashes) within the stipulated time will not be allowed to submit his bid. Note: The bidder shall fill/upload the information related to bids in the available template under two separate envelopes marked “ITI” and “CI”. After filling templates/uploading documents online, the hash of each envelope is required to be generated and to be digitally signed. In case of online Bids, no information related to “Financial Bid & Technical Bid” shall be accepted manually. 11. Submission of Cost of Bid Documents and Bid Security: 11.1 Contractor has to submit cost of bid document mandatorily online through e-tendering website. Bid Security in the form as prescribed in Clause 16 of Section –I (ITB) of bid document is to e delivered in a sealed envelope to the officer well in stipulated time as prescribed in list of important dates. 12. Opening of Electronic Bids: Electronic bid of contractors, whose cost of bid documents and bid security have been received before stipulated time, will only be opened. The online bid data will be taken opened through the website https://haryanaeprocurement.gov.in. The hasses of each bid will be matched with the hash generated and submitted during the state:Bid preparation and Hash Submission’. In the event of a mismatch, the bid in question will be liable for a due process of verification by Haryana PWD (B&R). 13. 13.1

14. 14.1 15. 15.1

15.2

Key Dates: The contractors are strictly advised to follow dates and times a indicated in the Notice Inviting Tenders. The date and time as indicated in the top-right of the web-page is the system time and will be binding on all contractors. All online activities are time tracked and the system enforces time -locks that ensure that no activity or transaction can take place outside the start and end dates and time of the stage as defined in the Notice Inviting Tenders. Online query system is not functional for this package. In case there is any contradiction in tender process then instruction contained guidelines to e-tendering will prevail. Deadline for submission of the Bids. Complete Bids (including Technical and Financial) must be received by the Employer at the address specified above not later than the date indicated in appendix. In the event of the specified date for the submission of bids declared a holiday for the Employer, the Bids will be received upto the appointed time on the next working day. The Employer may extend the deadline for submission of bids by issuing an amendment in accordance with Clause 10, in which case all rights and obligations of the Employer and the bidders previously subject to the original deadline will then be subject to the new deadline.

Other Information: 1. The intending Contractors shall fill in the item rate in the online BOQ templates of the tender. 2. Duly accepted power of Attorney in original along with its two certified copies in the name of tenderer or authorized representative to act on behalf of the agency. 3. Bidder must strictly abide by the stipulations set forth in detailed notice inviting tenders while tendering for the work. 4. In case any tenders does not comply with procedure given in the DNIT, it will be presumed that the contractor is not interested in work and the work shall not be let out to him. Further he may be de-barred without further notice to him for failing to abide by the approved terms of detailed notice inviting tenders for this work. 5. The tenders which are not accompanied by the earnest money or do not strictly follow the technical requirement, are liable to be rejected summarily without arising any reason and no claim what so ever on their account will be considered. 6. Tenders quotations which are dependent upon the quotations of another tender shall be summarily rejected. 7. Cement/Steel reinforcement bars are to be supplied by the Department for Contract(s) amounting to less than Rs. 1 crore to be arranged by the contractor for contract(s) amounting to more than Rs. 1 crore. Executive Engineer Provl. Divn. No.1 PWD (B&R), Ambala Cantt

EE, AP-1

- 19 -

SECTION-1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB)

EE, AP-1

- 20 -

Section 1: Instructions to Bidders Table of Clauses

1

A. General Scope of Bid

Page No. 14

27

D. Submission of Bids Page No. Deadline for Submission of 20 Bids Late Bids 21 E. Bid Opening Bid Opening 21 Process to be Confidential 21 Clarification of Bids and 22 Contracting the Employer Examination of bids 22 and Determination of Responsiveness Correction of Errors 22-23

2 3 4 5 6

Source of Funds Eligible Bidders Qualification of the Bidder One Bid per Bidder Cost of Bidding

14 14 14 16 16

21

7

Site Visit

16

26

17

28

Deleted

23

17

29

Evaluation and Comparison of Financial Bids

23

17

30

Deleted

23

18

31

F. Award of Contract Award Criteria

23

18-19

32

18

33

19

34

19-20

35

20 20

36 37

20 20

38 39

B. Bidding Documents and Evaluation 8 9

10

11

Content

of Bidding Documents Clarification of Bidding Documents and pre-bid meeting. Amendment of Bidding Documents C. Preparation of Bids Language of Bid

12

Documents Comprising the Bid

13

Bid Prices

14

Currencies of Bid Payment Bid Validity

15 16 17 18 19

and

Bid Security Alternative Proposals by Bidders Format and Signing of Bid Sealing and Marking of Bids

20

23 24 25

Employer's Right to Accept any Bid and to Reject any or all Bids 16 Notification of Award and Signing of Agreement Performance Security Advances Payment and Security Deleted Corrupt or Fraudulent Practices Appendix to ITB Annexure I & II

24

24-25

24-25 25 25 25-26 27-28 29-31

EE, AP-1

- 21 -

A. GENERAL 1

Scope of Bid

1.1

The Employer (named in Appendix to ITB) invites bids for the construction of works (as defined in these documents and referred to as “the works”) detailed in the table given in ITB. The bidders may submit bids for any or all of the works detailed in the table given in ITB.

1.2

The successful bidder will be expected to complete the works by the intended completion date specified in the Contract data.

1.3 2.

Throughout these bidding documents, the terms ‘bid’ and ‘tender’ and their derivatives (bidder/tenderer, bid/tender, bidding/tendering, etc.) are synonymous. Source of Funds

2.1

The expenditure on this project will be met from the Client Department.

3.

Eligible Bidders.

3.1

Eligible bidders who satisfy the Qualification criteria and should possess the wiring license from the Chief Electrical Inspector, Haryana and for substation electrical work the contractor should have up to 11KV.

4.

Qua lif ica tio n of the Bidder (App lica ble fo r contra ct(s) co sting more tha n Rs.50.00 lacs). All bidders shall provide in Section-2, Forms of Bid and Qualification Information a preliminary description of the proposed work method and schedule, including drawing and charts, as necessary. The proposed methodology should include programme of construction backed with equipment planning and deployment duly supported with broad calculations and quality assurance procedures proposed to be adopted justifying their capability of execution and completion of work as per technical specifications, within stipulated period of completion. Deleted

4.1

4.2 4.3 a)

b) c)

d) e) f) g) h)

i) j) k)

All bidders shall include the following information and documents with their bids in Section 2: Copies of original documents defining the constitution or legal status, place of registration, and principal place of business, written power of attorney of the signatory of the Bid to commit the Bidder. Total monetary value of construction work performed for each of the last seven years. Experience in works of similar nature (defined as billing for works in progress and completed in all cases of Buildings, Bridges, ROB’s and RUB’s only) and size for each of the last seven years and details of works underway or contractually committed, and clients who may be contacted for further information on those contracts. major items of construction equipment proposed to carry out the Contract. qualifications and experience of key site management and technical personnel proposed for Contract: Reports on the financial standing of Bidder, such as profit and loss statements and auditor’s reports for the past seven years. Evidence of access to line(s) of credit and availability of other financial resources facilities (25% of contract value), certified by the Bankers (Not more than 3 months old). Undertaking that the bidder will be able to invest a minimum cash upto 25% of contract value of work, during implementation of work. authority to seek references from the Bidder’s bankers; information regarding any litigation, current or during the last five years, in which the Bidder is involved, the parties concerned, and disputed amount; proposals for subcontracting components of the works amounting to limiting to 20 per cent of the Bid Price (for each, the qualifications and experience of the identified sub-contractor in the relevant field should be annexed); and EE, AP-1

- 22 -

l)

the proposed methodology and programme of construction, backed with equipment planning and deployment, duly supported with broad calculations and quality control procedures proposed to be adopted, justifying their capability of execution and completion of the work as per technical specifications within the stipulated period of completion as per milestones.

4.4

Bids from Joint ventures are not acceptable.

4.5

Qualification Criteria

4.5A.

To qualify for award of the contract, each bidder in its name should have in the last seven years as referred to in Appendix to ITB satisfactory completed. a)

The applicant should have experience of having successfully completed similar works during last 7 years ending last day of month previous to the one in which applications are invited should be either of the following: i. Three similar works each costing not less than the amount equal to 25% of the estimated cost. ii. Two similar works eachcosting not less than the amount equal to 33.3% of the estimated cost. iii. One similar work costing not less than the amount equal to 40% of the estimated cost. Cost of work shall mean gross value of the completed work including the cost of materials supplied by the Govt. / Client, but excluding those supplied free of cost. This should be certified by an officer not below the rank of Executive Engineer/ Project Manager or equivalent (calculated on the basis of 10% value added compounded per year). b)

The applicant should have minimum Average Annual financial turnover during the last 3 years, ending 31st March of the previous financial year, should be at least 30% of the estimated cost. This should be duly audited by a Chartered Accountant (10% compounded value per year to be added)

c)

The applicant should have not incurred any loss in more than two years during the last five years ending last day of tender duly certified by the Charted Accountant.

d)

The contractor or his identified sub-contractor should possess required valid license for executing the water supply/sanitary/electrical engineering works and should have executed similar water supply/sanitary/electrical engineering works. The applicant’s performance for each work completed in the last 7 years and in hand should be certified by an officer not below the rank of Executive Engineer/Project manager or equivalent and should be obtained in sealed cover. Each bidder should further demonstrate: availability (either owned or leased) of the key and critical equipment to attain the completion of works in accordance with the prescribed construction schedule are shown in the Annexure-I. The bidders should, however, undertake their own studies and furnish with their bid, a detailed construction planning and methodology supported with layout and necessary drawings and calculations (detailed) as stated in clause 4.3(l) above to allow the employer to review their proposals. The numbers, types and capacities of each plant/equipment shall be shown in the proposals along with the cycle time for each operation for the given production capacity to match the requirements. If the contractual agency fails to bring any of the quality control lab equipment as mentioned in Annexure-I, the item will be arranged by Haryana PW (B&R) Deptt. and recovery shall be made from the contractor’s bill @ double the cost of that item.

e)

B. (a)

(b) (c)

Availability for this work of personnel with adequate experience as required; as per Annexure-II. liquid assets and/or availability of credit facilities of not less than amount indicated in Appendix. EE, AP-1

- 23 -

C.

To qualify for a package of contracts made up of this and other contracts for which bids are invited in the IFB, the bidder must demonstrate having experience and resources sufficient to meet the aggregate of the qualifying criteria for the individual contracts.

4.6.

Sub-contractors’ experience and resources shall not be taken into account in determining the bidder’s compliance with the qualifying criteria except to the extent stated in 4.5 (A) above.

4.7.

Bid Capacity Bidders who meet the minimum qualifications criteria shall be qualified only if their available bid capacity for construction work is equal to or more than the total bid value. Bid capacity will be determined for woks costing Rs.1.00 crores and above. The available bid capacity shall be calculated as under: Assessed Available Bid Capacity = (A*N*M-B) where A= Maximum value of similar works executed in any one year during the last seven years (updated to the price level of the last year @10% per annum ) taking into account the works completed and in progress. N=

Number of years prescribed for completion of the works for which bids are invited (period upto six months taken as half-year and more than six months as full year)

M= 3 B= Value at current price level, of existing commitments and ongoing works to be completed during the period of completion of the works for which bids are invited. Note:

The statements showing the value of existing commitments and on-going works as well as the stipulated period of completion remaining for each of the works listed should be countersigned by the Engineer-In-Charge not below the rank of an Executive Engineer or equivalent.

4.8

Even though the bidder met the above qualifying criteria, they are subject to be disqualified if they have: made misleading or false representations in the forms, statements and attachments submitted in proof of the qualification requirements; and/or. record of poor performance such as abandoning the works, not properly completing the contract, inordinate delays in completion, litigation history, or financial failures etc: and/or. participated in the previous bidding for the same work and had quoted unreasonably high bid prices and could not furnish rational justification to the employer.

5. 5.1

One Bid per Bidder. Each bidder shall submit only one bid for one package. A bidder who submits or participates in more than one Bid (other than as a subcontractor or in cases of alternatives that have been permitted or requested) will cause all the proposals with the Bidder’s participation to be disqualified. Cost of Bidding. The bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of his Bid, and the Employer will in no case be responsible and liable for those costs. Site Visit. The Bidder, at the Bidder’s own responsibility and risk is encouraged to visit and examine the Site of Works and its surroundings and obtain all information that may be necessary for preparing the Bid and entering into a contract for construction of the Works. The costs of visiting the Site shall be at the Bidder’s own expense. B. BIDDING DOCUMENTS Content of Bidding Documents. The set of bidding documents comprises the documents listed below and addenda issued in accordance with Clause 10:

6. 6.1 7. 7.1

8. 8.1

EE, AP-1

- 24 -

Section 1 2. 3 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Particulars. Invitation for Bids Instructions to Bidders Qualification Information, and other forms. Conditions of Contract Contract-Data. Technical Specifications Form of Bid. Bill of Quantities. Securities and others forms Drawings Documents to be furnished by the bidder.

8.3.

The bidder is expected to examine carefully all instructions, conditions of contract, contract data, forms, terms, technical specifications, bill of quantities, forms, Annexes and drawings in the Bid Document. Failure to comply with the requirements of Bid Documents shall be at the bidder’s own risk. Pursuant to clause 26 hereof, bids which are not substantially responsive to the requirements of the Bid documents shall be rejected.

9.

Clarification of Bidding Documents.

9.1.

A prospective bidder requiring any clarification of the bidding documents may notify the Employer in writing or by cable (hereinafter “cable” includes telex and facsimile) at the Employer’s address indicated in the invitation to bid. The Employer will respond to any request for clarification which he received earlier than 15 days prior to the deadline for submission of bids. Copies of the Employer’s response will be forwarded to all purchases of the bidding documents, including a description of the enquiry but without identifying its source. Pre-bid meeting

9.2 9.2.1 9.2.2. 9.2.3.

In case of works with DNIT amount above Rs.10.00 crores, a pre-bid meeting shall be held at _________ on __________. The purpose of the meting will be to clarify issues and to answer questions for clarification of any doubts on any provision of the contract or on any matter that may be raised at that stage. The bidder is requested to submit any questions in writing or by email to reach the Employer not later than one week before the meeting.

9.2.4.

Minutes of the meeting, including the text of the questions raised (without identifying the source of enquiry) and the responses given will be transmitted without delay to all purchasers of the bidding documents and a copy placed on departmental website. Any modification of the bidding documents listed in Sub-Clause 8.1 which may become necessary as a result of the pre-bid meeting shall be made by the Employer exclusively through the issue of an Addendum pursuant to Clause 10 and not through the minutes of the pre-bid meeting.

9.2.5.

Non-attendance at the pre-bid meeting will not be a cause for disqualification of a bidder.

10. 10.1

Amendment of Bidding Documents. Before the deadline for submission of bids, the Employer may modify the bidding documents by issuing addenda.

10.2.

Any addendum thus issued shall be part of the bidding documents and shall be communicated in writing or by e-mail to all the purchasers of the bidding documents. Prospective bidders shall acknowledge receipt of each addendum in writing or by e-mail to the Employer. The Employer will assume no responsibility for postal delays.

10.3.

To give prospective bidders reasonable time in which to take an addendum into account in preparing their bids, the Employer may, at his discretion, extend as necessary the deadline for submission of bids, in accordance with Sub-Clause 20.2 below. EE, AP-1

- 25 -

C. PREPARATION OF BIDS 11. 11.1

Language of the Bid All documents relating to the bid shall be in the English language.

12 . 12.1

Do cuments Co mprising the Bid. The bid to be submitted by the bidder (refer Clause 8.1) shall be in two separate parts: Part-I shall be named “Technical Bid” which will be submitted online. (i) For bidding documents downloaded from website (refer IFB), the cost of bidding document will be paid online. (ii) Bid Security in the form specified in Section 8. (iii) Qualification Information and supporting documents as specified in Section-2. (iv) Certificate, undertakings, affidavits as specified in Section 2. (v) Information pursuant to Clause 4 of these instructions. (vi) Undertaking that the bid shall remain valid for the period specified in Clause 15.1.

Part-II shall be named “ Financial Bid” and shall comprise. (i) (ii)

Form of Bid as specified in Section 6. Priced Bill of Quantities for items specified in Section 7. Both bids will be submitted online in accordance with Clause 19.

12.2.

Following documents, which are not submitted with the bid, will be deemed to be part of the bid. Section 1 2 3 4 5 6

Particulars Invitation for Bids (IFB Instructions to Bidder Conditions of Contract Contract Data Specifications. Drawings

Volume Volume - I

Volume - II Volume - IV

13.

Bid Prices.

13.1.

The contract shall be for the whole works as described in Sub-Clause 1,1, based on the priced Bill of Quantities submitted by the Bidder.

13.2.

The intending Contractors shall fill in Item rate at its appropriate places in figures. Items for which no rate or price is entered by the bidder will not be paid for by the Employer and considered as nil rate.

13.3.

13.4

All taxes, duties, cess, other levies and surcharge as applicable from time to time payable by the contractor under the contract, or for any other cause shall be included in the rates, prices and total Bid Price submitted by the Bidder. 100% Service tax shall be paid by the contractor.

14.

Currencies of the Bid and Payment.

14.1.

The unit rates and the price shall be considered in Indian Rupees. All payments shall be made in Indian Rupees. Bid Va lidity . Bids shall remain valid for a period not less than 120 days after the deadline date for bid submission. A bid valid for a shorter period shall be rejected by the Superintending Engineer PW (B&R) Deptt. as non-responsive. In exceptional circumstances, prior to expiry of original time

15 . 15.1.

EE, AP-1

- 26 -

15.2.

15.3.

15.4.

limit, the Employer may request that the bidder may extend the period of validity for a specified additional period. In exceptional circumstances, prior to expiry of the original time limit, the Employer may request that the bidders may extend the period of validity for a specified additional period. The request and the bidders’ responses shall be made in writing or by cable. A bidder may refuse the request without forfeiting his bid security. A bidder agreeing to the request will not be required or permitted to modify his bid except as provided in 15.3 hereinafter, but will be required to extend the validity of his bid security for a period of the extension, and in compliance with Clause 16 in all respects. In the case of contracts in which the Contract Price is fixed (not subject to price adjustment), in the event that the Employer requests and the Bidder agrees to an extension of the validity period, the contract price, if the Bidder is selected for award shall be the bid price corrected as follows; The price shall be increased by the factor of 0.2% for each week or part of a week that has elapsed from the expiration of the initial bid validity to the date of issue of letter of acceptance to the successful Bidder. Bid evaluation will be based on the bid prices without taking into consideration the above correction. 16.

Bid Security

16.1. The Bidder shall furnish, as part of his Bid, a Bid security in the amount as shown in column 4 of the table of IFB for this particular work. This bid security shall be in favour of concerned Executive Engineer as named in Appendix and may be in one of the following forms: a. Receipt in challan of cash deposit in the Govt. Treasury in Haryana. b.

Deposit-at-call Receipt from any scheduled Indian Bank or a foreign Bank located in India and approved by the Reserve Bank of India.

c.

Indian Post Office/ National Savings Certificate duly endorsed by the competent postal authority in India.

d.

Bank Guarantee from any scheduled Indian bank, in the format given in Section-8.

e.

Fixed Deposit Receipt, a certified cheque or an irrevocable letter of credit, issued by any Scheduled Indian Bank or a foreign Bank approved by the Reserve Bank of India.

16.2. Bank guarantees (and other instruments having fixed validity) issued as surety for the bid shall be valid for 45 days beyond the validity of the bid. 16.3. Any bid not accompanied by an acceptable Bid Security and not secured as indicated in Sub-Clauses 16.1 and 16.2 above shall be rejected by the Employer as non-responsive. 16.4. The Bid Security of the unsuccessful bidders will be returned within 28 days of the end of the bid validity period specified in Sub-Clause 15.1. 16.5. The Bid Security of the successful bidder will be discharged when the bidder has signed the Agreement and furnished the required Performance Security. 16.6

The Bid Security shall be forfeited

(a)

if the Bidder withdraws the Bid after Bid opening during the period of Bid validity;

(b)

deleted

(c)

in the case of a successful Bidder, if the Bidder fails within the specified time limit to (i)

sign the Agreement; or

(ii) furnish the required Performance Security. (d) Deleted. 17.

Alternative Proposals by Bidders.

EE, AP-1

- 27 -

17.1.

Bidders shall submit offers that fully comply with the requirements of the bidding documents, including the conditions of contract, basic technical design as indicated in the drawing and specifications. Conditional offer or alternative offers will not be considered further in the process of tender evaluation.

18.

Format and Signing of Bid Deleted

D. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 19. 19.1.

Sealing and Marking of Bids. Technical bid: to be opened on 20/12/2016 at 5:00 PM. (date & time of technical bid opening as per clause 23.1 of ITB) Financial Bid; to be opened on __/___/2016 at 4:00 PM. The contents of Technical and Financial Bids will be as specified in clause 12.1

19.2.

Deleted

19.3.

In addition to the identification required in Sub-Clauses 19.1, the EMD shall be paid online only.

19.4.

If the envelope is not sealed and marked as above, the Superintending Engineer, Ambala Circle, Hr. PW (B&R) Deptt. Ambala Cantt will assume no responsibility for the misplacement or premature opening of the bid.

20.

Deadline for Submission of the Bids

20.1

Deleted.

20.2.

The Employer may extend the deadline for submission of bids by issuing an amendment in accordance with Clause 10, in which case all right and obligations of the Employer and the bidders previously subject to the original deadline will then be subject to the new deadline.

21.

Late Bids

21.1

Any Bid received by the Employer after the deadline prescribed in Clause 20 will be returned unopened to the bidder. Modification and Withdrawal of Bids Deleted.

22.

E. BID OPENING AND EVALUATION

23. 23.1.

Bid Opening The Superintending Engineer Ambala Circle, Hr. PW (B&R) Ambala Cantt will open all the Bids received (except those received late), including modifications made pursuant to Clause 22, in the presence of the Bidders or their representatives who choose to attend at time, date and the place specified in Appendix in the manner specified in Clause 23.3. In the even of the specified date of

EE, AP-1

- 28 -

23.2.

Bid opening being declared a holiday, the Bids will be opened at the appointed time and location on the next working day. Deleted.

23.3.

The “Technical Bid” shall be opened first.

23.4

The amount of earnest money, forms and validity shall be announced. Thereafter, the bidders’ names and such other details as the Employer may consider appropriate, will be announced by the Superintending Engineer, Ambala Circle, Hr. PW (B&R) Deptt. Ambala Cantt at the opening.

23.5

Evaluation of the technical bids with respect to bid security, qualification information and other information furnished pursuant to clause 12.1 of ITB shall be taken up and completed on the date of bid opening and a list will be drawn up of the responsive bids whose financial bids are eligible for consideration.

23.6

The date & time of opening of the Financial Bid will be announced by the Employer.

23.7.

At the time of opening of “Financial Bid”, the names of the bidders whose bids were found responsive in accordance with Clause 23.4 will be announced. The bids of only those bidders will be opened. The responsive Bidders ‘ names, the Bid prices, the total amount of each bid, any discounts and such other details as the Employer may consider appropriate, will be announced by the Superintending Engineer, Ambala Circle, Hr. PW (B&R) Deptt. Ambala Cantt at the opening. Any Bid price or discount, which is not read out and recorded, will not be taken into account in Bid Evaluation.

23.8

The Superintending Engineer will prepare the minutes of the bid opening including the information disclosed to those present in accordance with sub clause 23.6.

24. 24.1.

Process to be Confidential Information relating to the examination, clarification, evaluation, and comparison of Bids and recommendations for the award of a contract shall not be disclosed to Bidders or any other persons not officially concerned with such process until the award to the successful Bidder has been announced, Any efforts by a Bidder to influence the Superintending Engineer Ambla Circle, PW(B&R) Ambala Cantt processing of Bids or award decisions may result in the rejection of his Bid.

25. 25.1.

Clarification of Financial Bids To assist in the examination, evaluation, and comparison of Bids, the Superintending Engineer may, at his discretion, ask any Bidder for clarification of his Bid, including breakdowns of unit rates. The request for clarification and the response shall be in writing or by cable, but no change in the price or substance of the Bid shall be sought, offered, or permitted except as required to confirm the correction of arithmetic errors discovered by the Superintending Engineer in the evaluation of the Bid in accordance with Clause 27. Subject to sub-clause 25.1, no Bidder shall contact the Employer on any matter relating to his bid from the time of the bid opening to the time the contract is awarded. If the Bidder wishes to bring additional information to the notice of the Employer, it should do so in writing.

25.2.

25.3.

Any efforts by the Bidder to influence the Superintending Engineer Ambala Circle, Hr. PW (B&R) Ambala Cantt in the Employer’s bid evaluation, bid comparison or contract award decisions may result in the rejection of the Bidders’ bid.

26.

Examination of Bids and Determination of Responsiveness

26.1.

During the detailed evaluation of “Technical Bids”, the Superintending Engineer will determine whether each Bid (a) meets the eligibility criteria defined in Clause 3 and 4; (b) has been properly signed; (c) is accompanied by the required securities and; (d) is substantially responsive to the requirements of the Bidding documents. During the detailed evaluation of the “ Financial Bid”,

EE, AP-1

- 29 -

the responsiveness of the bids will be further determined with respect to the remaining bid conditions, i.e. priced bill of quantities, technical specifications, and drawings.

26.2.

A substantially responsive “Financial Bid” is one which conforms to all the terms, conditions, and specifications of the Bidding documents, without material deviation or reservation. A material deviation of reservation is one (a) which effects in any substantial way the scope, quality, or performance of the Works; (b) which limits in any substantial way, inconsistent with the Bidding documents, the Superintending Engineer right or the Bidder’s obligations under the Contract; or

(c) whose rectification would effect unfairly the competitive position of other Bidders presenting substantially responsive Bids. 26.3.

If a “Financial Bid” is not substantially responsive, it will be rejected by the Superintending Engineer Ambala Circle, Hr. PWD (B&R) Ambala Cantt and may not subsequently be made responsible by correction or withdrawal of the non-conforming deviation or reservation.

27.

Correction of Errors.

27.1.

“Financial Bids” determined to be substantially responsive will be checked by the Superintending Engineer Ambala Circle, Hr. PWD (B&R) Ambala Cantt for any arithmetic errors. Errors will be corrected by the Employer as follows: (a) Where there is a discrepancy between the rates in figures and in words, the rate in words will govern; and (b) Where there is a discrepancy between the unit rate and the line item total resulting from multiplying the unit rate by the quantity, the unit rate as quoted will govern.

27.2.

The amount stated in the “Financial Bid” will be corrected by the Employer in accordance with the above procedure and the bid amount adjusted with the concurrence of the Bidder in the following manner. (a) If the Bid price increases as a result of these corrections, the amount as stated in the bid will be the ‘bid price’ and the increase will be treated as rebate; (b) If the bid price decreases as a result of the corrections, the decreased amount will be treated as the ‘bid price’ Such adjusted bid price shall be considered as binding upon the Bidder. If the Bidder does not accept the corrected amount the Bid will be rejected, and the Bid security may be forfeited in accordance with Sub-Clause 16.6 (b).

28.

Deleted

29.

Evaluation and Comparison of Financial Bids.

29.1.

The Superintending Engineer will evaluate and compare only the Bids determined to be substantially responsive in accordance with Sub-Clause 26.2. In evaluating the Bids, the Employer will determine for each Bid the evaluated Bid Price by adjusting the Bid Price as follows: (a) Making any correction for errors pursuant to Clause 27; or (b) Making an appropriate adjustment for any other acceptable variations. deviations; and (c ) deleted.

29.2.

29.3.

The Superintending Engineer Ambala Circle, Hr. PWD (B&R) Ambala Cantt reserves the right to accept or reject any variation or deviation, Variations and deviations and other factors, which are in excess of the requirements of the Bidding documents or otherwise result in unsolicited benefits for the Employer shall not be taken into account in Bid evaluation.

EE, AP-1

- 30 -

29.4.

The estimated effect of the price adjustment conditions under Clause-47 of the Conditions of Contract, during the period of implementation of the Contract, will not be taken into account in Bid evaluation.

29.5.

If the Bid of the successful Bidder is seriously unbalanced in relation to the Engineer’s estimate of the cost of work to be performed under the contract, the Superintending Engineer may require the Bidder to produce detailed price analyses for any or all items of the Bill of Quantities, to demonstrate the internal consistency of those prices with the construction methods and schedule proposed. After evaluation of the price analyses, the Employer may require that the amount of the performance security set for the in Clause 34 be increased at the expense of the successful Bidder to a level sufficient to protect the Employer against financial loss in the event of default of the successful Bidder under the Contract. A bid which contains several items in the Bill of Quantities which are unrealistically priced low and which cannot be substantiated satisfactorily by the bidder, may be rejected as non-expensive.

29.6. . 30. 31. 31.1

Deleted F. AWARD O F CONTRACT Award Criteria Subject to Clause 32, the Superintending Engineer Ambala Circle, Hr. PWD (B&R) Ambala Cantt will award the Contract to the Bidder whose Bid has been determined. (i) to be substantially responsive to the Bidding documents and who has offered the lowest evaluated Bid Price; and (ii) to be within the available bid capacity adjusted to account for his bid price which is evaluated the lowest in any of the packages opened earlier than the one under consideration. In no case, the contract shall be awarded to any bidder whose available bid capacity is less than the evaluated bid.

32.

Employer’s right to accept any Bid and to reject any or all Bids

32.1.

Notwithstanding Clause 31, the Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any Bid, and to cancel the Bidding process and reject all Bids, at any time prior to the award of Contract, without thereby incurring any liability to the effected Bidder or Bidders or any obligation to inform the affected Bidder or Bidders of the grounds for the Employer action. Normally, the lowest responsive tender (L1) shall be accepted unless there is some valid objection like, his record of failure in execution of formal works or his rates being abnormally low and nor workable, etc Tenders shall be accepted in accordance with the delegation of the powers under Departmental Financial Rules (DFR).

32.2

32.3

33. 33.1.

Notification of Award and Signing of Agreement The Bidder whose Bid has been accepted will be notified of the award by the Employer prior to expiration of the Bid validity period by cable, telex or facsimile confirmed by registered letter. This letter (hereinafter and in the Conditions of Contract called the “Letter of Acceptance”) will state the sum that the Employer will pay the Contractor in consideration of the execution, completion, and maintenance of the Works by the Contractor as prescribed by the Contract (hereinafter and in the Contract called the “Contract Price”).

33.2.

The notification of award will constitute the formation of the Contract, subject only to the furnishing of performance security in accordance with the provisions of Clause 34.

33.3.

The agreement will incorporate all agreements between the Employer and the successful Bidder. It will be signed by the Employer and sent to the successful Bidder, within 28 days following the notification of award along with the Letter of Acceptance. Within 21 days of receipt, the successful Bidder will sign the Agreement and deliver it to the Employer.

EE, AP-1

- 31 -

33.4. 33.5

34. 34.1.

Upon the furnishing by the successful Bidder of the Performance Security, the Superintending Engineer will promptly notify the other Bidders that their Bids have been unsuccessful. If the lowest tenderer (L-1) backs out, his earnest money shall be forfeited, the agency will be debarred for giving tenders for one year and the second lowest tenderer(L-2), third lowest tenderer (L-3) in order of sequence, may be called upon to bring his offer to the same level as the originally first lowest tenderer. In the event of their refusal to do so, tenders shall be recalled. In case of great urgency, authority competent to accept the tender may authorize call of limited or short notice tenders. Performance Security Within 21 days of receipt of the Letter of Acceptance, the successful Bidder shall deliver to the Superintending Engineer a Performance Security in any of the forms given below for an amount equivalent to 5% of the Contract price plus additional security for unbalanced or front loaded tenders in accordance with Clause 29.5 of ITB to be kept as a surety that the contractor completes the work satisfactory. The performance security will be valid upto the end of the defect liability period+45 days or as prescribed in the contract data. In case, the time of completion is enlarged, the validity of the guarantee shall be correspondingly extended. It carries no interest and is refunded to the contractor after the date specified in the contract. - a bank guarantee in the form given in Section 8; or - certified Bank Draft as indicated in Appendix.

34.2.

If the performance security is provided by the successful Bidder in the form of a Bank Guarantee, it shall be issued either (a) at the Bidder’s option, by a Nationalized/Scheduled Indian bank or (b) by a foreign bank located in India and acceptable to the Employer.

34.3.

Failure of the successful Bidder to comply with the requirements of Sub-Clause 34.1 shall constitute sufficient grounds for cancellation of the award, forfeiture of the Bid Security and debarring the agency for giving tenders for one year. If the work of is an urgent nature and cannot brook delay involved in re-tendering, the remaining tenderers shall be offered the lowest approved rates. If more than one tenderer turns up, then preferences shall be given to the tenderer graded according to the rates quoted in the first instance.

34.4

Subsequent Offer:-. But if the subsequent even from a non-tenderer(received within one week of the previous offer and before the decisions of the contract) is not just marginally but significantly favourable to the Government (to the extent of 5% of the lowest tender amount in case of works costing more than Rs.5.00 crores, 10% in case of works more than Rs.1.00 crore but less than Rs.5.00 crores, 20% for in case of works more than Rs.5.00 lacs but less than Rs.1.00 crore and 30% in case of works less than Rs.5.00 lacs or any other limits as decided by Government from time to time) then the subsequent offer can be considered provided the bidder deposits the bid security and unconditional bank guarantee for the difference of the amounts between the offer of the lowest agency and the subsequent fresh offer. In that case, short notice fresh sealed bids shall be invited, with special invitation to the previous participants including the subsequent bidder mentioned above, but with the stipulation that the subsequent bidder shall not bid higher than his previous offer, otherwise his bid security and bank guarantee shall be forfeited. Tender shall be allotted to the lowest valid bid received (Introduced as per PWD (B&R) EIC Memo No.141693/Genl. Dated 29.02.2012).

34.5

The letter of acceptance shall be issued to the contractor for an amount of its financial offer as evaluated. If this amount is more than 20% above the administrative approval, Govt./Client’s approval shall be taken. In other cases work can be allotted under intimation to Government/Client. In any case, revised administrative approval shall be sought if the excess over the amount of administrative approval is more than 10%. The client deptt. shall be given sufficient time to arrive at decision, say 30-45 days. Advance Payment and Security The Employer will provide an Advance Payment on the contract price as stipulated in the conditions of contract, subject to maximum amount, as stated in the Contract Data.

35.

36.

Deleted

EE, AP-1

- 32 -

37.

Corrupt or Fraudulent Practices

37.1.

The Superintending Engineer, Ambala Circle, Hr. PW (B&R) Deptt. Ambala Cantt will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the Bidder recommended for award has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for the contract in question and will declare the firm ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time; to be awarded a contract with Govt. of India/State PWD and any other agencies, if it at any time determines that the firm has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for the contractor, or in execution.

37.2.

Furthermore, Bidders shall be aware of the provision stated in Sub-Clause 23.3 and Sub-Clause 59.2 of the Conditions of Contract.

38.

Debarring If the agency submits Financial Bid through e-tendering but fails to submit either bid security or the Technical bid or both, then the agency will be debarred from further tendering in Haryana PW(B&R) Deptt. for minimum one year.(As per H.O. instruction issued vide memo no. 6241/General dated 10.08.2011.

39.

Payment System The agency/bidder to whom the work is allotted shall be paid lowest of the following in the running/finals bills: 1. Amount calculated with the accepted rates of the lowest agency. 2. Amount worked out with the rates of L-2/L-3/L-4 and so on 3. Amount worked out with the accepted percentage above / below HSR+CP/analytical rates/NS item rates worked out in financial statement. Financial statement will be made a part of agreement.

40.

Completion of work The agency to whom the work is allotted shall complete the entire work as per drawing irrespective of quantities in the DNIT. The agency is bound to consult the drawings before tendering and tender the work accordingly.

41.

Withdrawal of items The Employer can withdraw any item of DNIT at any stage. No claim on account of withdrawal will be entertained.

EE, AP-1

- 33 -

APPENDIX to ITB

1.

Name of the Employer is Superintending Engineer, Ambala Circle, PWD B&R Branch, Ambala Cantt Name of the Engineer is:-

Clause Reference With respect to Section-I. (C1.1.1)

Executive Engineer, Electrical Division, PWD (B&R), Ambala Cantt for EI / Electrical works.

And Executive Engineer, Provincial Division No.1, PWD (B&R), Ambala Cantt for remaining works. 2. 3.

6.

Eligible bidders are Bidders who satisfy the Qualification criteria. The last seven years 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012 2012-2013 2013-2014 2014-2015 2015-2016 Escalation factors (for the cost of works executed and Financial figure to a common base value for works completed) Year before Multiplying factor 2009-2010 2010-2011 2011-2012 2012-2013 2013-2014 2014-2015 2015-2016 1.93 This annual average financial turn over amount is Rs.1257.39 lacs [Cl. 4.5A (b)] Value of work is Rs. lacs

7. 8. 9.

Deleted. Deleted. Deleted.

10.

Liquid assets and/or availability of credit facilities is 25% of the DNIT (CI.4.5 (C) amount (Rs. Lacs)

11.

Price level of the current financial year

12.

Deleted (for this work)

4.

5.

[Cl. 4.5]

[Cl. 4.5A(a)]

[Cl. 4.7] [Cl. 9.2.1]

13.

The technical bid will be opened by Employer, Superintending Engineer, Ambala Circle, PWD B&R Br, Ambala Cantt. Address of the venue) on __/__/2016 at __/__ Hrs. (time and date)

14.

Address of the Employer Superintending Engineer, Ambala Circle, PWD (B&R) Ambala Cantt. Identification: [Cl. 19.2(b)] The bid should be submitted through e-tendering latest by __/__/2016 at 17.00 Hrs. (Date and Time.

15. 16.

EE, AP-1

- 34 -

17.

The technical bid will be opened Executive Engineer, Provl. Divn.No.1, PWD B&R Br, Ambala Cantt. __/__/2016 at 12.00 Hrs. [ Cl. 23.1]

18.

The Bank Draft / Bank Guarantee from any nationalized bank Nationalized/Scheduled Indian bank or (b) by a foreign bank located in India and acceptable to the Employer .

[Cl. 34.1]

ANNEXURE –I (Reference CI.4.5 (B) (a) List of Key plant & Equipment to be deployed on the work (contract (s) amounting more than Rs.10.00 crores) except minor Special Repair & Maintenance works. Sr. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6

Item of Equipment Computerized Concrete Batching Plant Concrete Weigh Batcher computerized Concrete Pump Concrete Transit Mixer Concrete vibrator (Skin) Needle vibrator

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Plate compactor Tipper/Dumper Compressor Generator with CPRIO approved canopy Bar bending Machine JCB Hydraulic lift/ordinary lift Tower crane Reverse Osmosis Plant

Requirement 1 No. 15 cum/hour as per requirement. 1 No.(3 bag capacity minimum) 1 No. 15 cum/hour minimum As required 2 Nos. 5 Nos. with minimum 1 no. as petrol running. 1 No. 2 Nos. Optional as required 1 No. 1 No 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. for works more than Rs.20 cr. 1 No. for works where water as per IS 456 is not available.

Quality Control Lab Equipments:Sr. Item of Equipment Requirement No. 1 Sieves required for Coarse Aggregate & fine aggregate 1 Set 2 Impact value/ Flakiness testing equipment 1 Set 3 Cube Moulds 18 Nos. 4 Slump Test 2 Nos 5 Compression testing machine (Automatic computerized 1 No recording-AIMILor equivalent make) 6 Electronics Weighing Machine branded 100 Kg capacity (1 No) 7 Water testing equipment 1 No 8 Soil density measuring operators 1 No 9 Any other equipment required at site for quality control by the Engineer-in-charge like Gauze meter, Varnier caliper, Measuring equipment, Dumpy level. List of Key plant & Equipment to be deployed on the work (contract (s) amounting upto Rs.10.00 crores) except minor Special Repair & Maintenance works . Sr.

1

Item of Equipment

Computerized Concrete Weigh Batcher

Requirement

1 No. (3 bag capacity minimum) in case this EE, AP-1

- 35 -

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Concrete vibrator (Skin) Needle vibrator Plate compactor Tipper/Dumper Compressor Generator with CPRI approved canopy Bar bending Machine

small weigh batcher is not sufficient at site due to heavy foundations or otherwise. Computerized Concrete Batching Plant of bigger capacity will have to installed. 2 Nos. 5 Nos. with minimum 1 no. as petrol running 1 No. Optional as required Optional as required 1 No. 1 No for contract(s) (more than Rs.1.00 crore ) Optional as required 1 No.

9 JCB 10 Hydraulic lift/ordinary lift Quality Control Lab Equipments:Sr. No. Item of Equipment Requirement 1 Sieves required for Coarse Aggregate & fine 1 Set aggregate 2 Impact value testing equipment 1 Set 3 Cube Moulds 6 Nos. (for contract(s) upto Rs.1.00 crore) 12 Nos. (for contract(s) upto Rs.5.00 crore) 4 Slump Test 2 Nos 5 Compression testing machine (Automatic 1 No computerized recording-AIMILor equivalent make) 6 Electronics Weighing Machine branded 50 Kg capacity (1 No) 7 Water testing equipment 1 No (for contract(s) upto Rs.1.00 cr.) 8 Electronic Moisture meter 1 No 9 Any other equipment required at site for quality control by the Engineer-in-charge like Gauze meter, Varnier caliper, Measuring equipment, Dumpy level. Note:1. No Concrete from outside the campus will be allowed for the work. 2. The numbers, types and capacities of each plant/equipment shall be shown in the proposals alongwith the cycle time for each operation for the given production capacity to match the requirements. 3. In case the contractor fails to arrange any of the key plant/equipment at site, the department will procure at his risk and cost and make deductions from his bills, the cost of the plant/equipment alongwith 14% departmental charges.

Sr.

ANNEUXRE-II List of Key Personnel to be deployed on Contract Work. (Reference CI 4.5 (B) (b) Agreement Amount. Key personal required to be Recovery rate in case Employed by the non – contractor. Employment.

1

Upto Rs. 100.00 lacs

One Civil Engineer with diploma Rs. 30,000/- per month in Civil Engineering with 5 years experience of building construction.

2

Above Rs. 100.00 lacs to One Civil Engineer with degree Rs. 50,000/- per month Rs.500.00 lacs. in Civil Engineering with

EE, AP-1

- 36 -

2 years experience or Diploma in Civil Engineering with 5 years experience in building construction. One Civil Engineer with degree Rs. 75,000/- per month in Civil Engineering with for Civil 5 years experience in Engineer and building construction and Rs. 25,000/one Quality Control per month for Engineer with Diploma in Quality Control Civil Engineering with 2 Engineer. years experience in quality control.

3

Above Rs. 500.00 lacs

Sr.

List of Key Personnel to be deployed on Contract Work (Electrical). (Reference CI 4.5 (B) (b) Agreement Amount. Key personal required to be Recovery rate in case Employed by the non – contractor. Employment.

1

Upto Rs. 1.00 crore

2

3

One Electrical Engineer with diploma in Electrical Engineering with 5 years experience of building construction. Above Rs. 1.00 cr. to One Electrical Engineer with degree Rs. 5.00 cr. in Electrical Engineering with 2 years experience or Diploma in Electrical Engineering with 5 years experience in building construction. Above Rs. 5.00 cr. One Electrical Engineer with degree in Electrical Engineering with 5 years experience in building construction

Rs. 30,000/- per month

Rs. 50,000/- per month +

14% department charge.

Rs. 75,000/- per month for Civil Engineer. + 14% department charge.

In case the contractor fails to employ the Key Personnel required to be employed as above at site, the department will employ the personnel and the recoveries will be made as above from his bills alongwith 14% departmental charges. The personnel so employed shall be considered as employees of the contractor and all responsibilities of them shall lie with him only.

EE, AP-1

- 37 -

SECTION-2 QUALIFICATION INFORMATION

EE, AP-1

- 38 -

QUALIFICATION INFORMATION The information to be filled in by the Bidder in the following pages will be used for purposes of post qualification as provided for in Clause 4 of the Instructions to Bidders. This information will not be incorporated in the Contract. 1.

For Individual Bidders

1.1.

Constitution or legal status of Bidder [Attach copy] Place of registration: ___________________________ Principal place of business: ___________________________ Power of attorney of signatory of Bid [Attach]

1.2.

Total value of Building Construction works performed in the last seven years ** (in Rs. in lacs)

1.3.1. Work performed as prime contractor and work performed in the past as a nominated subcontractor will also be considered provided the sub-contract involved execution of all main items of work described in the bid document, provided further that all other qualification criteria are satisfied (in the same name) on works of a similar nature over the last seven years.**

Project Name of Description Contract Value of Name the of work No. Contract Employer (Rs. crore)

Date Stipulated Actual date of period of of issue completion completion* of work order

Remarks explaining reasons for delay & work Completed

*Attach certificate(s) from the Engineer(s)-in-Charge **immediately preceding the financial year in which bids are received. ß Attach certificate from chartered Accountant. #1.3.2 Quantities of work executed as prime contractor and work performed in the past as a nominated sub-contractor will also be considered provided the sub-contract involved execution of all main items of work described in the bid document, provided further that all other qualification criteria are satisfied (in the same name and style) in the last five years:** Year

2010-2011 2011-2012 2012-2013 2013-2014

Name of the work

Name of the Employer *

Quantity of work performed

Cement Concrete (including RCC & PCC

Masonry

Plasterin g work

Floorin g work (terrazz o)

Flooring work (granite, marble, tiles)

Wood Work

Remarks* (indicate contract Ref)

2014-2015 2014-2015

2015-2016

EE, AP-1

- 39 -

1.4. Information on Bid Capacity (works for which bids have been submitted and works which are yet to be completed) as on the date of this bid. (A)

Existing commitments and on-going works:

Description of works

Place & State

Contract No.

Name & Address of Employer

Value of Contract (Rs. Cr)

Stipulated period of completion

1

2

3

4

5

6

Value of works* remaining to be completed (Rs. Cr) 7

Anticipated date of completion

8

* Attach certificate(s) from the Engineer(s)-in-Charge @ The item of work for which data is requested should tally with that specified in ITB clause 4.5A(c). ** immediately preceding the financial year in which bids are received. (B)

Works for which bids already submitted:

Description of works

Place & State

Name & Address of Employer

1

2

3

Estimated value of works (Rs. Cr.) 4

Stipulated period of completion

Date when decision is expected

Remarks, if any

5

6

7

1.5. Availability of key items of Contractor’s Equipment essential for carrying out the Works [Ref. Clause 4.5(B)(a)]. The Bidder should list all the information requested below. Refer also to Sub Clause 4.3 (d) of the Instructions to Bidders. Item of Requirement Availability proposals Remarks Equipment (from whom to No. Capacity Owned/ Leased Nos./Capacity Age/ to be procured Condition be purchased)

1.6. Qualifications and experience of key personnel required for administration and execution of the Contract [Ref. Clause 4.5(B)(b)]. Attach biographical data. Refer also to Sub Clause 4.3 (e) of instructions to Bidders and Sub Clause 9.1 of the Conditions of Contract. Position

Name

Qualification

Year of Experience (General)

Years of experience in the proposed position

Project Manager Etc.

1.7.

Proposed sub-contracts and firms involved. [Refer ITB Clause 4.3(k)]

Sanctions of the works

Value of Sub-contract

Sub-contractor (Name & Address)

Experience in similar work

EE, AP-1

- 40 -

Attach copies of certificates on possession of valid license for executing water supply/ sanitary work/ building electrification works [Reference Clause 4.5(d) & Clause 4.5(e)] *1.8.

Financial reports for the last five years: balance sheets, profit and loss statements, auditors’ reports (in case of companies/corporation), etc. List them below and attach copies.

1.9.

Evidence of access to financial resources to meet the qualification requirements: cash in hand, lines of credit, etc. List them below and attach copies of support documents.

1.10.

Name, address, and telephone, telex, and fax numbers of the Bidders’ bankers who may provide references if contacted by the Employer.

1.11.

Information on litigation history in which the Bidder is involved.

Other Party(ies)

Employer

Cause of Dispute

Amount involved

Remarks showing Present Status

1.12.

Statement of compliance under the requirements of Sub Clause 3.2 of the instructions to Bidders.

1.13.

Proposed work method and schedule. The Bidder should attach descriptions, drawings and charts as necessary to comply with the requirements of the Bidding documents. [Refer ITB Clause 4.1 & 4.3(1)]

1.14.

Programme

1.15.

Quality Assurance Programme

2.

Deleted

3.

Additional Requirements

3.1

Bidders should provide any additional information required to fulfill the requirements of Clause 4 of the Instructions to the Bidders, if applicable. (i)

Affidavit

(ii) Undertaking

SAMPLE FORMAT FOR EVIDENCE OF ACCESS TO OR AVAILABILITY OF CREDIT FACILITIES (CLAUSE 4.2(I) OF ITB)

BANK CERTIFICATE This is to certify that M/s. ____________________________________________ is a reputed agency with a good financial standing. If the contract for the work, namely _____________________________________ is awarded to the above firms, we shall be able to provide overdraft/credit facilities to the extent of Rs.___________________ to meet their working capital requirements for executing the above contract during the contract period. __________________ (Signature) Name of Bank Senior Bank Manager Address of the Bank EE, AP-1

- 41 -

AFFIDAVIT 1.

I, the undersigned, do hereby certify that all the statements made in the required attachments are true and correct.

2.

The undersigned also hereby certifies that neither our firm M/s____________________________________________________ have abandoned any work Govt. of India/or any State or Govt. undertakings nor any contract awarded to us for such works have been rescinded on account of our default, during last five years prior to the date of this bid.

3.

The undersigned hereby authorize(s) and request(s) any bank, person, firm or corporation to furnish pertinent information deemed necessary and requested by the Department to verify this statement or regarding my (our) competence and general reputation.

4.

The undersigned understand and agrees that further qualifying information may be requested, and agrees to furnish any such information at the request of the Department/ Project implementing agency. ___________________________________ (Signed by an Authorized Officer of the Firm) _________________ (Title of Officer) _________________ (Name of Firm) _________________ DATE

UNDERTAKING I, the undersigned do hereby undertake that our firm M/s _____________________________ ____________________ would invest a minimum cash up to 25% of the value of the work during implementation of the Contract.

___________________________________ (Signed by an Authorized Officer of the Firm) _________________ (Title of Officer) _________________ (Name of Firm) _________________ DATE

EE, AP-1

- 42 -

SECTION-3 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

EE, AP-1

- 43 -

Conditions of Contract Table of Contents A.

General

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

18.

Definitions Interpretation Language and Law Engineer’s Decisions Delegation Communications Sub-contracting Other Contractor Personnel Employer’s & Contractor’s Risks. Employer’s Risks Contractor’s Risks Insurance. Site Investigation Reports Queries about the Contract Data. Contractor to Construct the Works The Works to be Completed by the Intended Completion date. Approval by the Engineer

19. 20. 21 22. 23. 24. 25. 26.

Safety Discoveries Possession of the Site Access to the Site. Instructions Disputes Redressal System Arbitration Deleted

11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.

B. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32.

Page No.

Time Control Programme Extension of the Intended Completion Date. Deleted 50 Delays Ordered by the Engineer Management Meetings Early Warning

C.

Quality Control

33 34 35 36

Identifying Defects Tests Correction of Defects Uncorrected Defects.

D. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54 55. 56. E. 57. 58. 59. 60.

Cost Control Bill of Quantities Changes in the Quantities Variations Payments for Variations Cash Flow Forecasts Payment Certificates Payments. Compensation Events Tax Currencies Price Adjustment Retention Liquidated Damages (LD) Bonus Advance Payment. Secured advance Securities Security deduction (retention) Deleted Cost of Repairs Finishing the Contract Completion Taking Over Final Account Operating and Maintenance Manuals. Termination Payment upon Termination Property Release from Performance

61. 62. 63. 64.

Page No.

F. Special Conditions of Contract

EE, AP-1

- 44 -

CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT A.GENERAL 1.

Definitions

1.1

Terms which are defined in the Control Data are not also defined in the Conditions of Contract but keep their defined meanings. Capital initials are used to identify defined terms.

Bill of Quantities means the priced and completed Bill of Quantities forming part of the Bid. Compensation Events are those defined in Clause 44 hereunder. The Completion Date is the date of completion of the Works as certified by the Engineer-inCharge in accordance with Sub Clause 55.1. The Contract is the contract between the Employer and the Contractor to execute, complete and maintain the Works. It consists of the documents listed in Clause 2.3 below. The Contract Data defines the documents and other information which comprise the Contract. The Contractor is a person or corporate body whose Bid to carry out the Works has been accepted by the Employer. The Contractor’s Bid is the completed Bidding document submitted by the Contractor to the Employer and includes Technical and Financial bids. The Contractor Price is the price stated in the Letter of Acceptance and thereafter as adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Contract. Days are calendar days; months are calendar months. A Defect is any part of the Works not completed in accordance with the Contract. The Defects Liability Period is the period named in the Contract Data and calculated from the Completion Date. The Employer is the party who will employ the Contractor to carry out the Works. The Engineer is the person named in the Contract Data (or any other competent person appointed and notified to the contractor to act in replacement of the Engineer-in-Charge) who is responsible for supervising the Contractor, administering the Contract, certifying payments due to the Contractor, issuing and valuing Variations to the Contract, awarding extensions of time, and valuing the Compensation Events. Equipment is the Contractor’s machinery and vehicles brought temporarily to the Site to construct the Works. The Initial Contract Price is the Contract Price listed in the Employer’s Letter of Acceptance. The Intended Completion Date is the date on which it is intended that the Contractor shall complete the Works. The Intended Completion Date is specified in the Contract Data. The Intended Completion Date may be revised only by the Engineer-in-Charge by issuing an extension of time. Materials are all; supplies, including consumables, used by the contractor for incorporation in the Works. EE, AP-1

- 45 -

Plant is any integral part of the Works which is to have a mechanical, electrical, electronic or chemical or biological function. The Site is the area defined as such in the Contract Data. Site Investigation Reports are those which were included in the Bidding documents and are factual interpretative reports about the surface and sub-surface conditions at the site. Specification means the Specification of the Works included in the Contract and any modification or addition made or approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.

The Start Date is given in the Contract Data. It is the date when the Contractor shall commence execution of the works. It does not necessarily coincide with any of the Site Possession Dates. A Subcontractor is a person or corporate body who has a Contract with the Contractor to carry out a part of the Work in the Contract which includes work on the Site. Temporary Works are works designed, constructed, installed, and removed by the Contractor which are needed for construction or installation of the Works. A Variation is an instruction given by the Engineer-in-Charge, which varies the Works. The Works are what the Contract requires the Contractor to construct, install, and turn over to the Employer, as provided in the bid documents, BOQ and drawings etc. and as directed by the Engineer from time to time defined in the Contract Data. 2. 2.1

Interpretation In interpreting these Conditions of Contract, singular also means plural, male also means female or neuter, and the other way around. Headings have no significance, Words have their normal meaning under the language of the Contract unless specifically defined. The Engineer-in-Charge will provide instructions clarifying queries about the Conditions of Contract.

2.2

It sectional completion is specified in the Contract Data, references in the Conditions of Contract to the Works, the Completion Date, and the Intended Completion Date apply to any Section of the Works (other than references to the Completion Date and Intended Completion date for the whole of the Works).

2.3

The documents forming the Contract shall be interpreted in the following order or priority:

3.

(1) Agreement. (2) Letter of Acceptance, notice to proceed with the works. (3) Contractor’s Bid (4) Contract Data. (5) Conditions of Contract including Special Conditions of Contract. (6) Specifications. (7) Drawings (8) Bill of quantities and (9) Any other document listed in the Contract Data as forming part of the Contract. Language and Law

3.1

The language of the Contract and the law governing the Contract are stated in the Contract Data.

4.

Engineer’s Decisions.

4.1.

Except where otherwise specifically stated, the Engineer will decide contractual matters between the Employer and the Contractor in the role representing the Employer. EE, AP-1

- 46 -

5. 5.1

Delegation The Engineer may delegate any of his duties and responsibilities to other people except to the Adjudicator after notifying the Contractor and may cancel any delegation after notifying the Contractor.

6. 6.1.

Communications Communications between parties which are referred to in the conditions are effective only when in writing. A notice shall be effective only when it is delivered (in terms of India Contract Act.).

7. 7.1.

Sub-contracting The Contractor may sub-contract any portion of work, upto a limit specified in Contract Data, with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge but may not assign the Contract without the approval of the Employer in writing. Sub-contracting does not alter the Contractor’s obligations. For Electrical work, i)

Either the bidder should have the requisite experience of Electrical work; worked out on the basis of Clause 4.5 (A) of the Qualification of Bidder for the amount of work evaluated as per that particular part of DNIT i.e. of Electrical work.

ii)

Or the bidder has to sub-contract the Electrical work to the agency which he nominate as per Qualification criteria as mentioned in the clause for that particular work. The Bidder will get nominated sub-contractor approved from the Engineer incharge of work before start of work after fulfilling the qualification criteria as required.

iii)

IN case neither the bidder qualifies for this part of DNIT nor he could provide the required sub contractor, same work will be got executed from a suitable contractor at the market rates and double the difference of the executed work will be recovered from the amount 20% of bidder. The bidder will be responsible for the maintenance of that part of agreement also which he sub contracted.

8. 8.1.

Other Contractors The Contractor shall cooperate and share the Site with other contractors, public authorities, utilities, and the Employer between the date given in the Schedule of other Contractors. The Contractor shall as referred to in the Contract Data, also provide facilities and services for them as described in the Schedule. The employer may modify the schedule of other contractors and shall notify the contractor of any such modification.

9. 9.1.

Personnel The Contractor shall employ the key personnel named in the Schedule of Key Personnel as referred to in the Contract Data to carry out the functions stated in the Schedule or other personnel approved by the Engineer-in-Charge The Engineer-in-Charge will approve any proposed replacement of key personnel only if their qualifications, abilities, and relevant experience are substantially equal to or better than those of the personnel listed in the Schedule. In case of non-employment of key personnel action can be taken as per clause 59 of conditions of contract & deduction will be made from the bills / due payment of the contractor on account of salary per month of key personnel as per Annexure-II of Section-I @ of Rs. 30,000/- P.M for Sr.No.1, Rs. 50,000/- P.M for Sr.No.2 and Rs 1,00,000/- P.M for Sr. No. 3 + 14% Departmental charges.

9.2.

If the Engineer-in-Charge asks the Contractor to remove a person who is a member of the Contractor’s staff or his work force stating the reasons the Contractor shall ensure that the person leaves the Site within seven days and has no further connection with the work in the Contract.

10. 10.1.

Employer’s and Contractor’s Risks. The Employer carries the risks which this Contract states are Employer’s risks, and the Contractor carries the risks which this Contract states are Contractor’s risks. EE, AP-1

- 47 -

11. 11.1

Employer’s Risks The Employer is responsible for the excepted risks which are (a) in so far as they directly affect the execution of the Works in India, the risks of war, hostilities, invasion, act of foreign enemies, rebellion, revolution, insurrection or military or usurped power, civil war, riot commotion or disorder (unless restricted to the Contractor’s employees), and contamination from any nuclear fuel or nuclear waste or radioactive toxic explosive, or (b) a cause due solely to the design of the Works, other than the Contractor’s design.

12. 12.1.

Contractor’s Risks. All risks of loss of or damage to physical property and of personal injury and death which arise during and in consequence of the performance of the Contract other than the excepted risks are the responsibility of the Contractor.

13. 13.1.

Insurance. (For contract(s) above Rs.5.00 crores) The Contractor shall provide, in the joint names of the Employer and the Contractor, insurance cover (contractor all risks policy) from the Start Date to the end of the Defects Liability Period, in the amounts and deductibles states in the Contract Data for the following events which are due to the Contractor’s risks: (a) loss or damage to the Works, Plant and Materials; (b) loss of or damage to Equipment. (c) Loss of or damage of property (except the Works, Plant, Materials and Equipment) in connection with the Contract; and (d) Personal injury or death. Policies and certificates for insurance shall be delivered by the Contractor to the Engineer-in-Charge before the Start Date. All such insurance shall provide for compensation to be payable in the types and proportions of currencies required to rectify the loss or damage incurred.

13.2.

13.3

If the Contractor does not provide any of the policies and certificates required, the Employer may effect the insurance which the Contractor should have provided and recover the premiums the Employer has paid from payments otherwise due to the Contractor or, if no payment is due, the payment of the premiums shall be a debt due. 14% Departmental charges over payment of premiums will also be recovered from the contractors.

13.4

Alterations to the terms of an insurance shall not be made without the approval of the Competent authority.

14. 14.1.

Site Investigation Report. The Contractor, in preparing the Bid, shall rely on any site Investigation Reports referred to in the Contract Data, supplemented by any information available to the Bidder. In case such information is not available in the contract data, the Contractor shall gather such information from the office of Engineer-In- Charge. No claim on account of non availability will be entertained.

15. 15.1.

Queries about the Contract Data. The Engineer-in-Charge will clarify queries on the Contract Data.

16. 16.1.

Contractor to Construct the Works The Contractor shall construct and install the Works in accordance with the Specification and Drawings.

17. 17.1.

The Works to be Completed by the Intended Completion Date. The Contractor may commence execution of the Works on the Start Date and shall carry out the Works in accordance with the programme submitted by the Contractor, as updated with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge, and complete them by the Intended Completion Date. Approval by the Engineer-in-Charge The Contractor shall submit Specifications and Drawings showing the proposed Temporary Works to the Engineer-in-Charge, who is to approve them if they comply with the Specifications and Drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for design of Temporary Works. The Engineer-in-Charge’s approval shall not alter the Contractor’s responsibility for design of the Temporary Works.

18. 18.1. 18.2. 18.3.

EE, AP-1

- 48 -

18.4.

The Contractor shall obtain approval of third parties to the design of the Temporary Works where required.

18.5.

All Drawings prepared by the Contractor for the execution of the temporary or permanent Works, are subject to prior approval by the Engineer-in-Charge before their use.

19.

Safety

19.1. 20.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of all activities on the Site. Discoveries

20.1.

Anything of historical or other interest or of significant value unexpectedly discovered on the Site is the property of the Employer. The Contractor is to notify the Engineer-in-Charge of such discoveries and carry out the Engineer-in-Charge’s instructions for dealing with them. Possession of the Site The Employer shall give possession of all parts of the Site to the Contractor. If possession of a part is not given by the date stated in the Contract Data the Employer is deemed to have delayed the start of the relevant activities and this will be Compensation Event. Access to the Site The Contractor shall allow the Engineer-in-Charge and any person authorized by the Engineer-inCharge access to the Site, to any place where work in connection with the Contract is being carried out or is intended to be carried out and to any place where materials or plant are being manufactured/fabricated/assembled for the works. Instructions The Contractor shall carry out all instructions of the Engineer-in-Charge pertaining to works which comply with the applicable laws where the Site is located. Dispute Redressal System In case of contract(s) of value lesser than Rs.2 cr., the agency will make an appeal to the Appellant Authority i.e. concerned Superintending Engineer who will decide the issue within 90 days. In case of dissatisfaction on the part of the contractor, he can go to Court after the decision of this appeal or after 90 days in case of no decision from the Appellant Authority.

21. 21.1.

22. 22.1.

23. 23.1. 24. 24.1

24.2

In case of contract(s) of value more than Rs.2.00 cr. and less than Rs.10.00 cr., the agency will make an appeal to the Appellant Authority i.e. concerned Superintending Engineer who will decide the issue within 90 days. If the contractor is not satisfied with the Appeal, he can go for Arbitration. Adjudication of the dispute shall be done by Sole Arbitrator to be appointed by the Govt. from the list of Arbitrators approved by the Govt.

24.3

For disputes relating to contract(s) of value higher than Rs.10 cr., the agency may first appeal to the concerned Superintending Engineer. In case the contractor is not satisfied with the appeal he can go for the Arbitration. The arbitration shall be done by three members tribunal with composition as below. 24.4 The composition of the Tribunal will be: I. One official member, Chairman of the Tribunal, not below the rank of Chief Engineer (Serving) of the State Govt./State Govt. Undertakings. II. One official member not below the rank of Superintending Engineer (Serving/retired) of Hr.PW(B&R) Deptt. and III. One non-official member who will be technical expert not below the rank of Superintending Engineer (Serving/retired) of Hr.PW(B&R) Deptt. selected by the Contractor from a panel of three persons given to him by the Employer. 24.4 The Contractor and the Employer will be entitled to present their case in writing duly supported by documents. If so requested, the Tribunal may allow one opportunity to the Contractor and the Employer for oral arguments for a specified period. The Tribunal shall give its decision within a period of 180 days from the date of appeal, failing which the contractor can approach the appropriate court for the resolution of the dispute. 24.5

The decision of the Tribunal will be binding on the Employer for payment of claims up to five percent of the Initial Contract Price. The Contractor can accept and receive payment after signing EE, AP-1

- 49 -

as “in full and final settlement of all claims”. If he does not accept the decision, he is not barred from approaching the courts. Similarly, if the Employer does not accept the decision of the Tribunal above the limit of five percent of the Initial Contract Price, he will be free to approach the courts applicable under the law. 24.6

The Fee and other charges payable to an Arbitrator in arbitration case shall be as given in the schedule below:-

Sr.

Agreement Amount

Fee Payable of Sole Arbitrator/each Arbitrator in Tribunal

1.

Upto Rs. crore

2.

More than Rs. Rs. 10,000/- per hearing 2.00 Cr. But upto and maximum Rs. 2.00 Rs. 10.00 crore lacs for whole (Sole Arbitrator) proceedings.

3.

More than 10.00 crores Tribunal comprising of three Arbitrators)

TA/DA

Charges for Computer Operator/Clerk

Reading fee and award writing including typing charges and stationery etc.

2.00 No. Arbitrator required

Rs.12,500/-per hearing and maximum Rs.3.00 lacs for whole proceedings to each Arbitrator.

As per Rs.1000/per Govt. hearing and Rules maximum Rs. 20,000/- for the whole proceedings As per Rs. 1250/-per Govt. hearing and Rules maximum Rs. 25,000/for the whole proceedings

25,000/lumpsum + 14% Department Charges 25,000/(lumpsom) each Arbitrator of Tribunal + 14% Department Charges

24.7

The fees structure given above will be shared equally by both parties

25. 25.1

Arbitration As per provisions of the clause 24 of Dispute Reddressel System. The claimant shall deposit with the Engineer-In-Charge a claim fee @2% of claim amount or as prescribed in tender document. On termination of the arbitration proceedings, this fee shall be adjusted against the cost, if any, awarded by the arbitrator (or arbitral tribunal) against the claimant party and the balance remaining after such adjustment, and in the absence of such cost being awarded, the whole of the sum will be refunded within one month of the date of the award.

26

Deleted

27.

Programme

27.1.

Within the time stated in the Contract Data the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-Charge for approval a Programme showing the general methods, arrangements, order, and timing for all the activities in the Works along with monthly cash flow forecast.

27.2.

An update of the Programme shall be a programme showing the actual progress achieved on each activity and the effect of the progress achieved on the timing of the remaining work including any changes to the sequence of the activities.

27.3.

The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-Charge, for approval, an updated Programme at intervals no longer than the period stated in the Contract Data. If the Contractor does not submit

B. TIME CO NTROL

EE, AP-1

- 50 -

an updated Programme within this period, the Engineer-in-Charge may withhold the amount stated in the Contract Data from the next payment certificate and continue to withhold this amount until the next payment after the date on which the overdue Programme has been submitted. 27.4.

The Engineer-in-Charge’s approval of the Programme shall not alter the Contractor’s obligations. The Contractor may revise the Programme and submit it to the Engineer-in-Charge again at any time. A revised Programme is to show the effect of Variations and Compensation Events.

28.

Extension of the Intended Completion Date

28.1.

The Engineer-in-Charge shall get the Intended Completion Date, with approval from authority competent to grant time extension as mentioned in clause 16.16.6 of PWD code through employer, if a Compensation Event occurs or a Variation is issued which makes it impossible for Completion to be achieved by the Intended Completion Date without the Contractor taking steps to accelerate the remaining work and which would cause the Contractor to incur additional cost. The clause 16.16.6 is reproduced as under :“16.16.6 The authority competent to technically sanction the estimate shall have the power to grant EOT. However, to check disproportionate EOTs and to ensure uniformly in approach, the Engineer-in-Chief shall issue instruction s in this regard from time to time.

28.2.

The Engineer with the approved of authority competent to grant time extension as mentioned in clause 16.16.6 of PWD Code through Employer shall decide whether and by how much to extend the Intended Completion Date within 60 days of the Contractor asking the Engineer-in-Charge for a decision upon the effect of Compensation Events or Variation and submitting full supporting information. If the Contractor has failed to give early warning of a delay or has failed to cooperate in dealing with a delay, the delay by this failure shall not be considered in assessing the new Intended Completion Date.

28.3.

The Engineer shall within 14 days of receiving full justification from the contractor for extension of Intended Completion Date refer to the Employer. The Employer shall refer the case to the authority competent to grant time extension as per clause 16.16.6 of PWD code within further 14 days for his decision. If the authority competent to grant time extension fails to give his acceptance within next 28 days, the Engineer shall not grant the time extension and the contractor may refer the matter to the Dispute Review System under Clause 24.1. In case the Employer happens to be authority competent to grant time extension, he would convey his decision to be Engineer within 42 days.

29.

Deleted

30.

Delays Ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge

30.1.

The Engineer-in-Charge may instruct the Contractor to delay the start or progress of any activity within the Works.

31. 31.1.

Management Meetings Either the Engineer-in-Charge or the Contractor may require the other to attend a management meeting. The business of a management meeting shall be to review the plans for remaining work and to deal with matters raised in accordance with the early warning procedure. One meeting in each quarter is mandatory for smooth running of works. Proceedings of meeting may be circulated to all including Head office.

31.2.

The Engineer-in-Charge shall record the business of management meetings and is to provide copies of his record to those attending the meting and to the Employer. The responsibility of the parties for actions to be taken is to be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge either at the management meeting or after the management meeting and stated in writing to all who attended the meting.

EE, AP-1

- 51 -

32. 32.1.

Early Warning The Contractor is to warn the Engineer-in-Charge at the earliest opportunity of specific likely future events or circumstances that may adversely affect the quality of the work, increase the Contract Price or delay the execution of works. The Engineer-in-Charge may require the Contractor to provide an estimate of the expected effect of the future event or circumstance on the Contract Price and Completion Date. The estimate is to be provided by the Contractor as soon as reasonably possible.

32.2.

The Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer-in-Charge in making and considering proposals for how the effect of such an event or circumstance can be avoided or reduced by anyone involved in the work and in carrying out any resulting instruction of the Engineer-in-Charge.

C. QUALITY CONTROL 33. 33.1.

Identifying Defects The Engineer-in-Charge shall check the Contractor’s work and notify the Contractor of any Defects that are found. Such checking shall not affect the Contractor’s responsibilities. The Engineer-in-Charge may instruct the Contractor to search for a Defect and to uncover and test any work that the Engineer-in-Charge considers may have a Defect.

34. 34.1.

Tests If the Engineer-in-Charge instructs the Contractor to carry out a test not specified in the Specification to check whether any work has a Defect and the test shows that it does, the Contractor shall pay for the test and any samples. If there is no Defect the test shall be a Compensation Event.

35. 35.1.

Correction of Defects The Engineer-in-Charge shall give notice to the Contractor of any Defect (structural, technical or routine maintenance nature) before the end of the Defects Liability Period, which begins at Completion and is defined in the Contract Data. The Defects Liability period shall be extended for as long as Defects remain to be corrected. The defects shall include the routine maintenance activities as well.

35.2.

Every time notice of a Defect is given the Contractor shall correct the notified Defect within the length of time specified by the Engineer-in-Charge’s notice.

36. 36.1.

Uncorrected Defects If the Contractor has not corrected a Defect within the time specified in the Engineer-in-Charge’s notice, the Engineer-in-Charge will assess the cost of having the Defect corrected, and the Contractor will pay double of this amount.

D. COST CO NTROL 37. Bill of Quantities 37.1. The Bill of Quantities shall contain items for the construction, installation, testing and commissioning work to be done by the Contractor. 37.2.

The Bill of Quantities is used to calculate the Contractor Price. The Contractor is paid for the quantity of the work done at the rate in the Bill of Quantities for each item.

38. 38.1.

Changes in the Quantities & payment variation The quantities of all items given in the schedule are tentative. The can be increased or decreased as per working Architectural drawings / structurals drawings & noting extra shall be paid. The Engineer-in-Chief shall have power to make any alteration / omission addition to or substitutions for the original specifications, drawing, designs and instructions that may appear to him to be necessary or advisable during the progress of work and the Contractors shall be bound to carry out the work in accordance with any instructions which may be given to him in writing singed by the Engineer – in – Charge and such alterations, omissions, additions or substitutions shall not invalidate the contract, and any altered, additional or substituted work which the Contractor may be directed to do in the manner above specified as part of the work shall be carried out by the EE, AP-1

- 52 -

Contractor on the same terms & conditions in all respects on which h agreed to do the main work, an the same rates as are specified in the tender for the main work. 38.2.

If the altered additional or substituted work includes any class of work, for which no rate is specified in the contract, than such class of work shall be carried out at the rates entered in the Haryana Schedule of rates plus ceiling premium subject to the same percentage above or below as per financial statement of the contract and if such class of work is not entered in the schedule of rates then the contractors shall within seven days of the date of the receipt of the order to carry out the work inform the Engineer – in – Charge of the rate which it is his intension to charge for such class of work. If the Engineer – in – Charge does not agree to this rate he shall by notice in writing be at liberty to cancel his order to carry out such class work and arrange to carry it out in such manner as he may consider advisable provided always that if the constractors shall commence work on incur any expenditure in regards there to before the rate shall have been determined lately herein before mentioned, then in such case it shall be entiled to be paid in respect of the work carried out or expenditure incurred by him prior to the date of determination of the rates as aforesaid according to such rate or rates as shall be fixed by the Engineer – in Charge. In the event a dispute the decision of Employer shall be final.

38.3.

Deleted

39. 39.1. 40. 41. 41.1.

Deleted Deleted. Deleted Cash Flow Forecasts When the Programme is updated, the contractor is to provide the Engineer-in-Charge with an updated cash flow forecast.

42. 42.1.

Payment Certificates The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-Charge monthly statements of the estimated value of the work completed less the cumulative amount certified previously by 1st week of the month. In case contractor does not submit his bill by 1st week of the month, Engineer-In-Charge shall get the monthly statement of the estimated value of work completed less cumulative amount prepared by the end of third week of the month. This procedure will be followed even if no work is carried out at the site of work.

42.2.

The Engineer-in-Charge shall check the Contractor’s monthly statement within 14 days and certify the amount to be paid to the Contractor after taking into account any credit or debit for the month in question in respect of materials for the works in the relevant amounts and under conditions set forth in sub-clause 51(3) of the conditions of contract.

42.3.

The value of work executed shall be determined by the Engineer-in-Charge.

42.4.

The value of work executed shall comprise the value of the quantities of the Compensation Events.

42.5.

The value of work executed shall include the valuation of Variations and Compensation Events.

42.6.

The Engineer-in-Charge may exclude any item certified in a previous certificate or reduce the proportion of any item previously certified in any certificate in the light of later information.

43.

Payments

43.1.

If an amount certified is increased in a later certificate as a result of an award by the Adjudicator or an Arbitrator, the Contractor shall be paid interest @10% per annum upon the delayed payment as set out in this clause. Interest shall be calculated from the date upon which the increased amount would have been certified in the absence of dispute.

EE, AP-1

- 53 -

43.3.

Items of the Works for which no rate or price has been entered in will not be paid for by the Employer and shall be deemed covered by the other rates and price in the Contract.

44. 44.1.

Compensation Events The following are Compensation Events unless they are caused by the Contractor; (a) The Employer does not give access to 80% of the Site by the Site Possession Date stated in the Contract Data. (b) The Employer modifies the schedule of other contractors in a way which affects the work of the contractor under the contract. (c) The Engineer-in-Charge orders a delay or does not issue drawings, specifications or instructions required for execution of works due to which the work is delayed. However, these can be issued from time to time during the execution of the work. (d) The Engineer-in-Charge instructs the Contractor to uncover or to carry out additional tests upon work which is then found to have no Defects. (e) The Engineer-in-Charge does not approve of a subcontract to be let, within 30 days. (f) Ground conditions are substantially more adverse than could reasonably have been assumed before issuance of Letter of Acceptance from the information issued to Bidders (including the Site Investigation Reports), from information available and from a visual inspection of the site. (g) The Engineer-in-Charge gives an instruction for dealing with an unforeseen condition, caused by the Employer, or additional work required for safety or other reasons. (h) Other contractors, public authorities, utilities or the Employer does not work within the dates and other constraints stated in the Contract, and they cause delay or extra cost to the Contractor. (i) The advance payment is delayed, beyond 45 days after receipt of application and bank guarantee. (j) The effect on the Contractor of any of the Employer’s Risks. (k) The Engineer-in-Charge unreasonably delays issuing a Certificate of Completion. (l) Other Compensation Events listed in the Contract Data or mentioned in the Contract.

44.2.

If a Compensation Event would cause additional cost or would prevent the work being completed before the Intended Completion Date, the Contract Price shall be increased and/or the Intended Completion Date is extended. The Engineer-in-Charge shall decide whether and by how much the Contract Price shall be increased and whether and by how much the Intended Completion Date shall be extended.

44.3.

As soon as information demonstrating the effect of each Compensation Event upon the Contractor’s forecast cost has been provided by the Contractor, it is to be assessed by the Engineer-in-Charge and the Contract Price shall be adjusted accordingly. If the Contractor’s forecast is deemed unreasonable, the Engineer-in-Charge shall adjust the Contract Price based on Engineer-in-Charge’s own forecast. The Engineer-in-Charge will assume that the Contractor will react competently and promptly to the event.

44.4.

46.

The Contractor shall not be entitled to compensation to the extent that the Employer’s interests are adversely affected by the Contractor not having given early warning or not having cooperated with the Engineer-in-Charge. Tax The rates quoted by the Contractor shall be deemed to be inclusive of the sales tax /VAT, Labour Cess, 100% Service Tax if any and other taxes that the Contractor will have to pay for the performance of this Contract. The Employer will perform such duties in regard to the deduction of such taxes at source as per applicable law. Currencies

46.1.

All payments shall be made in Indian Rupees.

45. 45.1.

EE, AP-1

- 54 -

47.

Price Adjustment.

47.1 The rate of cement/steel issued under the authority of Engineer-in-Chief Hr. PW (B&R) Deptt., Chandigarh on the date of receipt of tender shall be considered as base rate. If during execution of the works, the rate of cement/steel increases or decreases, the difference in cost shall be paid/ recouped from the contractor in the bill, as per formula given on contract data at sr.no.23 subject to the following conditions:47.1.1 The cement/steel will be arranged by the Contractor. 47.1.2 The contractor shall submit original bill/ voucher while claiming the payment for the work done. The bill/ voucher should pertain to the period of original contractual time limit and should correspond with the progress of work. No extra payment due to increase in rate of cement/steel will be paid if the original bill/ vouchers are not submitted by the agency. No increase in prices of the cement/steel shall be reimbursed to the contractor beyond the original time period allowed for construction as per contract agreement irrespective of extension of time limit granted to the agency for any reason, whatsoever. 47.1.3 After approval of tender, the Contractor shall submit the work programme for execution of wok and get it approved from the Engineer-in-Charge in the time limit prescribed in the tender document. The increase in rates of cement/steel shall only be paid if the work is carried out within the prescribed period as per the approved work programme. 47.2 To the extent that full compensation for any rise or fall in costs to the contractor is not covered by the provisions of this or other clauses in the contract, the unit rates and prices included in the contract shall be deemed to include amounts to cover the contingency of such other rise or fall in costs. 48. Retention Money 48.1 6% (six percent) retention money shall be deducted from running bills subject to a maximum of 5% of the agreement amount and shall be refunded 50% immediately after completion of work to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge & balance 50% will be released after expiry of the defect liability period. However, retention money can be released against unconditional Bank Guarantee in favour of department valid for 60 days beyond stipulated period as per schedule. 49. 49.1.

Liquidated Damages(LD) The Contractor shall pay liquidated damages to the Employer at the rate per day stated in the Contract Data for each day that the Completion Date is later than the Intended Completion Date (for the whole of the works or the milestone as stated in the contract data). The total amount of liquidated damages shall not exceed the amount defined in the Contract Data. The Employer may deduct liquidated damages from payments due to the Contractor. Payment of liquidated damages does not affect the Contractor’s liabilities.

49.2.

If the Intended Completion Date is extended after liquidated damages have been paid, the Engineer-in-Charge shall correct any overpayment of liquidated damages by the Contractor by adjusting the next payment certificate. The Contractor shall be paid interest on the over payment calculated from the date of payment to the date of repayment at the rates specified in Sub Clause 43.1. If the contractor achieves the next mile stone in time, then LD imposed will be waived off automatically and payment shall be released without any interest in the next bill due to the contractor.

49.3.

If the Contractor fails to comply with the time for completion as stipulated in the tender, then the contractor shall pay to the employer the relevant sum stated in the Contract Data as Liquidated damages for such default and not as penalty for everyday or part of day which shall elapse between relevant time for completion and the date stated in the taking over certificate of the whole of the works on the relevant section, subject to the limit stated in the contract data. The engineer may, without prejudice to any other method of recovery deduct the amount of such damages from any money due or to become due to the contractor. The payment or deduction of such damages shall not relieve the contractor from his obligation to complete the works on from any other of his obligations and liabilities under the contract. EE, AP-1

- 55 -

50. Bonus If the Contractor achieves completion of the whole of the works prior to the Intended Completion Date prescribed in Contract Data the Employer shall pay to the contractor a sum stated in Contract Data as bonus for every completed month which shall elapse between the date of completion of all items of works as stipulated in the contract, including variations ordered by the Engineer-in-Charge and the time prescribed in Clause 17. For the purpose of calculating bonus payments, the time given in the Bid for completion of the whole of the works is fixed and unless otherwise agreed, no adjustments of the time by reason of granting an extension of time pursuant to Clause 28 or any other clause of these conditions will be allowed. Any period falling short of a complete month shall be ignored for the purpose of computing the period relevant for the payment of bonus. Time schedule is to be fixed as given below. DNIT Amount Time Schedule 1-2.5 cr. 12 Months 2.5-5 cr. 15 Months 5-10 cr. 18 Months 10-20 cr. 21 Months > 20 cr. 24 Months 51. 51.1.

Advance Payment The Engineer shall make advance payment to the Contractor of the amounts stated in the Contract Data by the date stated in the Contract Data, against provision by the Contractor of an Unconditional Bank Guarantee in a form and by a bank acceptable to the Engineer in amounts and currencies equal to the advance payment. The guarantee shall remain effective until the advance payment has been repaid, but the amount of the guarantee shall be progressively reduced by the amounts repaid by the Contractor. Interest will be charged on the advance payment.

51.2.

The Contractor is to use the advance payment only to pay for Equipment, Plant and Mobilization expenses required specifically for execution of the Works. The Contractor shall demonstrate that advance payment has been used in this way by supplying copies of invoices or other documents to the Engineer-in-Charge.

51.3.

The advance payment shall be repaid by deducting proportionate amounts from payments otherwise due to the Contractor. Following the schedule of completed percentages of the Works on a payment basis. No account shall be taken of the advance payment or its repayment is assessing valuations of work done, Variations, price adjustments, Compensation Events, or Liquidated Damages.

52.

Secured Advance The Engineer-in-Charge shall make advance payment in respect of materials intended for but not yet incorporated in the Works in accordance with conditions stipulated in the Contract Data.

53.

Securities

53.1.

The Performance Security (Including additional security for unbalanced bids) shall be provided to the Employer not later than the date specified in the Letter of Acceptance and shall be issued in an amount and form and by a bank or surety acceptable to the Employer, and denominated in Indian Rupees. The Performance Security shall be valid until a date 45 days from the date of expiry of Defects Liability Period and the additional security for unbalanced bids shall be valid until a date 45 days from the date of issue of the certificate of completion.

54. 55. 56. 56.1.

Deleted Cost of Repairs Loss or damage to the Works or Materials to be incorporated in the Works between the Start Date and the end of the Defects Correction Periods shall be remedied by the Contractor at the Contractor’s cost if the loss or damage arises from the Contractor’s act or omissions.

EE, AP-1

- 56 -

E. FINISHING THE CONTRACT 57. Completion 57.1.

The Contractor shall request the Engineer-in-Charge to issue a Certificate of Completion of the Works and the Engineer-in-Charge will do so upon deciding that the Work is completed.

58.

Taking Over

58.1.

The Employer shall take over the Site and the Works within seven days of the Engineer-inCharge issuing a certificate of Completion.

59.

Final Account

59.1.

The Contractor shall supply to the Engineer-in-Charge a detailed account of the total amount that the Contractor considers payable under the Contract before the end of the Defects Liability Period. However, the final bill of the work will be passed by the Engineers within 90 days from the date of completion. The final account and final bill are different in nature. The Engineer-inCharge shall issue a Defect Liability Certificate and certify any final payment that is due to the Contractor within 56 days after the end of defect liability period if it is correct and complete. If it is not, the Engineer-in-Charge shall issue within 56 days a schedule that states the scope of the corrections or additions that are necessary. If the Final Account is still unsatisfactory after it has been resubmitted, the Engineer-in-Charge shall decide on the amount payable to the Contractor and issue a payment certificate, within 56 days of receiving the Contractor’s revised account.

60. 60.1

Operating and Maintenance Manuals If “as built” Drawing and/or operating and maintenance manuals are required, the Contractor shall supply them by the dates stated in the Contract Data. If the Contractor does not supply the Drawings and/or manuals by the dates stated in the Contract Data, or they do not receive the Engineer-in-Charge’s approval, the Engineer-in-Charge shall withhold the amount stated in the Contract Data from payments due to the Contractor.

60.2

60. 61.1.

Termination The Employer or the Contractor may terminate the Contract if the other party causes a fundamental breach of the Contract.

61.2.

Fundamental breaches of Contract include, but shall not be limited to the following: (a) the Contractor stops work for 20 days when no stoppage of work is shown on the current Programme and the stoppage has not been authorized by the Engineer-in-Charge. (b) the Engineer-in-Charge instructs the Contractor to delay the progress of the Works and the instruction is not withdrawn within 28 days; (c) the Employer or the Contractor is made bankrupt or goes into liquidation other than for a reconstruction or amalgamation; (d) a payment certified by the Engineer-in-Charge is not paid by the Employer to the Contractor within 56 days of the date of the Engineer-in-Charge’s certificate; (e) the Engineer-in-Charge gives Notice that failure to correct a particular Defect is a fundamental breach of Contract and the Contractor fails to correct it within a reasonable period of time determined by the Engineer-in-Charge; (f) the Contractor does not maintain a security which is required. (g) the Contractor has delayed the completion of miles stone/ work by 30 days and (h) if the Contractor, in the judgment of the Employer has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for or in executing the Contract (i) Non-employment of key personnel as per clause 9.

For the purpose of this paragraph “ corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of any thing of value to influence the action of a public official in the procurement process or in contract execution “ Fraudulent practice: means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence a procurement process or the execution of a contract to the detriment of the Borrower, and includes collusive practice among Bidders (prior to or after bid submission) designed to establish bid prices at EE, AP-1

- 57 -

artificial non-competitive levels and to deprive the Borrower of the benefits of free and open competition.” 61.3.

When either party to the Contract gives notice of a breach of contract to the Engineer-in-Charge for a cause other than those listed under Sub Clause 59.2 above, the Engineer-in-Charge shall decide whether the breach is fundamental or not.

61.4.

Notwithstanding the above, the Employer may terminate the Contract for convenience.

61.5.

If the Contract is terminated the Contractor shall stop work immediately, make the Site safe and secure and leave the Site as soon as reasonable possible.

62. Payment upon Termination 62.1. If the Contract is terminated because of a fundamental breach of Contract by the Contractor, the Engineer-in-Charge shall issue a certificate for the value of the work done less advance payments received up to the date of the issue of the certificate, less other recoveries due in terms of the contract, less taxes due to be deducted at source as per applicable law and less the percentage to apply to the work not completed as indicated in the Contract Data. Additional Liquidated Damages shall not apply. If the total amount due to the Employer exceeds any payment due to the Contractor the difference shall be a debt payable to the Employer. 62.2. If the Contract is terminated at the Employer’s convenience or because of a fundamental breach of Contract by the Employer, the Engineer-in-Charge shall issue a certificate for the value of the work done, the cost of balance material brought by the contractor and available at site, the reasonable cost of removal of Equipment, repatriation of the Contractor’s personnel employed solely on the Works, and the Contractor’s costs of protecting and securing the Works and less advance payments received up to the date of the certificate, less other recoveries due in terms of the contract and less taxes due to be deducted at source as per applicable law.

63. 63.1.

Property All materials on the Site, Plant, Equipment, Temporary Works and Works are deemed to be the property of the Employer, if the Contract is terminated because of a Contractor’s default.

64. 64.1.

Release from Performance If the Contract is frustrated by the outbreak of war or by any other event entirely outside the control of either the Employer or the Contractor the Engineer-in-Charge shall certify that the Contract has been frustrated. The Contractor shall make the Site safe and stop work as quickly as possible after receiving this certificate and shall be paid for all work carried out before receiving it and for any work carried out afterwards to which commitment was made.

F. SPECIAL CONDITIO NS OF CONTRACT 1. LABOUR: The Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided in the Contract, make his own arrangements for the engagement of all staff and labour, local or other, and for their payment, housing, feeding and transport. The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer-in-Charge, deliver to the Engineer-in-Charge a return in detail, in such form and at such intervals as the Engineer-in-Charge may prescribe, showing the staff and the numbers of the several classes of labour from time to time employed by the Contractor on the Site and such other information as the Engineer-in-Charge may require. 2.

COMPLIANCE WITH LABOUR REGULATIONS : During continuance of the contract, the Contractor and his sub-contractors shall abide at all times by all existing labour enactments and rules made thereunder, regulations, notifications and bye laws of the State or Central Government or local authority and any other labour law (including rules), regulations, bye laws that may be passed or notification that may be issued under any labour law in future either by the State or the Central Government or the local authority. Salient EE, AP-1

- 58 -

features of some of the major labour laws that are applicable to construction industry are given below. The Contractor shall keep the Employer indemnified in case any action is taken against the Employer by the competent authority on account of contravention of any of the provisions of any Act or rules make thereunder, regulations or notifications including amendments. If the Employer is caused to pay or reimburse, such amounts as may be necessary to cause or observe, or for non-observance of the provisions stipulated in the notifications/bye laws/Acts/Rules/regulations including amendments, if any, on the part of the Contractor, the Engineer-in-Charge/Employer shall have the right to deduct any money due to the Contractor including his amount of performance security. The Employer/Engineer-in-Charge shall also have right to recover from the Contractor any sum required or estimated to be required for making good the loss or damage suffered by the Employer. The employees of the Contractor and the Sub-Contractor in no case shall be treated as the employees of the Employer at any point of time. SALIENT FEATURES OF SOME MAJOR LABOUR LAWS APPLICABLE TO ESTABLISHMENTS ENGAGED IN BUILDING AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION WORK. a) Workman Compensation Act 1923:- The Act provides for compensation in case of injury by accident arising out of and during the course of employment. b) Payment of Gratuity Act 1972:- Gratuity is payable to an employee under the Act on satisfaction of certain conditions on separation if an employee has completed 5 years service or more on death, the rate of 15 days wages for every completed year of service. The Act is applicable to all establishments employing 1o or more employees. c) Employee P.F. and Miscellaneous Provision Act 1952:- The Act Provides for monthly contributions by the employer plus workers @10% each. The benefits payable under the Act are: (i) Pension or family pension on retirement or death, as the case may be. (ii) Deposit insurance linked with death of the worker during Employment. (iii) Payment of P.F. accumulation or retirement/death etc. d) Maternity Benefit Act 1951:- The Act provides for leave and some other benefits to women employees in case of confinement or miscarriage etc. (e) Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act 1970:- The Act provides for certain welfare measures to be provided by the Contractor to contract labour and in case the Contractor fails to provide, the same are required to be provided by the Principal Employer by Law. The Principal Employer is required to take Certificate of Registration and the Contractor is required to take licence from the designated Officer. The Act is applicable to the establishments or Contractor of Principal Employer, if they employ 20 or more contract labour. (f) Minimum Wages Act 1948:- The Employer is supposed to pay not less than the Minimum Wages fixed by appropriate Government as per provisions of the Act, if the employment is a scheduled employment. Construction of Buildings, Roads, Runways are scheduled employments. (g) Payment of Wages Act 1936:_ It lays down as to by what date the wages are to be paid, when it will be paid and what deductions can be made from the wages of the workers. (h) Equal Remuneration Act 1979:- The Act provides for payment of equal wages for work of equal nature to Male and Female workers and for not making discrimination against Female employees in the matters of transfers, training and promotions etc. (i) Payment of Bonus Act 1965:- Bonus will be paid as per latest policy of the Govt. of India. (j) Industrial Disputes Act 1947:- The Act lays down the machinery and procedure for resolution of Industrial disputes, in what situations a strike or lock-out becomes illegal and what are the requirements for laying off or retrenching the employees or closing down the establishment. (k) Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act 1946:- It is applicable to all establishments employing 100 or more workmen (employment size reduced by some of the States and Central Government to 50 ). The Act provides for laying down rules governing the conditions of employment by the Employer on matters provided in the Act and get the same certified by the designated Authority.

EE, AP-1

- 59 -

(l) Trade Unions Act 1926:- The Act lays down the procedure for registration of trade unions of workmen and employers. The Trade Unions registered under the Act have been given certain immunities from civil and criminal liabilities. (m) Child Labour (Prohibition & Regulation) Act 1986:- The Act prohibits employment of children below 14 years of age in certain occupations and processes and provides for regulation of employment of children in all other occupations and processes. Employment of Child Labour is prohibited in Building and Construction Industry. (n) Inter-State-Migrant workmen’s (Regulation of Employment & Conditions of Service) Act 1979:_ The Act is applicable to an establishment which employs 5 or more inter-state migrant workmen through an intermediary (who has recruited workmen in one state for employment in the establishment situated in another state). The Inter-State migrant workmen, in an establishment to which this Act becomes applicable, are required to be provided certain facilities such as housing, medical aid, traveling expenses from home upto the establishment and back, etc. (o) The Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act 1996 and the Cess Act of 1996:- All the establishment who carry on any building or other construction work and employs 10 or more workers are covered under this Act. All such establishments are required to pay cess at the rate not exceeding 2% of the cost of construction as may be modified by the Government. The Employer of the establishment is required to provide safety measures at the Building or construction work and other welfare measures, such as Canteens, First-Aid facilities, Ambulance, Housing accommodations for workers near the work place etc. The Employer to whom the Act applies has to obtain a registration certificate from the Registering Officer appointed by the Government. (p) Factories Act 1948:- The Act lays down the procedure for approval of plans before setting up a factory, health and safety provisions, welfare provisions, working hours, annual earned leave and rendering information regarding accidents or dangerous occurrences to designated authorities. It is applicable to premises employing 10 persons or more with aid of power or 20 or more persons without the aid of power engaged in manufacturing process.

EE, AP-1

- 60 -

SECTION-4 CONTRACT DATA

EE, AP-1

- 61 -

CONTRACT DATA Clause Reference with respect to section 3 Items marked “N/A” do not apply in this Contract.

1

The Employer Name: Address: of

Superintending Engineer, Ambala Circle, Haryana PWD B&R Br, Ambala Cantt

2

Name Charge

Engineer- Executive Engineer, Provincial No.1, [Cl.1.1] PWD (B&R) Branch, Ambala Cantt. (for Civil work & P.H work etc. Executive Engineer, Electrical Division, PWD B&R, Ambala Cantt (for Electrical works)

3

The Defects Liability Period is 7 years for Synthetic Athletic track Football turf i/c base courses. 3 Years for remaining works from the date of completion of work.

4

The Start Date shall be 21 days after the date of issue of the acceptance letter.

5

The Intended Completion Date for the whole of the work is 24 after start of work with the following milestones:

[Cl.1.1 & 35]

months

[Cl.1.1,17&28] [Cl.2.2 &49.1]

6

Milestone dates: Physical works to be completed Milestone 1 i.e. 25% Milestone 2 i.e. 50% Milestone 3 i.e. 75% Milestone 4 i.e. 100%

Period from the start date 06 Months 12 Months 18 Months 24 Months

7

The site is located in district Ambala

8

The following documents also form part of the Contract i.e. undertaking of the bidder if any.

9

The law which applies to the Contract is the law of Union of India

[Cl.3.1]

10

The language of the Contract documents is English

[Cl.3.1]

11

Limit of subcontracting 20% of the Initial Contract Price

[Cl.7.1]

12

The Schedule of Key Personnel As per Annex.-II of Section I

13

14

The minimum insurance cover for physical property, injury and death is Rs.5 lacs per occurrence with the number of occurrences limited to four. After each occurrence, contractor will pay additional premium necessary to make insurance valid for four occurrences always. This clause is applicable for contracts more than 1.00 crore initially The Site Possession Date shall be the date of issue of acceptance letter

[Cl.1.1] [Cl. 2.3(9)]

[Cl.9] [C1.13]

[C1.14]

EE, AP-1

- 62 -

15

The Competent authority incharge is the Superintending Engineer, Ambala Circle, Hr. PW (B&R) Deptt. Ambala Cantt upto Rs.1.00 lac. Claim amount.

[C1.21]

16

The Competent authority incharge is the CE(Bldgs.) beyond Rs.1.00 lac Claim amount.

[C1.24]

17 18

Deleted. The period for submission of the programme for approval of Engineer shall be 21 days from the issue of Letter of Acceptance.

[C1.26] [C1.27.1]

19

The period between programme updates shall be 90 days.

[C1.27.3]

20

The amount to be withheld for late submission of an updated programme shall be 0.25% of contract price subject to max. of Rs. 2.00 lacs.

[C1.27.3]

21

The following events shall also be Compensation Events: Substantially adverse ground conditions encountered during the course of execution of work not provided for in the bidding document (i) Removal of underground utilities detected subsequently. (ii) Significant change in classification soil requiring additional mobilization by the contractor, e.g. ordinary soil to rock excavation. (iii) Removal of unsuitable material like marsh, debris dumps, etc. not caused by the contractor. (iv) Artesian conditions (v) Seepage, erosion, landslide. (vi) River training requiring protection of permanent work. (vii) Presence of historical, archeological or religious structures, monuments interfering with works. (viii) Restriction of access of ground imposed by civil, judicial, or military authority. The currency of the Contract is Indian Rupees.

[C1.44]

22 23

[C1.46]

(a) For contract(s) amounting to more than Rs.1.00 crore, A) if after submission of the tender, the price of cement and /or steel reinforcement bars incorporated in the works increase(s) beyond the price(s) prevailing at the time of last stipulated date for receipt of tenders (including extensions, if any) for the work, then the amount of the contract shall accordingly be varied and provided further that any such increase shall not be payable if such increase has become operative after the stipulated date of completion of work in question. B) If after the submission of the tender, the prices of cement and / or steel reinforcement bars incorporated in the works is decreased, Govt. shall in respect of these materials incorporated in the works be entitled to deduct from the dues of the contractor such amount as shall be equivalent to the difference between the prices of cement and /for steel reinforcement as prevailed at the time of last stipulated date for receipt of tenders including extensions if any for the work and the prices of these materials on the coming into force of such base price of cement and /or steel reinforcement bars issued under Engineer-In-chief, Hr.PW(B&R) Deptt., Chandigarh. The base price of cement & steel is as below.

Pc (Cement)

Rs.5000/- Per MT including taxes

Ps(Steel Reinforcement Bars)

Rs.47,000/- Per MT including taxes

It is further clarified that the decrease in the prices of cement & steel shall be deducted from the dues of the contractor if such decrease has become operative after the stipulated date of completion of work in question and increase shall not be payable if such increase has become operative after the stipulated date of completion of work in question. The increase/decrease in price shall be EE, AP-1

- 63 -

determined by the All India Wholesale Price Indices for Cement (Grey Cement) and Steel (Rebars) as published by the Economic Advisor to Government of India, Ministry of Commerce and Industry ) and base price for cement and /or steel reinforcement bars as issued under authority of the Engineer-In-chief, Hr.PW(B&R) Deptt., Chandigarh as valid on the last stipulated date of receipt of tender including extension if any and for the period under consideration. If the purchase rate of cement and steel is less than the base rate no variation in cost will be payable to the agency. The amount of the contract shall accordingly be carried for cement and /or steel reinforcement bars and will be worked out as per the formula given below. a) Adjustment for component of ‘ Cement’ Vc=Pc xQc x C1-C10 C10 Where, Vc = Variation in cement cost i.e. increase or decrease in the amount in rupees to be paid or recovered. Pc = Base price of cement as issued under authority of Engineer-In-chief, Hr.PW(B&R) Deptt., Chandigarh valid at the time of the last stipulated date of receipt of tender including extensions, if any. Qc = Quantity of cement used in the works since previous bill. C10 = All India Wholesale Price index for Grey cement as published by the Economic Advisor to Government of India, Ministry of Industry and Commerce as valid on the last stipulated date of receipt of tenders including extensions, if any. C1 = All India Wholesale Price index for cement for period under. Consideration as published by Economic Advisor to Government of India, Ministry and Commerce as valid on the date of purchase of material. b)

Adjustment for Component of ‘Steel’ Vs = Ps x Qs x

S1-S10 S10

Where, Vs = Variation in cost of steel reinforcement bars i.e. increase or decrease in the amount in rupees to paid or recovered. Ps = Base price of steel reinforcement bars, as issued under authority of Engineer-In-chief, Hr.PW(B&R) Deptt., Chandigarh at the time of the last stipulated date of receipt of tender including extension , if any. Qs = Quantity of steel paid either by way of secured advance or used in the works since pervious bill( whichever is earlier ) S10 = All India wholesale Price Index for Steel (Rebars) for the period under consideration as published by Economic Advisor to Government of India, Ministry of Industry and Commerce as valid on the last stipulated date of tenders including extensions, if any. S1 = All India wholesale Price Index for steel (Rebars) in for the period under consideration as published by Economic Advisor to Government of India, Ministry of Industry and Commerce as valid on the date of purchase of material. 23. (b) For contract(s) amounting to less than Rs. 1.00 crore. Schedule showing (approximately) material to be supplied from the PW Store for works contracted to be executed and the rates at which they are to be charged for. Particulars

Rates at which the materials will Place of delivery be charged to contractor EE, AP-1

- 64 -

The following material will be issued Ex. PWD Store at the rates shown against each plus 3% storage charges. Cement and Steel/Reinforcement Bars will be issued by the department. 1. OPC-43 Grade Cement packed in @ Rs. 225/- Per bags i/c cost of Gunny bags / paper bags empty cement bags + 3% storage charges 2. FE-500, TMT Steel bars (All dia) @ Rs. 45,500/- per MT + 3% storage charges 3. Mild Steel plain bars (All dia) @ Rs. Nil (per metric tones) 4. Bitumen 80/100 penetration @ Rs. ----------------/CONDITIONS Cement will be supplied to the contractor in standard packing bags as received by from the suppliers. 2. The issue of cement bags shall be governed as per latest I.S.I Code. 3. No claim whatsoever on account of delay in supply of the above material will be entertained by the Deptt. 4. No claim will as entertained for damages or loss material in custody of the contractor due to rains floods or any other acts of God. 24. The proportion of payments retained (retention money) shall be 6% [Cl.48] from each bill subject to a maximum of 5% of the contract amount. 1.

25

Amount of liquidated damages for delay in For Whole of work 1/500 of the Initial [Cl.49] completion of works Contract Price per day. For Milestones (as specified, in item 6 of Contract Data) 1/500 of the initial contract price per day

26

Maximum limit of liquidated damages for 10 per cent of the Initial Contract Price [Cl.49] delay in completion of work/ milestones rounded off to the nearest thousand.

27

Amount of Bonus for early completion of Whole of the works

0.5 percent of the Initial Contract Price (part of a month to be excluded), rounded off to the nearest thousand, per month.

[Cl.50]

28

Maximum limit of Bonus for early completion of work The amounts of the advance payment are:

2.5 per cent of the Contract Price rounded off to the nearest thousand.

[Cl.51&52]

29

I

Nature of Advance Mobilization / Maximum 5 % of the equipment contract price (90% of cost of working equipment)

(CL:51 & 52 Amount (Rs) Conditions to be fulfilled An interest bearing mobilization advance upto the extent of 5% of contract value (or such limit as prescribed) may be given to contractors for works costing more than Rs.2.00 crores, against unconditional and irrecoverable bank guarantees to be furnished by the contractor equal to the amount of advances paid from time to time. Interest @Prime Lending Rate (PLR) of SBI prevalent at the time of tender per annum shall be charged against the mobilization advance given to he contractor. The recovery of the mobilization advance together with interest shall be done through percentage deductions from interim/running payments, in the manner prescribed in the contract. It shall be desirable to recover the total amount of mobilization advance EE, AP-1

- 65 -

II

Secured advance 75% of Invoice value for non-perishable materials brought to site

III

Machinery Advance

alongwith interest within 80% of the time stipulated for completion. The mobilization bank guarantee shall be released after the recovery of full mobilization advance, including interest thereon. In case, of slow progress of work, the Engineer-InCharge comes to a conclusion that the total amount of mobilization advance with interest cannot be recovered by the time 80% of stipulated time is over, the bank guarantee(s) furnished by the contractor may be encashed. If the tender document so provides, the contractor will have the option to furnish mobilization bank guarantee in parts and on recovering of ¼ , ½, ¾ and full advance, proportional bank guarantees can be released. In case the contractor requires an advance on the security of materials brought to site, Engineer-In-Charge may, on written request from the contractor sanctioned the advance upto an amount 75% or as decided by the Engineer-In-Charge of the value (as assessed by themselves) as stated in the Contract Data of such materials, provided thereof imperishable nature and that a formal agreement is drawn up with the contractors under which Govt. secures a lien on the materials and is safeguarded against losses due to the contractor postponing the execution of the work or misuse of the material and against the expense entailed for their proper watch and safe custody. If the material is fire prone or can be destroyed fully/partially on storage, it shall be desirable to have it first insured by the contractor. Cases in which a contractor, whose contract is for finished work, requires an advance on the security of materials brought to site. Divisional Officer may, on written request from the contractor, sanction the advance upto an amount of 75% or as decided by the competent authority of the value (as assessed by themselves) of such materials, provided they are of an imperishable nature and that a formal agreement is drawn up with the contractor under which Government secures a lien on the materials and is safeguarded against losses due to the contractor postponing the execution of the work or misuse of the material and against the expense entailed for their proper watch and safe custody. If the materials is fire prone or can be destroyed fully/partially on storage, it shall be desirable to have it first insured by the contractor. For works costing more than Rs.10.00 crores, or such limit as may be prescribed by the Government from time to time, another interest bearing machinery advance to a maximum of 5% of the contract price, depending on merits of the case, can be given with the approval of the Chief Engineer(Buildings) against the new key construction equipment brought to the site, if a written request is made by the contractor. The advance shall be paid only upon the contractor furnishing (i) an affidavit that the machinery in question is free of any charge or hypothecation with any bank or financial institution: (ii) unconditional and irrecoverable bank guarantee(s) (iii) satisfactory proof of EE, AP-1

- 66 -

purchase/payment of the machinery, and (iv) a written undertaking that the equipment so purchased by him is required for use on the work in question, is fully serviceable shall work only on that job and shall not be removed from the site without obtaining written approval of the Engineer-In-Charge. The recovery of machinery advance and the interest to be charged thereon shall be as per tender document. Interest @Prime Lending Rate (PLR) of SBI prevalent at the time of tender per annum shall be charged against the machinery advance given to he contractor. The recovery of the machinery advance together with interest shall be done through percentage deductions from interim/running payments, in the manner prescribed in the contract. It shall be desirable to recover the total amount of machinery advance alongwith interest within 80% of the time stipulated for completion. The mobilization bank guarantee shall be released after the recovery of full machinery advance, including interest thereon. IV

30

Bank Guarantees

The bank guarantee shall be unconditional, requiring the bank to pay the beneficiary the sum specified in the guarantee on the first demand and without demur, and without reference to the party on whose behalf it has been issued, notwithstanding any dispute or disagreement that might have arisen between the employer and the contractor. The form of bank guarantee shall be prescribed by the departments. It shall be the duty of the Engineer-In-Charge to obtain independent confirmation about the genuineness of the bank guarantees directly from the bank issuing them. Further, he shall keep them in safe custody and hand them over to his successor when a change of charge takes place. Details of bank guarantees shall be entered into a register which shall be reviewed every month to ensure timely action in respect of renewal of any guarantee, if required, before it expires (The advance payment will be paid to the Contractor no later than 28 days after fulfillment of the above conditions) Deleted.

31

Always provided that the advance shall be completely repaid prior to the expiry of the original time for completion pursuant to clauses 17 and 28. 32 Repayment of Secured advance. a) The advance shall be repaid from each succeeding monthly payments to the extent materials [for which advance was previously paid pursuant to Clause 51.4 of G.C.C.] have been incorporated into the Works. b) The Securities shall be for the following minimum amounts equivalent as a percentage of the Contract Price c) Performance Security for 5 per cent of contract price plus Rs……………… (to be decided after evaluation of the bid) as additional security in terms of ITB Clause 29.5. 33. The standard form of Performance Security acceptable to the Employer shall be an unconditional Bank Guarantee of the type as presented in Section 8 of the Bidding Documents. 34 The date by which “as-built” drawings including PH/EI fixations (in scale as directed) in 2 sets are required is within 28 days of issue of certificate of completion of whole or section of the work, as the case may be. EE, AP-1

- 67 -

35 36 37

The amount to be withheld for failing to supply “as-built” drawings by the date required is 1% of the contract value. The following events shall also be fundamental breach of contract: “The Contractor has contravened Sub-clause 7.1 and Clause 9 of conditions of contract.” The Contractor has contravened Sub-clause 7.1 and Clause 9.0 of GCC. [Cl:60] If the Contract is terminated on account of fundamental breach of Contract by the Contractor, then the additional penalty for not completing the work shall be 20 percent of the value of the work not completed in addition to the Liquidated damages, (To be calculated as per Clause 25 of contract date)

EE, AP-1

- 68 -

SECTION 5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

EE, AP-1

- 69 -

1.

SPECIFICATIONS The work will be executed as per Haryana PWD B&R Specifications as per latest amendment. In case of any discrepancy the Bureau of Indian Standards shall be followed and then CPWD specifications shall be followed. These will be in order of preference as mentioned below: i) Haryana PWD (B&R) Specifications. ii) Bureau of Indian Standards. iii) CPWD Specifications. In case, any item is not covered by all three above, then the decision of Engineer-in-Charge shall be final.

2. 2.1 2.2 2.2.1

2.2.2 2.2.3 2.2.3.1 . 2.2.3.2 2.2.3.3

PREAMBLE The technical specifications contained herein shall be read in conjunction with the other bidding documents as specified in volume-1. SITE INFORMATION The information given here under and provided else where in these documents is given in good faith by the employer but the contractor shall satisfy himself regarding all aspects of site conditions and no claim will be entertained on the plea that the information supplied by the employer in erroneous insufficient. The area in which the works are located is mostly plain terrain. GENERAL CLIMATIC CONDITIONS The Variation in daily temperature in this region is as under :(i) During summer months, from about 20º C minimum to 46º C maximum. (ii) During winter months, from about 2º C minimum to 28º C maximum. The average annual rainfall in the area is of the order of 500mm. A good portion of which is concentrated during the months of August and September each year. The range of relative humidity varies from a minimum of 40% to a maximum of 80%.

BROAD SPECIFICATION OF STEEL & CEMENT TO BE ARRANGED AND USED BYTHE CONTRACTOR/BIDDER 1.

STEEL The steel to be used for the work shall be T.M.T. steel as per I.S.1786 Fe. 500 instead of cold twisted Deformed (Ribbed/Tor Steel) and the same will be used by the agency from either of Company TISCON, SAIL, RINL as approved by Engineer-in-Charge equivalent as per IS code 1786. TATA (TISCON) will be used. In case TATA (TISCON) is not available, preference will be given to RINL/SAIL.

2.

3.

4. 5.

6. 7

CEMENT I.S.I. marked 43 grade ordinary Portland cements as per I.S. 8112 (Latest) packed in HDOE bags of 50kg each from the reputed firm from Birla , J.K., Ambuja, J.P. or as approved by Engineer-inCharge is to be used by the Contractor/ bidder Pozallana, Portland cement can be used only in non RCC work. Test Certificate from Shri Ram Test House/ NIT Kurukshetra or any other approved test center shall be supplied by the agency for each lot of material and the cost thereof shall be borne by the agency. Payment of items involving use of cement , steel will be made to the agency only if original voucher or bill of purchase is supplied to the Engineer-in-Charge-in-Charge . No payment of items involving use of cement steel and other material will be made to the agency if it is brought from any other manufacturer other than mentioned in this DNIT and item thus executed will rejected & No payment will be made for such items. Marble, Dholpur, Kotah or any other type of stone should be used in the work as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge-in-charge. In case factory manufactured items, the contractor will give the name of manufacturers and a warranty certificate of five years in favour of Engineer-in-Charge-in-charge. In case of doors shutters the type of wood used shall also be given by the manufacturer. EE, AP-1

- 70 -

8.

9. 10.

11.

All material which will be brought to the site either should be got tested at site or a test certificate from the manufacturer will be produced by the contractor .In case Engineer-in-Charge-in-charge is not satisfied with the certificate produced by the contractor than the material will be sent to a reputed laboratory for testing as desired by the Engineer-in-Charge-in Charge and charges there of shall be borne by the agency. In case sample is not found up to the specification than the testing expenditure will be borne by the agency and material is to be replaced. If test certificate is not produced by the contractor/manufacturer the same will be got tested at the frequency as in I.S. code/laboratory manual/PWD specification and the entire expenditure will be borne by the agency. The aluminum sections to be used in the Joinery work shall be of Jindal or Hindalco.

12.

The Cement and Steel will be arranged by the Agency himself at his own cost and the rates quoted by the agency shall also include the cost of Cement and Steel. This claim is applicable for contract(s) costing Rs.1.00 crore and above.

13.

The Cement manufactured by the mini Cement plant shall not be allowed to used.

14.

The contractor shall use canal water for the construction of building or water from any other sources as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Water should be got from tested at regular intervals i.e. maximum of 2 (two) months from the laboratory approved by the Engineer-inCharge and no extra cost will be paid for the same. Water to be used shall meet latest IS standard as per IS 456/other relevant codes. In case canal water is not available, contractor will install RO system of suitable capacity and check quality of water daily from the Lab set up at site in addition to regular testing from reputed lab.

CONDITIONS FOR EARTH WORK 1. 2.

3.

4. 5.

6. 7. 8. 9.

The earth to be used shall be good and free from leaves, mud, vegetable metter slush and other materials. The work shall be carried out strictly in accordance with the P.W.D. specification book of 1990 of latest edition, there to and to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge-inCharge of the work and as amended from time to time, till the date of final payment. The rate to be quoted shall includes all allowances for hardness wetness sales tax forest, dues octroi, cess and all such other charges and taxes leviable if any and nothing extra shall be payable to the agency on this account. Nothing shall be paid for any loss of damages done due to rains, floods, or any other act of God. Payment for earth filling will be done on the basis of cross sections as laid down in the Haryana PWD specification No. 6.2 para 27 (b) read with the para 28 and multiplying the ratio of dry built density of the earth and laid to dry bulk density of natural fill. 20% deduction shall be made for actual measured cubic contents in all cases of uncompacted fills to arrive at the net cubic contents/measurements. No earth shall be taken from Govt. land. In case agency brings/use the earth from lesser lead than provided in the D.N.I.T. / analysis. The rate shall be reduced proportionately. Cross section of existing ground at the interval of 15 metres shall be accepted and signed by the tenderer before start of the work.

EE, AP-1

- 71 -

TECHANICAL CONDITION FOR EI WORK 1.

The recovery of the pipe already laid will be made on measurement rate basis or point rate basis or on actual expenditure basis which ever is on high side. In case of Departmental work, 10% supervision charges shall also be added.

2.

Conduit pipe where already laid for wiring purpose will be delivered to the contractor in absolutely clean condition with round inspection boxes duly painted, covered and whole system tested. After the conduit system is handed over to the contractor to whom the work is allotted, he will be responsible for its upkeep.

3.

4.

During execution of work, if the contractor does not lay pipe and its accessories in the slab within time prescribed by the Engineer-in-Charge of the work, the Deptt. can then lay the said pipe-departmentally at contractors risk and cost without operating the clause 2 and 3 of the contract agreement. Separate conduit pipe for power plug with independent circuit wires shall be laid.

5.

Multi plugs shall be provided in all the buildings.

6.

C-Series MCB will be provided for air conditioner wiring and no extra payment made and only one make of MCB’s will be used in whole work.

7.

Vertical type of MCB distribution boards will be provided wherever required as per design.

8.

The contractor is also allowed to use MCBs duly ISI marked of more then 9 KA breaking capacity for which no extra payment will be made.

9.

For HSR item no.31.12 (D), 31.15 the make of enclosure will be same as that of MCB of standard size having thickness 1.6 mm and 1.2 mm in case of TPN and SPN enclosure respectively.

10.

All MCCBs upto 220 Amp will have 25 KA minimum breaking capacity and above 220 amp. MCCBs will have 50 KA minimum breaking capacity. All MCCBs will have magnetic thermal release and rotary operating mechanism duly interlocked and only one make of MCCBs shall be used in whole work. No extra payment on this account shall be made. The thickness of M.S. Sheet of switch boxes should be of 16 gauges for which no extra payment will be made.

11.

will be

12.

The fan boxes sheet should be 16 gauge and anodized for which no extra payment will be made.

13.

The contractor shall install the material from the list of approved electrical material appended in the NIT. Material not covered in the list will be used as per HSR-1988, and PWD Specifications-1990.

14.

The contractor must ensure preparation and submission of pipe diagram, wiring diagram, key diagram etc. as required vide PWD Specifications Chapter No. 31.6.

15.

Where ISI recommends multi stranded conductor of cable, cable with multiconductor only will be used on work.

16.

Rates should be quoted by the tenderer both in word and in figure, in case of any difference between the two, the lowest of the same shall be considered as final rate.

17.

The rates of bus bar includes the cost of all Labour and material required to complete the job in all respect including thimbles etc. of the same material as that of bars. The support for bars will be made of porcelain. No extra payment in this regard will be given.

stranded

EE, AP-1

- 72 -

18.

The tenderer must either be ‘A’ Class Electrical Contractor enlisted with Haryana PW(B&R) Deptt. or he must sublet the electrical work to a sub contractor possessing the above qualification. The Sub contracting will be done with the written approval of CE (E&M) / Superintending Engineer, Elect. Circle PW(B&R) Deptt., Karnal or Executive Engineer, Elect. Divn. PW(B&R) Deptt. (concerned division) as per competency.

19.

The contractor must employ the following staff while carrying out work:-

Sr.

List of Key Personnel to be deployed on Contract Work. (Reference CI 4.5 (B) (b) Agreement Amount. Key personal required to be Recovery rate in case Employed by the non – contractor. Employment.

1

Upto Rs. 1.00 crore

2

3

One Electrical Engineer with diploma in Electrical Engineering with 5 years experience of building construction. Above Rs. 1.00 cr. to One Electrical Engineer with degree Rs. 5.00 cr. in Electrical Engineering with 2 years experience or Diploma in Electrical Engineering with 5 years experience in building construction. Above Rs. 5.00 cr. One Electrical Engineer with degree in Electrical Engineering with 5 years experience in building construction

Rs. 30,000/- per month

Rs. 50,000/- per month + 14% Departmental charges

Rs. 75,000/- per month for Civil Engineer. + 14% Departmental charges

21.

All the street light fittings, bulbs and cables will be got inspected by the contractor at the works/Go down of the manufacturer before installation at site. A certificate will also be produced/ submitted by the contractor about the authenticity of purchase of above material from the authorized source.

22.

Only HYLAM make ISI make (I.S.2036-1995) white Bakelite sheet will be used without any extra cost.

23.

The rates mentioned in the NIT are for complete item including cost of all accessories, material, labour, tool plants, water electricity bills etc. Unless otherwise specified. No extra payment for the same shall be made.

24.

The minimum size of MS control switch boards for controlling one fan point and one light point shall not be less than 20cm x 25cm x 10cm.

25.

The MS box for telephone, Intercom and Bell push shall be installed of size 100mm x 100mmx 60mm in place of 75mm x 75mm x 60mm.

26.

The tender having ambiguous/confusing rates and conditions shall be summarily rejected.

27.

The quantity/amount of NIT can be increased or decreased.

28.

No Road cut charges shall be paid.

29.

The contractor shall install two number check nuts and one No. PVC threaded Bush for each pipe in MS inspection boxes. The contractor shall also install PVC flanged bush in the junction boxes for each pipe. No extra payment on this account will be made. The contractor shall quote the rates accordingly.

EE, AP-1

- 73 -

L.T. panel: General: - This distribution board shall be fabricated out of 14 gauge sheet steel cubical type suitable for floor mounting end or dead front type. Suitable rubber gaskets shall be provided between all opening and joint to make the distribution board dust, moisture and vermin proof. The distribution board shall be suitable for indoor location and shall consist of the bus bar chambers both vertically and horizontally and the cable entry for the distribution shall be from bottom. Distribution board will consist of a number of vertical sections. Each vertical section shall be divided in to a few standard sizes of the compartment. The equipment for the various incoming and out going feeders shall be housed in a separate compartment. Each compartment door of distribution board shall be provided with inter locking arrangement with the handle of the respective switches/ MCCB such that the door can not be opened unless the switches are in the off position. Vertical cable entry shall be provided on each section of the distribution board for cabling purpose. Continues bus bar of copper shall be provided at the bottom along the entire length, cable compartment with concealed hinged front door will be fully segregated from the main horizontal/ vertical bus bar of equipment module. The distribution board shall be painted with a suitable enameled shade after necessary primary treatment. The distribution board shall be suitable for operation on 415 volts 3 phase 50 cycles per second A.C. supply system. Bus Ba r: Th e h igh co ndu ctivity co p p er b us b ar p rovid ed in th e ch amb ers sh all b e du ly tin n ed and in su lated and rigidly sup po rted at the short in tervals b y stro ng 1 2 mm th ick n on in flammab le h ylam p artitio n s. The partition s sh all b e so design ed so as to with s tan d the stress, which can no rmally o ccur on sh ort circu its. Fu rth er, The bu s bars and lin ks sh all be o f flat co pp er d u lly tin n ed so th at th e co ntract b etween bu s bars shall b e easily accessib le fro m fron t for an y con n ectio n s and in sp ectio n etc. The bus bars chamber should have of strong metal having no possibility of any dents, due to accidents and damage, which could result into electrical fault. Bus bars chamber shall be of unit type construction and have standard flanges opening at the top and bottom on both side so that any modification, extension can be easily effected at the site. Test Certificate: - A test certificate from the manufacturer shall be handed over to the department before installation of the panel specifying that the panel conform to relevant ISS/ PWD specifications.

Wiring Diagram: - After completion of the work complete diagram showing connections to the various equipment on the board is to be prepared by the contractor and to be submitted to the department along with final bill of the work. In case contractor fails to supply the diagram amount @ 0.5% of the work executed shall be deducted from the contractor’s final bill. Connection: - Inter connections from bus bar chamber to the different molded case circuit breaker / air circuit breaker should be through solid copper bars of the required capacity duly tinned and insulated for which no extra payment will be made.

EE, AP-1

- 74 -

Condition for Electrical Works

EE, AP-1

- 75 -

LIST OF APPROVED MAKES OF ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES / ITEMS AS ON /W.E.F. DATED: 10-12-2015 Sr. Name of Items

1

(A)

Name of the Brand

(B)

Electrical accessories, Button Holder, (A) Pendent Holder, Ceiling Rose, Bell push, Switches and sockets, Call bell/buzzer etc. (I.S.I. Marked). Modular Accessories. (B)

(C)

Exhaust Fan

Anchor (Penta), SSK (Top Line), Precision,

2

Bakelite Sheet (Only White in colour)

Anchor (Wood), ABB (Classiq), Legrand (Mosaic), North West, Precision, Great White (Fiana), SSK ( ZEN, Elegance, Heritage series), Indo Asian, C&S Electric (DIVINO), Polycab (SELENE) (C) ORPIC Hylem, Greenlame (ISI marked)

3

MS Conduit Pipes (I.S.I. Marked)

BEC, NIC, Steel Krafts, M.Kay

4

PVC

5

6

7 8

Wires Copper Marked)

Conductor

(I.S.I. Grandlay, Havell’s, Plaza, Ecko, Polycab. Delton, R.R. Kabel, HPL, DIATRON, Great white. Bonton LT-PVC/ XLPE Underground cables with A) All sizes:- CCI, Grandlay, Havell’s, Aluminum Conductor (I.S.I. Marked) Plaza, Polycab, Delton, DIATRON, Suraj, KEI, RR Kabel, CIRTINA B) Upto 25 sq. mm 2 to 4 core :- Paragon, Pymen, Kent, Indane, Incab, Gemscab (i) HT-XLPE cables with aluminum CCI, Gloster, Havell’s, Incab, Plaza, Conductor DIATRON. Gemscab, Suraj, KEI, (As approved by UHBVNL/DHBVNL) (I.S.I. Marked) (ii) Arial Bunch cable/ACSR PVC Conduit pipe with accessories and 6 Kg.AAKG, Diplast, Kalinga, Polypack, PKS, Pressure PVC pipe and its accessories Ravindra, APEX,

9

GI Pipe & M.S. Pipe (medium) (I.S.I. Marked) I.C. Switches/SFU/FSU/Changeover switch

10

MCBs & Enclosure, ELCB/RCCB.

Jindal, Parkash, Ravindra, Tata. Category-A (All sizes):- GE, L&T , Siemens, Category-B (All sizes): Havell’s, SSK, C&S, Standard, HPL. Indo Asian, Asco A) GE, Havell’s, L&T, Legrand, Standard, Siemens, C&S, ABB, Schneider Electric, HPL, Indo Asian , AXIOM, Asco, AECO MEFA, BCH.(Makes of enclosures shall be as per MCBs) , Adhunik Prewired -DB’s and enclosure with MCB/ MCCB/ VCCB

EE, AP-1

- 76 -

11

MCCBs & Enclosures

12

POLES

13 14 15

16

17

GE,

Havell’s, L&T, Siemens, Schneider Electric, ABB, C&S, Standard, Legrand, BCH, HPL.Indo Asian

i) M.S. Pole:-

- Manufactured by any firm as per I.S.I. Marked sectional lengths strictly ii) G.I. Pole:according to IS specifications. -Philips, Bajaj, Surya Roshni, Paruthi Engineers (PE), Volmont, GE India, iii) High Mast :Crompton Greaves, Skipper, Vipin S.T.poles , UTKARSH - Philips, Bajaj, Surya Roshni, iv) Decorative Volmont, Paruthi Engineer (PE), Poles:Crompton Greaves, Skipper, Vipin S.T.poles, UTKARSH Twinkle, Mayfair (Sumaglli) PVC Casing & Trunking AKG, MK Ceiling Fans (Double ball Bearings) Bajaj, Crompton, Khaitan, Orient, Usha. Indoor light fittings A.) LED:- Bajaj, Crompton, GE, Philips, Wipro, Mayfair, Surya Roshni, HPL, Halonix, Havell’s, Ecolite, C&S Electric, Polycab, SE-Sangwan Energy, Legero B) CFL:- Bajaj, Crompton, GE, Philips, Wipro Halonix, Twinkle, Surya Roshni, HPL, Havells ,Ecolite. C&S Electric, Legero C) T-5:- Bajaj, Crompton, GE, Philips, Wipro Halonix, Twinkle, Mayfair, Surya Roshni, HPL, Havells, Ecolite, C&S Electric, Polycab, ORPIC 1X28W, 2X28W Mirror Optic (with Philips Choke), Legero Outdoor Street Light A) LED:- Bajaj, Crompton, GE, Philips, Wipro, Mayfair, Surya Roshni, HPL, Halonix, Havell’s , Ecolite . C&S Electric, Polycab,, SE-Sangwan Energy, Legero B) CFL:- Bajaj, Crompton, GE, Philips, Wipro, Halonix, Ecolite, Twinkle, Surya Roshni, HPL , C&S Electric, Legero C) T-5:- Bajaj, Crompton, GE, Philips, Wipro, Halonix, Twinkle, Mayfair, Surya Roshni, Ecolite, HPL C&S Electric, Legero Flood Light Fittings, Sodium/ M.H./LED Bajaj, Crompton, GE, Philips, Twinkle, HPL, Havell’s, Halonix, C&S Electric , Mayfair and Fumagalli, Polycab, Surya

EE, AP-1

- 77 -

18

19 20 21

L.T.

Panel/ Load Bank/APFC/Bus Bar Schneider, C&S, ABB, Siemens, Standard, Trunking (OEM or their TTA) Havell’s, BCH, Nitya Electrocontrol (Applicable for Electrical works more than (NEC), L&T, AVON, Adhunik, Indo Rs. 50.00 lacs and all sub stations works of Asian, Dhillon Fabricators and 500 KVA and above) Engineers, ACBs GE, L&T, Siemens, Schneider Electric, ABB, C&S. Havell’s, HPL OCBs and VCBs Alstom, Crompton, Siemens. TRANSFORMERS Alstom, Bharat Bijlee, Kirloskar, Crompton, NGEF, Voltamp, ABB, Siemens, Schneider

22

GENERATORS :

23

CSSU

Engines: Cummins, Greaves Cotton, Kirloskar, Ruston, Eicher (upto 125 KVA) Alternators : Crompton, Jyoti, Kirloskar, NGEF, Stamford. Schneider Electric, ABB, Siemens, C&S

Note:- The makes are approved by committee are listed in total as above:The Executive Engineers should ensure that at least three makes & models having comparable specifications and net market rates should be purposed in the nomenclature of items taken in Estimate / DNIT’s keeping in view the importance of building.

EE, AP-1

- 78 -

ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR FREE MTC. PERIOD AND MTC CONTRACT FOR STREET LIGHT FREE MAINTENANCE / AMC

1.

After 30 (thirty) days uninterrupted and trouble free operation maintenance and service for equipment furnished under the specifications shall be provided free of cost for labour, material and spare parts for a period of 12 (Twelve) months. The free service shall include examination of the installation during regular working hours by trained employees and shall include all necessary adjustments, rectification of defects including replacement of defective parts with genuine standard parts as required to keep the equipment in proper operation.

2.

During the free maintenance period system will have to be maintained and inspected regularly at least once in a month and as and when called by Engineer-in-Charge or his representative due to fault / breakdown without any charges.

3.

There shall not be delay of more than 12 (Twelve) hours in removal of minor break down /defect and two days including day of complaint and holidays for the major break down.

4.

The agency will deputed at least 1 nos. electrician duly qualified for up keep / mtc. of the street light to be will also be responsible for daily operation of the street light. The electrical will have to report sub divisional office daily and record the log book regarding satisfactory operation of street light during previous night. The agency will also provide a mobile telephone to the electrician.

5.

The contractor shall guarantee that the material and workmanship of the apparatus installed by him under these specifications are new and of first quality in every respect and for that he will make good any defect for the period for 12 (Twelve) months plus extended period of free maintenance from the date of completion of 30 (thirty) days trouble free operation.

6.

AMC means AMC after completion of free maintenance period specified in the agreement.

7.

The work will be carried out as per relevant IS: Specifications and other general codes and practices and PWD specification.

8.

Sales Tax / Income Tax/ labourcess /Service tax as and if applicable will be deducted from all bills. However, certificate for TDS will be issued by the department.

9.

The jurisdictions of court shall be at Ambala (head quarter of concerned Electrical Division).

10.

After expiry of free maintenance period, AMC shall come into force. The first maintenance period will be from expiry of free maintenance period to the end of financial year i.e. 31st March. Subsequently the maintenance charge shall be fixed on Ist April every year and will remain current throughout the financial year without any EE, AP-1

- 79 -

variation. However any statutory variation / new imposition of taxes and duties will be to the account of the department.

11.

The firm will maintain a reasonable inventory of genuine spares parts in their service depot, so that faults in the systems do not remain unattended for want of spares.

12.

During the free maintenance period system will have to be maintained and inspected Regularly at least once daily and as and when called by Engineer-in- Chief Charge or his representative, due to fault/breakdown without any charges.

13.

The firm will deploy only trained and appropriate skilled personnel to keep the equipment properly adjusted and they will use all reasonable care to maintain the system in proper and safe operating conditions.

14.

This maintenance contract includes replacement of all minor and major parts/assemblies including their cost and cost of all other material/consumable and tools etc. and labour required to maintain these systems in proper working order.

15.

The firm shall remove the breakdown during or after working hours and even on holidays on receipt of information at the firm control station from the authorized representatives of PWD (B&R) Department or the client department in whose premises the systems are working. The break-down rectification report shall be signed by the department for record of issue of spares and keeping time record of the firms service personnel. The firm personnel will also sign the log book of respective system in token of attending the complains & removal of defects and other observations recorded by department officers /officials to complete satisfaction.

16.

The firm shall set right the system in working condition within 12 (Twelve) hours for the minor defects and within 2 (Two) days including day of complaint for the major breakdown after receipt of the complaint. If the complaint is not attended within the specified period, beside not paying AMC charges for delayed period, compensation of two days AMC charges for every delay of one day or part thereof system shall be levied ,but the total amount of compensation during a year shall not exceed 10% (Ten Percent) of the annual maintenance charges of relevant year. The Superintending Engineer on representation from the firm may reduce the amount of compensation and his speaking decision in writing shall be final. Even after levying the compensation equivalent to 10 % (Ten percent) of the contract amount if the firm does not attend the complaint, the firm will not be paid AMC for the defaulting period.

17.

Any work which may be rendered necessary due to revision of the existing Govt. Municipal or system acts promulgated subsequent to the date of installation of system or new design/development/modernization work will not be covered under maintenance contract. The system will have to be got inspected for requisite clearance from the Nodal inspecting agency after every specified time fixed by the Nodal agency. If any specified by the department / Govt. at any stage. EE, AP-1

- 80 -

18.

The firm shall become liable for compensation in accordance with the Indian law and Regulations in the event of any accident occurring to any person using, intending to use the system or otherwise due to the fault in the system on account of failure to keep the systems in proper working order or non compliance of statutory provision for safety measures.

19.

The parts if replaced by the firm shall be OEM parts matching with the existing equipment. Defective/removed /unserviceable parts will be the property of the firm. This AMC including replacement of all defective part and necessary for proper operation of S/L such as lamp, MCB, Chock, igniter capacitor, fitting, MCCB, cable wire etc. Electricity consumption charges are not included in this contract.

20.

The bill of maintenance charges should be properly prepared and scrutinized by the firm with after completion of maintenance contract or termination of contract mid way due to any reason what-so-ever, the firm will hand over the system in working order with every parts /assembly intact.

21.

The department will have prerogative to discontinue the maintenance contract of any or all the systems without assigning any reason at any time for any or all the systems without paying any compensation for such an act. However, a valid one month notice will be given before taking any such action as mentioned above or maintenance charges will be paid for the period for which notice falls short.

22.

Separate agreement of AMC shall be prepared yearly on agreed rates, terms and conditions on completion of one year free maintenance period. It shall stand concluded and will become operative from the next day of expiry of free maintenance period even without signing of contract agreement.

23.

10% (Ten percent) security shall be deducted from each bill of the firm and shall be refunded after completion of AMC period. Or alternatively security can be deposited by the firm in shape of bank guarantee for the required amount and validity.

24.

These additional conditions shall supersede the similar conditions found contrary elsewhere in DNIT.

25.

The firm will deploy only trained and appropriate skilled personnel to keep the equipment properly adjusted and they will use all reasonable care to maintain the system in proper and safe operating conditions. The firm shall become liable for compensation in accordance with the Indian law and Regulations in the event of any accident occurring to any person using, intending to use the system or otherwise due to the fault in the system on account of failure to keep the systems in proper working order or non compliance of statutory provision for safety measures. In case of damage due to accident to the installation is done by third party. The contractor will be liable to lodge the FIR with local Police in absence of the same the department will be at liberty to deduct suitable amount for said damage from the bill of contractor.

26.

EE, AP-1

- 81 -

ADDITIONAL CONDTIONS FOR EPBAX, FIRE ALARM LAN ,CCTV SYSTEM, & CONFERENCE SYSTEM

1.

Tenderers are also required to submit following document / information along with technical bid. - Functional & Technical specifications, model No. of equipments unit and other instruction alongwith a copy of operational manual. A. Backup Guarantee of Principal / Manufactures. B. List of works executed & their performance certificates of similar work.

2.

The technology of EPBAX system must be latest but not for earlier than that of 2005 certificates to this effect must be given by the original manufactures.

3.

Tenderer will ensure that the equipment supplied under this contract are vermin proof and defects arising due to rendering any insect or reptile etc. will be made good by the tenderer.

4.

The contractor will be on turn key basis. Any essential spare piece / part of equipment, not mentioned in NIT/ tender, to complete the job will be include in the rates and no extra payment will be made for such item/ items which are required for installation, commissioning, testing or to make the system operational i.e. make the job complete in al respect. LIFE OF SYSTEM:- The system is deemed to have life span of 10 years. Under no circumstances the system will be declared obsolete during above 10 years period by the firm/ manufacture.

5.

6.

GUARANTEE The contractor shall guarantee that the material and workmanship of the apparatus installed by him under these specifications are new and first class in every respect and for that he will make good any defect for the period of minimum 12 months guarantee period offer by the manufacturer firm of apparatus from the date of completion of 30 days trouble free operation.

INSPECTION: - If required the equipment / material shall be got inspected by firm from Engineer-in-Charge or his representative in token of approval of material before the same is transported to the site work.. Manufacture test certificate should be given by the Contractor for EPBAX, Fire Alarm, LAN, CCTV & CONFERENCE’s system and instruments. 8. After completion of work the Fire Alarm System shall be got checked / inspected from the concerned Fire Officer and his satisfactory inspection report shall be supplied to the department and the charges to this effect shall be born by the firm. COMPLETION 9. After completion of maintenance work or its termination by deptt. midway, due to any reason what-so-ever, the firm will hand over the complete system in working order with every part intact. In case, if any part is found missing or of sub standard specifications, due recovery will be made for such a deficiency and measures to effect such recovery as deemed fit, will also be taken against the firm. 10. After final completion of system the same will be inspected by the Engineer / Technical person of manufacturer to ensure that installation is technically correct. Necessary certificate to this effect shall also be submitted duly signed by the competent person. 7.

EE, AP-1

- 82 -

11. 12.

13.

The contractor / firm shall have to supply manufacturer’s test certificate of various equipment. COST OF COMPARISON OF TENDER: - The AMC charges as per condition of AMC page 84 of DNIT will be included in the cost of tender for deciding the lowest tenderer and AMC rates shall be part of allotment, however, the allotment of AMC shall be issued separately on completion of main work and a sub agreement shall be made thereof. The performance warranty for AMC shall be 5% of the main agreement work and shall be withheld from each running bill of the agency, which can be refunded against the Bank Guarantee of equal amount on completion of AMC. FREE MAINTENANCE After 30 days trouble free operation, mtc. service for the LAN, Fire Alarm, EPBAX & CCTVs system shall be provided free for a period of 12 months. The mtc. service shall include at least monthly examination of installation during regular working hours by trained staff and shall include all necessary adjustment, overhauling, cleaning, setting right of defects including replacement of defective parts with genuine standard parts only as required to keep the equipment in proper operation.

14.

There shall not be delay of more than 24 hours in attending to minor break-down / defect and 48 hours for the major breakdown / defect reported in station.

15.

In case the firm does not adhere to the schedule of monthly examination and attending of complaints as mentioned above, the same shall be got done and attended to at the risk and cost of firm and amount the expenditure incurred will be recovered from the firm from his pending dues / security deposit.

EE, AP-1

- 83 -

ADDITIONAL CONDITION FOR MAINTENANCE OF FIRE ALARM, LAN, EPBAX, CCTV & CONFERENCE’s SYSTEM 1. The firm shall set right the breakdown in working condition within 24 hours for the minor defects and 48 hours for the major breakdown after receipt of the complaint at their centre. If the complaint is not attended to within the specified period and monthly examination is not done on due date, beside not paying for delayed period, compensation of two days AMC charges for every delay of one day or part thereof shall be levied but the total amount of compensation shall not exceed 10% of the maintenance work amount. The Superintending Engineer may, on representation from the firm, reduce the amount of compensation and his decision in writing shall be final. It the firm does not attend to the complaint / monthly examination for further four days of the above specified period i.e. 24 and 48 hours the same shall be got attended to at his risk and cost from other source. 2. The firm will also attend to the breakdown after normal working hours, if necessary, to keep the system in working condition. In a such case department will provide necessary assistance but no extra charges will be paid. 3. The part, if replaced by the firm shall be OEM parts matching with the existing equipment. Defective / removed parts will be the property of the firm.

4.

The department will have prerogative / option to discontinue the maintenance work of complete / part system without assigning any reason at any time without paying any compensation for such an act. However, a valid one month notice will be given before taking any such action as mentioned above or maintenance charges will be paid to firm for the period for which notice falls sort.

5.

All T&P items required shall be of the agency.

6.

The successful tenderer will have to train two persons nominated by the department for proper handling and minor routine maintenance.

7.

The system will have to be demonstrated once in every three months

8.

SECURITY DEPOSIT: On completion of one year free maintenance period of original work 5% of the complete maintenance contract shall be deducted from the security deposit of original work and shall be refund after satisfactory completion of maintenance contract no security will be deducted from any running / final bills of maintenance period.

9.

The firm shall become liable to pay compensation in event of any accident occurring to the person using or intending to use the system instrument due to the fault in the system on account of non keeping the system in proper working order and other safety measures.

EE, AP-1

- 84 -

SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR AMC FOR LAN, EPABX, FIRE ALRAM, CCTV & AUDIO CONFERENCE SYSTEM

The firm to which the work will be allotted and after successful completion of the work, the firm shall stand guarantee for all material, equipment and installation for one year from date of completion. This will include repair and replacement of all installation including consumable items etc. This will be treated as free maintenance period. After completion of free maintenance period of one year from the date of completion as above, the firm will be bound to carry out paid comprehensive maintenance i.e. repair and replacement of all installation including consumable items etc. for next three year for which the firm will be paid as under: 1. For 1st year (After free maintenance period) @4% of the original work done. 2. For 2nd year @ 5% of the original work done. 3. For 3rd year @ 6% of the original work done. Payment of this maintenance will be done on half yearly basis, after deducting the statutory taxes. Other terms and conditions of AMC have been as depicted under heading addition condition for free maintenance period and annual maintenance contract of this DNIT.

EE, AP-1

- 85 -

GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION SUBSTATION WORK

1.

The transformer, VCB, G.O switch, LT panel, cables etc shall be got inspected / approved from Engineer-in-Charge or his authorized representative before its dispatch to site. The inspecting / approving authority may get tested the above noted items at the work of manufacture’s firm, if desired by the inspecting / approving authority.

2.

The contractor shall be responsible for getting inspected / passed the electrical substation from Chief Electrical inspector, Haryana, Chandigarh & he will also make necessary payments of fees for this purpose to his office. The department will however give / render necessary assistance to the contractor in this regard.

3.

The Contractor shall submit the original manufacture’s test certificate in respect of Transformer, LT panel, HT panel MCCB’s, PVC armoured/Un armoured LT cable, XLPE 11 KV cables, CT’s, PT’s, Isolator and electronics Digital metering panel.

4.

The Voltmeter, Amp. Meter etc. will be of AE / IMP make.

5.

The tenderer must be himself ‘A’ class electrical license holder of Chief Electrical inspector, Haryana, Chandigarh for execution of 11 KV works and is specialized for doing the same type of works.

6.

The Air Circuit breaker and MCCB in LT panel shall be of same make.

7.

The material and installation will be got checked by the contractor from local UHBVNL authorities during execution.

8.

Metering equipment will also be got tested from UHBVNL by the contractor including depositing necessary fee etc.

EE, AP-1

- 86 -

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CAPACITOR BANK POWER FACTOR CONTROL PANEL 1. General:- This capacitor bank / power factor control panel shall be of 14 gauge sheet steel cubical type suitable for floor mounting & of dead front type. Suitable rubber gaskets shall be provided between all opening and joint to make the panel dust, moisture and vermin proof. The panel shall be suitable for indoor location and shall consist of vertical bus bar chambers and the cable entry for the panel shall be from the rear. The panel board will consist of number of vertical sections. Each section shall be divided in to a few standard sizes of compartment. All equipment shall be housed in a separate compartment, each compartment door of panel shall be provided with inter locking arrangement with the handle of respective equipment, such that the door can not be opened unless equipment in the off position. Continues bus bar of copper shall be provided as per diagram along the entire length. Cable compartment with concealed hinged front door will be provided for each section. Cable compartment will be fully segregated from the main bus bar of equipment module. The panel shall be painted in powder coated gray shade after necessary primary treatment. The panel shall be suitable for operation on 415 volts 3 phase 50 cycles per second A.C. supply system. 2. B us B ar : - Th e hi gh c on d u ct i vi t y c op p e r b u s ba r pr o vi d e d i n t he c ha m b er s sha l l b e d ul y in su l a te d a n d r i gi d l y s u p p or te d at t h e s h or t in te r va l s b y str on g n o n i nf la m m a ble h yl a m par ti t i on s . T h e p a r ti ti on s sha ll be s o d e si gn e d a s t o wit h st a n d s str e ss, wh ic h ca n n or ma ll y o c c ur on s h or t cir c ui ts. Fu r t h er , th e b u s b ar s a n d l i n ks sh a ll b e of f la t c op p e r so t h at t h e c on t r a ct be t we e n t he b u s b a r s a n d c on n e ct i n g l i n k wi l l b e ve r y g o od . All t he 4 b us b ar s ha ll b e e a sil y a cc es si b l e f r om t he f r on t f or a n y c on ne ct i on / in sp e ct i on e tc . T he b u s b ar c ha mb er s h ou l d h a v e of str on g me t al ha vi n g n o p os s i bi li t y of a n y d e n t s, d u e t o a c ci de n t s da m a ge , wh ic h c ou l d r e s u lt e le c tr ica l f au lt . B us b ar s ch a m be r s ha ll be o f u n i t t yp e c on s tr u ct i on a n d ha ve sta n d ar d f l a n ge s o pe n i n g a t t h e t op a n d b ot t om on b ot h si d e so t ha t a n y m od if i c ati on , e x te n s i on c a n b e ea si l y ef f e c te d at t h e si te .

3. Test Certificate: - A test certificate from the manufacturer shall be handed over to the department before installation of the panel specifying that panel conform to relevant ISS/ PWD specification. 4. Wiring Diagram: - After completion of the work complete drawing showing connection to the various equipment on the board is to be prepared by the contractor and to be submitted to the department along with final bill of the work. 5. Connection:- Interconnection from bus bar chamber to the different molded case circuit breaker / capacitor should be through solid copper bars of the required capacity duly tinned and insulated for which no extra payment will be made.

EE, AP-1

- 87 -

CONDITION FOR HVAC WORKS

EE, AP-1

- 88 -

Conditions

LIST OF CONTENTS (HVAC WORKS) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS: A)

DX TYPE/HI-WALL/DUCTABLE UNIT

B)

SHEET METAL DUCT

C)

INSULATION

D)

VENTILATION FANS

E)

TECHNICAL DATA

F)

LIST OF MAKES

EE, AP-1

- 89 -

A)

DX TYPE/HI-WALL UNIT/DUCTABLE SPLIT:

1.0

Scope

The scope of this section comprise the supply, erection testing and commissioning of air cooled DX type HI-WALL/Duct able unit system conforming to these specifications and in accordance with the requirements of drawing and schedule of quantities.

2.0

Type

Units shall be air cooled DX type consisting of indoor and outdoor units along with refrigerant piping, interconnecting cabling, drain piping, air-distribution system, etc. as shown in the drawings. Both indoor units and outdoor units shall be factory assembled, tested and filled with first charge of refrigerant before delivering at site.

3.0

OUT DOOR UNIT

The outdoor unit shall be comprised of Compressor, Air Cooled Condenser, High Efficiency Fan, safety devices, etc. All the components and accessories shall be enclosed in an heavy gauge powder coated sheet metal cabinet. Compressors shall be hermetically sealed Scroll or Reciprocating type for higher reliability, improved life, better backup and duty cycling purpose. Condenser shall be air-cooled type and be constructed with copper tubes mechanically bonded to aluminum fins to form a cross fin coil. Condensers with higher heat rejection capacities shall be given preference. Electrical starter panel shall also be the part of Outdoor unit which shall comprised of necessary starters for Compressor, condenser fan motor, etc. along with internal wiring. The type, capacity and size of indoor units shall be as specified in detailed Bill Of Quantities. 4.0

INDOOR UNIT:

The indoor units shall be comprised of Muti rows deep DX Evaporator coil, High efficiency DIDW Centrifugal blower coupled with suitable Single Phase Blower Motor, Pre Filters, Thermo static Expansion Device, Corded remote controller, etc. All the components and accessories shall be enclosed in an heavy gauge powder coated sheet metal cabinet. The cooling shall be constructed with copper tubes mechanically bonded to aluminum fins to form a cross fin coil. The Coil should be tested for leaks at works prior to delivery at site. The velocity across face should be limited to 152 metre / minute. Each unit shall be provided with a factory assembled pre-filter section containing washable non woven polyester media enclosed by HDPE Mesh. Air filters should have filtration capacity of 10 micron particle size with 90% efficiency. Filters shall fit so as to prevent by pass. Face velocity across filters shall not exceed 152 MPM. Indoor unit to be comprised of DIDW Forward Curved Centrifugal blower selected to deliver the required dehumidified air quantity at specified static pressure. Blower to be connected to Single Phase Motor in Direct Driven arrangement.

EE, AP-1

- 90 -

5.0

REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT

The indoor unit and outdoor units shall be connected with Hard Drawn Copper Refrigerant piping duly insulated with Closed Cell Elastomeric insulation. Once system is installed, entire refrigerant circuit shall be tested with Nitrogen pressure of 350 PSIG for atleast 24 hours to ensure no leakage in the system. Once pressure testing is completed, suitable refrigerant to be charged after duly vacuummisation. All necessary safety devices shall be proved to ensure the safety operation of the system. 6.0

SAFETY DEVICES

All necessary safety devices shall be provided to ensure safe operation of the system. Following safety devices shall be part of outdoor units: high pressure and low pressure cut out, fuse fan drive overload protector. over load relay, phase reversal, phase imbalance, under voltage, over voltage, single phasing, etc. 7.0

Drawings: HVAC Drawings are indicative drawings there are not meant as working drawings. The contractor shall prepare detailed working drawings and get them approved by the Architect/Consultants.

EE, AP-1

- 91 -

B)

SHEET METAL DUCT:

1C)

FACTORY FABRICATED:

1.0

General

1.1

The work under this part shall consist of furnishing materials labour equipment and appliances as specified necessary and required to install all sheet metal and other allied work to make the air conditioning supply, ventilating, and exhaust system ready for operation as per drawings.

1.2

Except as otherwise specified all ducts work and related items shall be in accordance with these specifications.

1.3

Duct work shall mean all ducts rubber gaskets, adhesives casings, dampers, access doors, joints, stiffners and hangers.

2.

Duct Materials

2.1

The ducts shall be fabricated from galvanized steel sheets class VIII conforming to ISS:277-1962 (revised) or aluminium sheets conforming to ISS:737-1955 (wherever aluminium ducts are specified).

2.2

All duct work, sheet metal thickness and fabrication unless otherwise directed, shall strictly meet requirements, as described in IS:655-1963 with amendment-I (1971 edition) The thickness of the sheet shall be as follows :Size of Duct Upto 750 mm

Sheet Thickness G.I. 0.63 mm

Type of Joints

Bracing if any

G.I. Flange

751 mm to 1000 mm

0.80 mm

25x25x3 mm Angle iron frame with 8 mm dia nuts & bolts

25x25x3 mm at the rate of 1 M from joints

1001 mm to 1500 mm

0.80 mm

40x40x5 mm Angle iron frame with 8 mm dia nuts & bolts

40x40x5 mm at the rate of 1 M from joints

1501 mm to 2250 mm

1.00 mm

50x50x5 mm Angle iron frame with 10 mm dia nuts & bolts at 125 mm centre.

40x40x3 mm at the rate of 1.2 M to be Braced Diagonally

EE, AP-1

- 92 -

S-59 2251 mm and above

1.25 mm 1.50 mm

50x50x6 mm Angle iron frame with 10 mm dia nuts & bolts at 125 mm centre.

40x40x3 mm at the rate of 1.6 M from joints

2.3

The gauges, joints and bracings for sheet metal duct work shall further conform to the provisions as shown on the drawings.

2.4

Ducts larger than 600 MM shall be cross broken, duct sections upto 1200 MM length may be used with bracing angles omitted.

2.5

Changes in section of duct work shall be affected by tapering the ducts with as long a taper as possible. All branches shall be taken off at not more than 45 DEG. Angle from the axis of the main duct unless otherwise approved by the Engineer-In-Charge.

2.6

All ducts shall be supported from the ceiling/slab by means of M.S. Rods of 9 MM (3/8")DIA with M.S. Angle at the bottom. The rods shall be anchored to R.C. Slab using metallic expansion fasteners.

2.7

All M.S. Parts shall be given two coats of antirust primer paint.

3.

Installations

3.1

During the construction, the contractor shall temporarily close duct openings with sheet metal covers to prevent debris entering ducts and to maintain opening straight and square, as per direction of Engineer-In-Charge.

3.2

Great care should be taken to ensure that the duct work does not extend outside and beyond height limits as noted on the drawings.

3.3

All duct work shall be of high quality approved galvanized sheet steel guaranteed not to crack or peel on bending or fabrication of ducts. All joints shall be air tight and shall be made in the direction of air flow. The ducts shall be re-inforced with structured members where necessary, and must be secured in place so as to avoid vibration of the duct on its support.

3.4

All air turns of 45 degrees or more shall include curved metal blades or vanes arranged so as to permit the air to make the abrupt turns without an appreciable turbulence. Turning vanes shall be securely fastened to prevent noise or vibration.

S-60 3.5

The duct work shall be varied in shape and position to fit actual conditions at building site. All changes shall be subjected to the approval of the Engineer-In-Charge. The contractor shall verify all measurements at site and shall notify the Engineer-InCharge of any difficulty in carrying out his work before fabrication.

3.6

Sponge rubber or approved equal gaskets of 6 MM maximum thickness shall be installed between duct flanges as well as between all connections of sheet metal ducts to EE, AP-1

- 93 -

walls, floor columns, heater casings and filter casings. Sheet metal connections shall be made to walls and floors by means of wooden member anchored to the building structure with anchor bolts and with the sheet screwed to them. 3.7

Flanges bracings and supports are to be black, mild steel and are to be painted with rust proof primer on all surfaces before erection. Accessories such as damper blades and access panels are to be of materials of appropriate thickness and the finish similar to the adjacent ducting, as specified.

3.8

Joints, seams, sleeves, splitters, branches, takeoffs and supports are to be as per duct details as specified, or as decided by Engineer-In-Charge.

3.9

Joints requiring bolting or riveting may be fixed by Hexagon nuts and bolts, stove bolts or buck bolts, rivets or closed centre top rivets or spot welding. Self tapping screws must not be used. All jointing material must have a finish such as cadmium plating or Galvanized as appropriate.

3.10

Fire retarding flexible joints are to be fitted to the suction and delivery of all fans. The material is to be normally double heavy canvass with fire retardent coating or as directed by Engineer-In-Charge. On all circular spigots the flexible materials are to be screwed or clip band with adjustable screws or toggle fitting. For rectangular ducts the material is to be flanged and bolted with a backing flat or bolted to mating flange with backing flat.

3.11

The flexible joints are to be not less than 75 MM and not more than 250 MM between faces.

3.12

The duct work should be carried out in a manner and at such time as not to hinder or delay the work of the other agencies especially the boxing or false ceiling contractors.

3.13

Duct passing through brick or masonary, wooden frame work shall be provided within the opening. Crossing duct shall have heavy flanges, collars on each side of wooden frame to make the duct leak proof.

2C)

SHEET METAL DUCT (SITE FABRICATED):

i)

GENERAL: Supply, fabrication, installation and testing of all sheet metal ducts & supply, installation, testing and balancing of all grilles, registers and diffusers, in accordance with these specifications and the general arrangement shown on the drawings. Duct work shall mean all ducts, casings, dampers, access doors, joints, vanes, stiffeners, hangers and supports etc.

ii)

RECTANGULAR DUCT: Dimension GI sheet s of Duc ts

Type of Joints

Type of Bracing

EE, AP-1

- 94 -

Upto 600

iii)

Thicknes s ( m m ) 0.63

Gauge

24

601 to 750 0.63 751 to 0.63 100 0

24 24

1000

to 0.80 150 0

22

1501

to 1.0 225 0

20

2250

and 1.25 abo ve

18

G.I. Flange at Cross Bracing 2.5 Centre -----------25x25x3mm angle 25x25x3mm M.S. angle bracing iron frame at 1500mm from joints. with 6mm dia nuts and bolts.

25x25x3mm 25x25x3mm M.S. angle bracing angle at 1500mm from joints. iron frame with 8mm dia nuts and bolts. 40x40x5mm 40x40x3mm M.S. angle bracing angle at 1200mm from joints iron be or 40x40x3 mm M.S. cross angle diagonal bracing. braced diagonall y with 10mm dia nuts & bolts at 125 centre. 50x50x6mm 50x50x3mm M.S. angle bracing angle at 1200mm from joints iron or 50x50x3 mm M.S. frame angle diagonal bracing. with 10mm dia nuts & bolts at 125 centre.

THICKNESS OF SHEET FOR ROUND DUCTS (FROM ISS: 655): Diameter of Duct (mm) 150 to 500 501 to 750

Thickness of sheet (mm) G.I. Sheets Aluminium sheets 0.63 0.80 0.80 0.80 EE, AP-1

- 95 -

751 to 1000 1001 to 1250 1251 and above

0.80 1.00 1.25

1.00 1.50 1.80

Sheet metal ducts shall be fabricated out of galvanized steel sheets conforming to BIS 655, BIS 277, BIS 737. Sheets used shall be produced by Hot dip process and galvanizing shall be Class VIII. iv)

HANGERS FOR DUCT:

Duct Size Spacing (mm) (M) (mm x mm) Upto 750 2.4 751 to 1500 2.4 1501 to 2250 2.4 2251 to above 2.4 v)

Size of MS angle dia (mm) 25 x 3 40 x 5 50 x 5 50 x 5

Size of rod 8 10 12 12

FABRICATION: All ducts irrespective of size shall be fabricated and installed in workman like manner, generally conforming to relevant latest IS code. a) Ducts so identified on the drawings shall be acoustically lined with thermal insulation

as described in the section `Insulation' and as indicated in schedule of quantities. Duct dimensions shown on drawings are overall sheet metal dimensions inclusive of the acoustic lining, where required and indicated in schedule of quantities. b) Ducts shall be straight and smooth on the inside with neatly finished joints. All joints

shall be made air tight. c) Changes in dimensions and shape of ducts shall be gradual. Curved elbows, unless

otherwise indicated, shall have a centre line radius equal to one and a half times the width of the duct. Air turns shall be installed in all vanes, arranged to permit the air to make the turn without appreciable turbulence. Suitable vanes shall be provided in duct collar to have uniform/ proper air distribution. d) Ducts shall be fabricated as per details shown on drawings. All ducts shall be rigid

and shall be adequately supported and braced where required with standing seams, tees, or angles of sample size to keep the ducts true to shape and to prevent bulking, vibration, breathing or oil canning. e) All sheet metal connections, partitions and plenums required to confine the flow of air

to and through 18g GI/16 gauge aluminium, thoroughly stiffened with 25mm x 25mm x 3mm angle iron braces and fitted with all necessary doors as required to give access to all parts of the apparatus. Access Doors shall be not less than 45cm x 45cm in size. vi)

INSTALLATION: All ducts shall be installed generally as per the drawings and in strict accordance with approved shop drawings to be prepared by the Contractor. i.

The Contractor shall provide and neatly erect all sheet metal work as may be required to carry out the intent, of these specifications and drawings. The work shall meet with the approval of Owner's site representative in all its parts and details. EE, AP-1

- 96 -

ii. All necessary allowances and provisions shall be made by the Contractor for beams,

pipes, or other obstructions in the building, whether or not the same are shown on the drawings. Where necessary to avoid beams or other structural work, plumbing or other pipes, and/ or conduits, the ducts shall be transformed, divided or curved to one side, the required area being maintained, all as per the site requirements. iii. If a duct cannot be run as shown on the drawings, the contractor shall install the duct

between the required points by any path available, in accordance with other services and as per approval of Owners site representatives. iv. All duct work shall be independently supported from building structure. Duct shall be

supported to the ceiling with the help of anchor fasteners by drilling holes in concrete slab and inserting anchor fasteners and bolts. All horizontal ducts shall be rigidly and securely supported, in approved manner with trapeze hangers formed of MS rods and angle iron under ducts at not greater than 2.4 meter centres. All vertical duct work shall be supported by structural members at each floor. If duct is passing through in such areas where space between ceiling slab to false ceiling is more than 1500 mm than duct should be supported by wall mounted brackets of 40 x 40 x 3 mm angle. Ducting over furred ceiling shall be supported from the slab above, or from beams, after obtaining approval of Owner's site representative. In no case shall any duct by supported from false ceiling hangers or be permitted to rest on false ceiling. All metal work in dead or furred down spaces shall be erected in time to occasion no delay to other contractors on the building. v. Where metal ducts or sleeves terminate in wood work, tight joints shall be made by

means of closely fitted heavy flanged collars. Where ducts pass through brick or masonry opening and wooden frame work shall be provided within the opening and crossing ducts provided with heavy flanged collars on each side of wooden frame work, so that duct crossing is made leak-proof.

vi. All ducts shall be totally free from vibration under all conditions of operation.

Whenever duct work is connected to fans, air handling units or blower coil units that may cause vibrations in the ducts, ducts shall be provided of closely woven, rubber impregnated double layer canvas or neoprene coated fibre glass fire resistant flexible connection. The flexible connections located close to the unit, in mutually perpendicular directions. The flexible sleeve at least 10cm long securely bonded and bolted on both sides. Sleeve shall be made smooth and the connecting duct work rigidly held by independent supports on both ends. The flexible connection shall be suitable for pressures at the point of installation and shall be class ‘O’ smoke rated. vii. Air conditioning unit and exhaust fans shall be connected to duct work by inserting at

air inlet and air outlet a double canvass sleeve. Each sleeve shall minimum 150mm securely bolted to duct and the connecting duct work rigidly held in line with unit inlet or outlet and shall be class ‘O’ smoke rated. viii. All ducts above 450 mm are to be cross broken to provide rigidity to the ducts.

2.0

ACCESS PANEL: EE, AP-1

- 97 -

3.1

A hinged and gasketed access panel shall be provided on duct work at each control device that may be located inside the duct work.

3.0

MISCELLANEOUS:

4.1

All ducts above 450 mm are to be cross broken to provide rigidity to the ducts.

4.2

All duct work joints are to be true right angle or approaching with all sharp edges removed.

4.3

Smoke rated sponge rubber gaskets also to be provided behind the flange of all grilles.

4.4

Each branch from the duct, leading to a grille, shall be provided with an air deflector to divert the air into the grille through the branch.

4.5

Inspection doors measuring at least 450 mm x 450 mm are to be provided in each system at an appropriate location, as directed by Project Manager/Engineer-in-charge.

4.6

Diverting vanes must be provided at the bends exceeding 600 mm and at branches connected into the main duct without a neck.

4.7

Proper hangers and supports should be provided to hold the duct rigidly, To keep them straight and to avoid vibrations. Additional supports are to be provided where required for rigidity or as directed by Project Manager/Engineer-in-charge.

4.8

The ducts should be routed directly with a minimum of directional change.

4.9

The duct work shall be provided with additional supports /hangers, wherever required or as directed by the directed by Project Manager/Engineer-in-charge, at no extra cost.

4.10

All duct supports, flanges, hangers and damper boxes etc. shall be either zinc coated or given 2 coats of anti corrosion red oxide paint before installation and one coat of aluminium paint after the erection, at no extra cost.

4.11

All angle iron flanges to be welded electrically and holes to be drilled.

4.12

All the angle iron flanges to be connected to the GSS ducts by rivets at 100 mm centres.

4.13

All the flanged joints, to have a 3 mm neoprene rubber gasket to the flanges with Adhesive.

4.14

The G.S.S. Ducts should be lapped 6 mm across the flanges.

4.15

The ducts should be supported by approved type supports at a distance not exceeding 2.4 metres and at every vertical floor penetration.

4.16

Sheet metal connection pieces, partitions and plenums required, shall be constructed of 1.25 (18 gauge) sheet thoroughly stiffened with 25 mm x 25 mm angle iron braces and fitted with access doors.

4.17

Readymade (factory fabricated) flanges shall be used for all ducting.

EE, AP-1

- 98 -

4.18

All duct joints shall be filled up by silicon.

4.19

All duct penetrations in fire rated walls and slabs shall be filled up by fire resistant materials of fire rating not less than fire rating of wall / slab.

4.0

GRILLES:

5.1

The supply and return air grilles shall be fabricated from aluminium extruded sections. The supply and return air grille shall have single horizontal extruded section fixed louvers. The grilles may or may not be with an outer frame. The grille flange shall be fabricated out of 20x20x1.5 mm aluminium angle. Grilles longer than 450 mm shall have intermediate supports for the horizontal louvers.

5.2

The grilles shall have opposed blade dampers of M.S. Black sheets, which shall be key operated from the grille face wherever required as approved.

5.3

The damper blades shall be of 0.63 mm (24 gauge) M.S. Black sheets and shaped to form air tight joints. The frame work for dampers shall be fabricated from 0.63 mm (24 gauge) M.S. Black sheet.

5.0

TESTING:

9.1

After completion of sections all duct systems shall be tested for air leakage.

9.2

The entire air distribution system shall be balanced to supply the air quantity for each area and the final balance of air quantity for each area shall be submitted to the Project Manager/Engineer-in-charge, for approval. All the instrument required for testing and balancing i.e. rotating vane anemometer, thermometer, ducthood, inclined manometer etc. shall be provided by the Contractor.

EE, AP-1

- 99 -

C)

INSULATION:

1.0

INSULATION OF PIPES

1.1

The drain pipes shall be insulated with Elastomeric Nitrile Rubber insulation having thermal conductivity not more than 0.0301 Kcal./(hr.-m2-OC/m) at 0OC mean temperature and density shall not be less than 60 Kg./m3.

1.2

Installation: Drain Piping: • •

The pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned with a wire brush and rendered free from all rust and grease. A coat of anti-corrosive primer shall be applied.



The insulating material in tube form shall be sleeved on pipes or for already existing piping, slit opened tube from insulating material shall be placed on the pipe and adhesive shall be applied as suggested by the manufacturer.



Adhesive must be allowed to tack dry and then press surface firmly together starting from butt ends and working towards center.



Wherever, flat sheets shall be used it shall be cut out in correct dimension. All longitudinal and transverse joints shall be sealed as per manufacturer standards.

The drain pipes shall be insulated with Elastomeric Nitrile rubber and thickness of the same as shown in drawing or identified in schedule of quantity or: Pipe

Size (mm)

Upto 25mm

Thickness in mm Thickness in mm Pipe Size Conditioned Unconditione (mm) Space d Space 19mm Upto 50mm 9mm

No broken insulation anywhere shall be permitted under any circumstances whatsoever. If anywhere the quality of installation is found to be inadequate as per Specifications or as per the performance requirement, the installation shall have to be redone without any extra cost to the Client. 1.3

INSULATION OF VALVES AND FITTINGS IN REFRIGERANT LINE

All valves, fittings, flanges, strainers etc. in the refrigerant line shall be insulated in the same manner as described above for refrigerant pipes. Care should be taken to ensure that no damage would be caused to the insulation when valves or strainers are operated.

D)

VENTILATION FANS:

EE, AP-1

- 100 -

1.0

SCOPE: Scope of this section comprises of supplying, erection, testing and commissioning of following type of fans. •

Propeller Fans The above fans shall be as indicated on drawings and mentioned in schedule of quantities.

2.0

PROPELLER FANS:

2.1

The exhaust fans shall be propeller type with steel hub and blades, mounted directly on the shaft of a totally enclosed motor.

2.2

The fan blades shall be of pressed steel of aerofoil design for high efficiency and static pressure.

2.3

The mounting frame shall be of cast /sheet steel brackets to connect the frame, with the fan/motor assembly. Rubber mounts shall be provided between the mounting frame and the mounting brackets.

2.4

The fan motor shall be totally enclosed squirrel cage type.

3.0

INLINE FANS:

3.1

Inline fans shall be complete with centrifugal impeller, casing, direct driven motor, vibration isolators, direction of discharge and rotation position shall be as per the job requirement and shall be marked on the fan assembly.

3.2

Housing shall be constructed of hot rolled GSS sheet metal construction.

3.3

Housing metal parts shall be either spot-welded or screwed or mounted together with rivets. Indication showing rotation arrow and make, model number and duty conditions of the fan shall be available on the housing.

3.4

Fan wheel shall be forward/backward curved type, fan wheel shall be statically and dynamically balanced.

3.5

Ball bearings are completely maintenance free and can be used in any mounting position at maximum indicated temperature. The bearing lubricant is suitable for a minimum ambient temperature of minus 150C (admissible for a short time without reaching dew point at minus 300C). For applications at maximum indicated ambient temperature life expectancy shall be 40000 hours minimum.

3.6

Fan motor, fans shall be supplied with built-in-thermal contact (TK) at the critical high temperature point (“B” = 1300C or “F” = 1550C). The thermal contact will open and break the power supply to the fan, Fan motors have insulation class “B” or “F” and protection class IP44 or IP54.

EE, AP-1

- 101 -

E)

TECHNICAL DATA:

Contractor should furnish technical data as mentioned below, of the equipment and accessories offered by him as per scheme given in schedule of equipment and Bill of Quantities. S. No. Description

Unit

1.0

DX type Air-conditioning Units:

1.1

General: Manufacturer Overall Dimensions (mm) Weight (Kg)

1.2

Compressor: Refrigerant No. of Cylinders Bore of Stroke Swept Volume (mm) Speed (R.P.M.) Capacity K. Cal/Hr at 7°C Sat. Suction Temp. and 43.3°C Cond. Temp.

1.3

Cooling Coil: Refrig. Temp. (oC) Type of Tube Tube Material Tube Dia (mm)

1.4

Condenser: Cond. Temp. (oC) Type of Tube Tube Material Tube Dia (mm)

2.0

Ventilation Fans:

2.1

S. No.

2.2

Type

2.3

Manufacturer

2.4

CFM

2.5

Static Pressure MM WG

2.6

Motor H.P.

2.7

Insulation Class

Condition of Services

EE, AP-1

- 102 -

2.8

Outlet Vel. FPM

2.9

R.P.M

2.10

Type of Drive

2.11

Noise Level DB

3.0

Grilles/Diffusers/Dampers:

3.1

Fire Dampers - UL Listed

3.2

Grilles

3.3

Louvers

3.4

Diffusers

3.5

Duct Dampers

4.0

Insulations:

4.1

Manufacturer

4.2

Duct Acoustic Lining Materials

4.3

Duct Insulation Material

4.4

Thermal Conductivity

4.5

Duct Insulation

Make, Materials and Gauge

EE, AP-1

- 103 -

F)

LIST OF ACCEPTABLE MAKES OF EQUIPMENTS / MATERIALS

Sl. No.

Description

Makes/Manufacturer

1. 2. 3.

DX/HI-WALL UNIT G.I. Sheets Factory Fabricated Duct

4.

Ventilation Fans:

5. 6.

i) Propeller/Inline/Axial Copper Pipes : Duct Flanges/Fabricated Ducts

:

Rolastar /Techno Aircon Industries / Zeco

7.

Grills/Diffusers

:

Caryaire/ Tristar / Mapro

8.

Exhaust Air Louvers

:

Caryaire/ Tristar / Mapro

9.

LT Cables / Control Cables

:

Universal / Skytone / Havells / Grandlay

: : :

Daikin/Blue Star/Toshiba/Mitsubish/Voltas Sail/Tata/Jindal GP Spira/Rola Star/Zeco

: :

Kruger / Crompton /Alstom Rajco/Mandev

EE, AP-1

- 104 -

SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR CMC FOR HVAC WORKS

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

The firm to which the work will be allotted and after successful completion of the work, the firm shall stand guarantee for all material, equipment and installation for one year from date of completion (Operation &comprehensive maintenance for three shifts operation i.e 24x7, 365 days). This will include repair and replacement of all installation including consumable items etc. This will be treated as free maintenance period. After completion of free operation & maintenance period of one year from the date of completion as above, the firm will be bound to carry out paid operation & comprehensive maintenance i.e. repair and replacement of all installation including consumable items etc. for next four years for 24x7 and 365 days for which the firm will be paid as under: For 1st year. For 2nd year @ 2% of the original work done. For 3rd year @ 2.5% of the original work done. For 4th year @ 3% of the original work done. For 5th year @ 3.5% of the original work done. Payment of this maintenance will be done on half yearly basis, after deducting the statutory taxes. Other terms and conditions of CMC have been as depicted under heading addition condition for free maintenance period and annual maintenance contract of this DNIT. All consumable items i.e Filter, HEPA, Micro VEE etc. will also be provided by the contractor during the complete CMC period.

EE, AP-1

- 105 -

Technical Specification for Audio Conference System

EE, AP-1

- 106 -

EE, AP-1

- 107 -

General Specification for Video wall LED Panel 1. LED Scoreboard solution consists of LED displays that can showcase scores, live broadcast of the match, action replay & advertisement which should have the configured of Red Green Blue LED’s with brightness of greater than or equal to 7500 cd/ m2 with LED life of minimum 100000 hours or higher. 2. LED panel should be wide viewing angle, horizontal viewing angle with minimum 120 degree and vertical viewing angle with minimum 60 degree or higher than the viewing angle that should be good viewing experience to the spectators sitting in any corner of the stadium 3. LED wall should be end-to end solution consisting of LED screen, structure and controlling software tosupport third party application to enable live scores, replays, animations, advertisements, etc 4. LED wall should be Suitable for outdoor use made up of complete weatherproof material (IP 65/ IP66) suitable for outdoor conditions of rain & heat with high refresh rate minimum 4800 hzof the screen ensures flicker free display of videos, images, etc even when captured by camera and broadcasted on television. LED wall Temperature range Operating 0° to 50°C and humidity Operating 10 to 90%. 5. LED Tile rear casing material should be mild steel and module panel will be rear accessible.

Video Wall Processor and scaler System 1. Video wall Processor should be capable of integrating inputs from multiple sources like various cameras, live TV, computer, etc with inputs of DVI with scalar capability. Interface: control system will be linsn/Nova, Software should be XM Player Ver6.1.0 and file format will be JPEG,MPEG,BMP,SWF,GIF,DAT with Supporting network through LAN/WAN.

Cables / Connectors etc. 1. Cable should be supplied for connecting video wall processor to Input signal, cables for LED tile connection, Cables between player hardware to LED wall panel etc.

Erection of LED wall 1. LED wall will be erected on structure which should be completed with required material for hanging the LED wall on structure with maximum height upto 8 meter.

EE, AP-1

- 108 -

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 2 NOS. ELEVATOR FOR 8 PERSONS (2 NOS. LIFTS FOR WAR MEMORIAL STADIUM) 1.

LOAD

Bed lift 544 Kg.

2.

SPEED

1 MPS OR ABOVE AS PER HEIGHT OF BLDG.

3.

TRAVEL

GROUND FLOOR, IST FLOOR TO THIRD FLOOR

4.

STOP & OPENING

4 STOPS, 4 OPENINGS (ALL OPENINGS ON SAME SIDE)

5.

POWER SUPPLY

415 VOLTS 3PHASE 50 HZ A.C. ± 10%

6.

CONTROL

A.C.

7.

OPERATION

MICROPROCESSOR BASED SYSTEM WITH SIMPLEX FULL COLLECTIVE (WITH / WITHOUT ATTENDANT)

8.

MACHINE

GEARLESS & MACHINE ROOM LESS

9.

HOISTWAY REQUIRED WXD (MM) FINISHED DIMENSIONS

1900 MM (W) x 1900 (D) MM

10.

HOSTWAY AVAILABLE

1600 MM (W) x 1750 (D) MM

11.

HOISTWAY ENTRANCE

SIDE SLIDING TWO SPEED POWER DOORS IN SCRACH RESISTANT STAINLESS STEEL FINISH WITH PROVISION OF EMERGENCY KEY OPENING AT ALL THE LANDING.

12.

HOISTWAY OPENING WXH (MM)

800 MM (W) x 2000 MM (D)

13 . 14.

CAR SIZE WXDXH(MM) INSIDE

1100 MM (W) x 1300 MM (D)

CAR ENCLOSURES

MADE

15.

HAND RAIL THREE SIDES

MADE OUT OF STAINLESS STEEL IN HAIR LINE FINISH

16.

CAR PANELS

MADE OUT OF STAINLESS STEEL IN SCRATCH RESISTANT FINISH

17.

FALSE CEILING

MADE OUT OF STAINLESS STEEL IN HAIR LINE FINISH

18.

FLOORING

VINYL TILES/ PVC/GRANITE

19.

CAR ENTRANCE CLEAR

SIDE SLIDING TWO SPEED POWER DOORS MADE OUT OF STAINLESS STEEL IN SCRATCH RESISTANT FINISH

20.

CAR ENTRANCE OPENNIG WXH (MM)

800 MM (W) x 2000 MM (D)

21.

DOOR OPERATION

AUTOMATIC WITH DC / AC DOOR OPERATION WITH FULL LENGTH INTERSECTING

VARIABLE FREQENCY

VOLTAGE,

VARIABLE

OUT OF PANELS IN SCRATCH RESISTANT STAINLESS STEEL FINISH.

EE, AP-1

- 109 INFRARED SAFETY BEAMS AND ADJUSTABLE DOOR OPENING/CLOSING TIME. 22.

LEVEL ACCURACY

± 5 MM

23.

FACE PLATE

RECTANGLAR IN STAINLESS STEEL HAIR LINE FINISH

24.

RESCUE DEVICE

AUTOMATIC RESCUE AUTOMATICALLY TO

DEVICE BRING THE

TO LIFT

THE NEAREST LANDING IN CASE OF POWER FAILURE, PHASE FAILURE OR LOW VOLTAGE. 25.

PHASE REVERSAL DEVICE

26.

SIGNAL

PHASE REVERSAL DEVICE TO BE PROVIDED SO THAT IN CASE OF PHASE REVERSAL OF SUPPLY THE LIFT SHALL WORK NORMALLY 1.

2.

3.

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

COMBINED LUMINOUS HALL BUTTONS WITH SEVEN SEGMENT DIGITAL HALL POSITION INDICATOR AT ALL FLOORS CAR OPERATING PANELS WITH LUMINOUS BUTTONS SEVEN SEGMET DIGITAL CAR POSITION INDICATOR COMBINED WITH CAR DIRECTION ARROWS. OVERLOAD WARNING INDICATOR. BATTERY OPERATED ALARM BELL AND EMERGENCY LIGHT WITH CHARGEABLE BATTERY FIREMAN SWITCH AT MAIN LOBBY INTERCOM BETWEEN EACH LIFT, MACHINE ROOM AND RECEPTION BRAILLE BUTTON TO ENSURE HANDICAP COMPLIANCE FLOOR ANNOUNCEMENT SYSTEM LIGHT MUSIC IN CAR CAR DOOR LOCKS

27.

FACE PLATE FINISH

STAINLESS STEEL IN HAIR LINE FINISH

28.

FIRE SAFETLY

ELEVATOR DOORS SHALL BE FIRE RATED TO WITHSTAND FIRE FOR MINIMUM ONE HOUR AS PER NBCC/CVC GUIDE LINES.

29.

SCRATCH RESISTANT STAINLESS STEEL

A) VANDAL PROOF B) MOON ROCK/ HONEY COMB.

NOTE:The agencies shall submit separate rates for lifts with vandal proof and Moon Rock/Honey Comb Scratch resistant stainless steel. Stainless steel to be used shall be decided by the department.

EE, AP-1

- 110 -

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 1 NOS. ELEVATOR FOR 8 PERSONS (1 NOS. LIFTS FOR WAR MEMORIAL STADIUM) 1.

LOAD

Bed lift 544 Kg.

2.

SPEED

1 MPS OR ABOVE AS PER HEIGHT OF BLDG.

3.

TRAVEL

GROUND FLOOR, IST FLOOR TO SECOND FLOOR

4.

STOP & OPENING

2 STOPS, 2 OPENINGS (ALL OPENINGS ON SAME SIDE)

5.

POWER SUPPLY

415 VOLTS 3PHASE 50 HZ A.C. ± 10%

6.

CONTROL

A.C.

7.

OPERATION

MICROPROCESSOR BASED SYSTEM WITH SIMPLEX FULL COLLECTIVE (WITH / WITHOUT ATTENDANT)

8.

MACHINE

GEARLESS & MACHINE ROOM LESS

9.

HOISTWAY REQUIRED WXD (MM) FINISHED DIMENSIONS

1900 MM (W) x 1900 (D) MM

10.

HOSTWAY AVAILABLE

1600 MM (W) x 1750 (D) MM

11.

HOISTWAY ENTRANCE

SIDE SLIDING TWO SPEED POWER DOORS IN SCRACH RESISTANT STAINLESS STEEL FINISH WITH PROVISION OF EMERGENCY KEY OPENING AT ALL THE LANDING.

12.

HOISTWAY OPENING WXH (MM)

800 MM (W) x 2000 MM (D)

13 . 14.

CAR SIZE WXDXH(MM) INSIDE

1100 MM (W) x 1300 MM (D)

CAR ENCLOSURES

MADE

15.

HAND RAIL THREE SIDES

MADE OUT OF STAINLESS STEEL IN HAIR LINE FINISH

16.

CAR PANELS

MADE OUT OF STAINLESS STEEL IN SCRATCH RESISTANT FINISH

17.

FALSE CEILING

MADE OUT OF STAINLESS STEEL IN HAIR LINE FINISH

18.

FLOORING

VINYL TILES/ PVC/GRANITE

19.

CAR ENTRANCE CLEAR

SIDE SLIDING TWO SPEED POWER DOORS MADE OUT OF STAINLESS STEEL IN SCRATCH RESISTANT FINISH

20.

CAR ENTRANCE OPENNIG WXH (MM)

800 MM (W) x 2000 MM (D)

21.

DOOR OPERATION

AUTOMATIC WITH DC / AC DOOR OPERATION WITH FULL LENGTH INTERSECTING

VARIABLE FREQENCY

VOLTAGE,

VARIABLE

OUT OF PANELS IN SCRATCH RESISTANT STAINLESS STEEL FINISH.

EE, AP-1

- 111 INFRARED SAFETY BEAMS AND ADJUSTABLE DOOR OPENING/CLOSING TIME. 22.

LEVEL ACCURACY

± 5 MM

23.

FACE PLATE

RECTANGLAR IN STAINLESS STEEL HAIR LINE FINISH

24.

RESCUE DEVICE

AUTOMATIC RESCUE AUTOMATICALLY TO

DEVICE BRING THE

TO LIFT

THE NEAREST LANDING IN CASE OF POWER FAILURE, PHASE FAILURE OR LOW VOLTAGE. 25.

PHASE REVERSAL DEVICE

26.

SIGNAL

PHASE REVERSAL DEVICE TO BE PROVIDED SO THAT IN CASE OF PHASE REVERSAL OF SUPPLY THE LIFT SHALL WORK NORMALLY 1.

2.

3.

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

COMBINED LUMINOUS HALL BUTTONS WITH SEVEN SEGMENT DIGITAL HALL POSITION INDICATOR AT ALL FLOORS CAR OPERATING PANELS WITH LUMINOUS BUTTONS SEVEN SEGMET DIGITAL CAR POSITION INDICATOR COMBINED WITH CAR DIRECTION ARROWS. OVERLOAD WARNING INDICATOR. BATTERY OPERATED ALARM BELL AND EMERGENCY LIGHT WITH CHARGEABLE BATTERY FIREMAN SWITCH AT MAIN LOBBY INTERCOM BETWEEN EACH LIFT, MACHINE ROOM AND RECEPTION BRAILLE BUTTON TO ENSURE HANDICAP COMPLIANCE FLOOR ANNOUNCEMENT SYSTEM LIGHT MUSIC IN CAR CAR DOOR LOCKS

27.

FACE PLATE FINISH

STAINLESS STEEL IN HAIR LINE FINISH

28.

FIRE SAFETLY

ELEVATOR DOORS SHALL BE FIRE RATED TO WITHSTAND FIRE FOR MINIMUM ONE HOUR AS PER NBCC/CVC GUIDE LINES.

29.

SCRATCH RESISTANT STAINLESS STEEL

C) VANDAL PROOF D) MOON ROCK/ HONEY COMB.

NOTE:The agencies shall submit separate rates for lifts with vandal proof and Moon Rock/Honey Comb Scratch resistant stainless steel. Stainless steel to be used shall be decided by the department.

EE, AP-1

- 112 T E CH NI CAL CO NDI T IO N / S P E CI FI CAT I O NS O F L I FT S AL A R M BE L L

1. A battery operated emergency alarm bell with rechargeable cells and recharger including wiring shall be provided and connected to a clearly marked push button in the car operating panel. Alarm bell shall be located outside at the ground floor landing. RAILING 2. Suitable size of railing shall be provided on the car top for safety. PAINTING 3. All exposed elevator material shall be properly painted to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge. COUNTER WEIGHT SCREEN 4. Proper counter weight screen shall be provided at the hoist way pit. 5. Fire resistant traveling cable shall be used as per relevant ISI specifications. HOISTWAY DOOR INTERLOCKS 6. Each hoist way door shall be provided with approved interlocks which will protect the movement of car away from the landing unless all doors are closed and locked. The interlocks shall also prevent opening of the door except at the landing where the car is stopping or has stopped. SAFETY GEARS 7. The car movement shall be controlled through Governor including speed in descending and free fall, limiting the speed to safe limits as per relevant I.S.I. HANDICAP COMPATIBILITY 8. All Lift of capacity 13 passenger or more than 13 persons shall be handicapped compatibility and necessary provisions shall be made accordingly. 9. Enlistment as contractor in the department for original manufacturer of elevators is not required 10. Erasing and over Writings are not permissible. All amendments, corrections and insertions must be signed by the firms.

EE, AP-1

- 113 -

11. Rates should be quoted for complete LIFT with ARD and AMC separately in words and in figures. In case there is any difference in rates between words and figures, the lower of the two will be taken as correct. 12. The quotation shall remain valid upto120 days from the date of opening of quotation. With the issuing of acceptance/ allotment letter to the contractor within this period, the contract agreement will stand concluded even without signing of contract agreement and in case the contractor fails to commence the work, his earnest money will stand forfeited and action under clause 2 & 3 of the contract agreement will also be taken in addition to the forfeiture of earnest money. Incase the contractor withdraws or amends his offer within this period i.e. 120 days or before the issue of acceptance/allotment letter, his earnest money will only stand forfeited. The contractor will also be liable to be debarred/ blacklisted in both the cases. 13. Double envelop system of quotation shall be followed. The first envelop super scribed as “TECHNICAL BID ENVELOP ONLY” shall contain only technical conditions if any, along with price / cost of assumed withdrawal of each condition separately. All quotation document of the department duly signed on each page shall also be placed in the first envelop. The 2nd envelope super scribed as “PRICE BID ENVELOPE ONLY” shall contain only the price bid of complete lift and AMC and nothing more, failing which the quotation would become invalid for consideration. Both the envelop shall be placed in a bigger envelop super scribed as QUOTATION DOCUMENTS. All the three envelops should be individually sealed. 14. Firms must append the notice inviting quotation with their quotation duly signed at each page. 15. Firms are advised to visit the site sufficiently in advance of the date fixed for submission of the quotation. The firms shall be deemed to have full knowledge of all the relevant documents, samples, sites etc. whether they inspect them or not. DATE OF COMPLETION 16. Certified date of completion will be accepted after 30 days uninterrupted trouble free trail run of lift after commissioning. This trail run period is excluded from the contractual period ACCOMMODATION 17. Necessary lockable accommodation for storing of lift material shall be provided by the department. The contractor shall however, be responsible for watch and ward of material brought at site against damage and theft and losses due to any reason including natural calamities.

EE, AP-1

- 114 -

18. No living accommodation for the elevator staff shall be provided by the department . LIFE OF LIFT. 20)

The lifts are deemed to have life span of 20 years. Under no circumstances, the lifts will be declared obsolete during the above period by the firm. The firm shall be bound to keep/maintain sufficient inventory of Parts/Assemblies required for maintaining the lifts for 20 years’ life.

21)

The work shall conform to IS- 1860 –1980, IS: 4666-1980 and all other relevant is specifications mutatis mutandis.

22)

The reference floor for call collection and start of lift, incase of any fault shall be the nearest/same floor where the lift will stop after operation of ARD. offer should be inclusive of this arrangement and no extra payment will be made for this.

23)

For wiring purposes ISI mark heavy gauge welded MS conduit/GI/aluminum troughing /flexible pipe shall be used.

SAFETY 24) Under no circumstances the lift shall operate when the car door or landing door is in open position. If lift will be found in operation without proper barricading when the door of either landing or car is open, it will be treated as serious negligence on the part of firm and firm shall be held responsible for all direct damages arising there from. SCOPE OF WORK TO BE DONE BY DEPTT. 25) (a) To provide proper hoist way along with pit in plumb with permissible variation of + 100mm, (-) 50mm, without any projection inside the hoist way, duly plastered and white washed. (b) To provide light with bulb in the middle of each landing level inside hoist way. (c) To provide adequate size machine room with hoisting beam / hook, doors and windows of proper size, ventilation, duly plastered and white washed. (d) To provide sufficient light & exhaust fan in machine room. (e)To provide trap door of desired size (exact dimensions to be supplied by the contractor ) with 5mm thick MS plate cover fixed in angle iron frame. (f) To provide permanently fixed 3 phase and single phase supply terminated through main switches, along with double earthling in machine room. Electricity shall be provided by the department of payment basis for erection purpose and free of cost for testing and commissioning (g) To provide proper access to machine room. If steel step ladder will be provided then it will have proper hand rail on both sides.

SCOPE OF WORK TO BE DONE BY CONTRACTOR

EE, AP-1

- 115 -

26)

(a) To provide doorsills, doorframes, machine beams, bearing plates, buffer support channels, facia plates. (b) To provide scaffolding. (c) To provide all cut pockets / rope holes and grout bolts to fix rails,brackets. (d) To do all minor building work comprising cutting and repair thereof. (e) To adjust doorsills. (f) To furnish drawings showing general arrangements of the elevator equipment for approval from Engineer-in-Charge before the work is begun. (g) To provide temporary barricading with caution boards at each landing to prevent accident during execution and maintenance of work. (h) To provide steel ladder for access to lift pit. (i) To do all necessary work to support machines in machine room including RCC pedestal if required.

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 27)The lift should work satisfactorily without requiring /necessitating cooling system for control panel, motor or any system or part thereof on ambient temperature upto 55 degree centigrade. (C) COMMERCIAL CONDITIONS COST COMPARISION OF QUOTATION. 28)

For cost comparison of quotation, maintenance charges shall be added to the cost of original work as per formula: Total cost of quotation = Cost of original work + AMC charges quoted in quotation x No. of years of AMC.

PAYMENT 29) The firm shall not be entitled for any payments on account of work done by them till he signs the agreement. 30)

80% supply of material, 10 % on completion & balance 10% on commissioning

FINANCIAL AND TAXES. 31) Earnest money in the shape of bank guarantee valid for one year will also be acceptable. 32)

All Taxes should be included in bid price nothing extra shall be paid.

33)

10% (Ten Percent) security shall be deducted from each bill of the firm subject to maximum 5% (inclusive of earnest money already deposited) of the agreement amount. The security/performance guarantee in shape of bank guarantee valid for 18 months shall also be acceptable which shall be deposited in full before the first payment & will be refunded after completion of free maintenance period.

34)

Income tax at source as applicable will be deducted on the amount of work done from all running and final bills.

EE, AP-1

- 116 -

35) Income Tax / Sales tax /works contract tax/ labourcess/service tax at source as and if applicable will be deducted on the amount of the work done from all running and final bills .Necessary TDS certificate will be issued by the department. 36)

37)

The rates shall be inclusive of all charges at the time of quotationing however variation due to increase/decrease in rates of statutory duties, taxes etc. and any new levies during execution of original/maintenance work, as per the contract agreement shall be to the account of the department. IEEMA price variation is not acceptable within the original time limit. If the delay is on account of department IEEMA will be payable for such period only. If the delay in completion is on the part of firm, no IEEMA price variation shall be payable.

38)

In case of force majeour circumstances, time extension will be granted on proof of the same but no IEEMA price variation will be payable.

39)

The agencies shall submit separate rates for lifts with vandal proof and Moon Rock/Honey Comb Scratch resistant stainless steel. Stainless steel to be used shall be decided by the department.

JURISDICTION OF COURT 40) Jurisdiction of court will be at Ambala. INSPECTION 41)

Manufacturer test certificate should be given by the contractor for Motors, Ropes, control panels and other assemblies. It will be certified by the firm that all the equipment supplied is tested and it conforms to relevant standards and specifications provided in contract agreement. Lifts are to be inspected from Chief Electrical Inspectorate/Nodal agency. The required inspection charges shall be paid by the department but the technical assistance required will be provided by the firm.

FREE MAINTENANCE 42) After 30 (thirty) days uninterrupted and trouble free operation maintenance Service for equipment furnished under the specifications shall be provided free of cost for labor, material and spare parts for a period of 12 (Twelve) months. The free service shall include examination of the installation during regular working hours by trained employees and shall include all necessary adjustments, greasing, oiling, cleaning, setting right of defects including replacement of defective parts with genuine standard parts as required to keep the equipment in proper operation. 43) During the free maintenance period lift will have to be maintained and inspected regularly at least once in a month and as and when called by Engineer-in-Charge or his representative due to fault / breakdown without any charges.

EE, AP-1

- 117 -

44) There shall not be delay of more than 24 (Twenty four) hours in removal of minor break down /defect and four days including day of complaint and holidays for the major break down /defect reported in station where quotationer has lift service organization. At other place it shall not be more than 48 (Forty eight) hours and 6 (six) days inclusive of holidays respectively. In case firm do not attend to above complaint and rectifies defects within above specified period then, free maintenance period will be extended by 2 (Two) times the delayed period beyond the prescribed period .

GUARANTEE 45) The elevator contractor shall guarantee that the material and workmanship of theapparatus installed by him under these specifications are new and of first quality in every respect and for that he will make good any defect for the period for 12 (Twelve) months plus extended period of free maintenance from the date of completion of 30 (thirty) days trouble free operation .

COMPENSATION FOR DELAY 46) 0.5% of incomplete portion of work per week, maximize 10 % of the contract value. 47) Agreement amount will stand automatically enhanced if there is any increase due to applicability of IEEMA clause or any other statutory variation in taxes and duties levied after the date of quotationing subject to the condition that this enhanced amount does not require revision of detailed estimate/administrative approval. For any other excess proper enhancement will be sought from the competent authority as per usual practice/rules. 48) The agencies shall submit their quotations of lifts with the specifications/conditions given in the quotation document only. They will not give their own specifications/conditions separately in general. If there is any deviation in specifications/conditions from those given above then only those particular specifications/conditions shall be given in the first envelop meant for technical bids.

EE, AP-1

- 118 -

ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR MTC.CONTRACT.

1. AMC means AMC after completion of free maintenance period specified in the agreement. 2. The work will be carried out as per relevant IS: Specifications and other general codes and practices. 3. Sales Tax / Income Tax/ labourcess /Service tax as and if applicable will be deducted from all bills. However, certificate for TDS will be issued by the department. 4. The jurisdictions of court shall be at Ambala. 5. After expiry of free maintenance period, AMC shall come into force. AMC charges for first year will be calculated on updated value of original work contract agreement after including up to date IEEMA price variation. The maintenance charges will be increased/ decreased every year on the basis of IEEMA Price variation clause. The first maintenance period will be from expiry of free maintenance period to the end of financial year i.e. 31stMarch Subsequently the maintenance charge shall be fixed on Ist April every year and will remain current throughout the financial year without any variation. However any statutory variation / new imposition of taxes and duties will be to the account of the department 6.

The firm will maintain a reasonable inventory of genuine spares parts in their service depot, so that faults in the lifts do not remain unattended for want of spares. During the free maintenance period lift will have to be maintained and inspected. Regularly at least once in a month and as and when called by Engineer-in- Chief Charge or his representative, due to fault/breakdown without a charges.

7. The firm will deploy only trained and appropriate skilled personnel to keep the equipment properly adjusted and they will use all reasonable care to maintain the elevator in proper and safe operating conditions, 8. This maintenance contract includes replacement of all minor and major parts/assemblies including their cost and cost of all other material/consumable and tools etc. and labour required to maintain these lifts in proper working order. However maintenance of the following items will not be included in the contract. 9. Denting /Painting of Car enclosure panels, Car doors, Landing doors, Handrails. Replacement of Light diffuser , Bulbs, Tubes, Mirrors, Floor covering carpets, external wiring to elevator , hoist way and machine room, other Architectural features & replacement of batteries for alarm, Emergency light , ARD, Intercom ,

EE, AP-1

- 119 -

10. The firm shall remove the breakdown during or after working hours and even on holidays on receipt of information at the firm control station from the authorized representatives of PW (B&R) Department or the client department in whose premises the lifts are working. The firm will intimate the complaint number to the complainant at the time of reporting the breakdown .Machine room key shall be made available to authorized technician of the firm on arrival at site. The break-down rectification report shall be signed by the department for record of issue of spares and keeping time record of the firms service personnel. The firm personnel will also sign the log book of respective lift in token of attending the complains& removal of defects and other observations recorded by department officers /officials to complete satisfaction. 11. The firm shall set right the lift in working condition within 24 (Twenty four) hours for the minor defects and within 4(four) days including day of complaint for the major breakdown after receipt of the complaint at their center, if service center of the firm exists at that station and within 48(Forty Eight) hours and 6(six) days for minor and major breakdown respectively, in case service center of the firm does not exist at that station. If the complaint is not attended within the specified period ,beside not paying AMC charges for delayed period, compensation of two days AMC charges for every delay of one day or part thereof per lift shall be levied ,but the total amount of compensation during a year shall not exceed 10% (Ten Percent) of the annual maintenance charges of relevant year. The Superintending Engineer on representation from the firm may reduce the amount of compensation and his speaking decision in writing shall be final. Even after levying the compensation equivalent to 10 % (Ten percent) of the contract amount if the firm does not attend the complaint, the firm will not be paid AMC for the defaulting period. 12. Any work which may be rendered necessary due to revision of the existing Govt. Municipal or elevator acts promulgated subsequent to the date of installation of elevator or new design/development/modernization work will not be covered under maintenance contract. The lift will have to be got inspected for requisite clearance from the Nodal inspecting agency after every specified time fixed by the Nodal agency. 13. The firm shall become liable for compensation in accordance with the Indian law and Regulations in the event of any accident occurring to any person using , intending to use the elevator or otherwise due to the fault in the elevator on account of failure to keep the lifts in proper working order or non compliance of statutory provision for safety measures.

EE, AP-1

- 120 -

14. The parts if replaced by the firm shall be OEM parts matching with the existing equipment. Defective/removed /unserviceable parts will be the property of the firm. 15. The bill of maintenance charges should

be properly prepared and scrutinized by the

Chartered Accountant of the firm with the supporting papers of price indices at the time of submission of first maintenance contract bill of financial year. 16. After completion of maintenance contract or termination of contract mid waydue to any reason what-so-ever, the firm will hand over the lift in working order with every parts /assembly intact. In case, if any part / assembly is found missing/defective or of sub standard specifications due recovery will be made for such a deficiency and other measures to effect such recovery as deemed fit will be taken against the firm. 17. The department will have prerogative to discontinue the maintenance contract of any or all the lifts without assigning any reason at any time for any or all the lifts without paying any compensation for such an act. However, a valid one month notice will be given before taking any such action as mentioned above or maintenance charges will be paid for the period for which notice falls short. 18. Separate agreement of AMC shall be prepared yearly on agreed rates, terms and conditions on completion of one year free maintenance period. It shall stand concluded and will become operative from the next day of expiry of free maintenance period even without signing of contract agreement. 19. 10% (Ten percent) security shall be deducted from each bill of the firm and shall be refunded after completion of AMC period. Or alternatively security can be deposited by the firm in shape of bank guarantee for the required amount and validity. 20. These additional conditions shall supersede the similar conditions found contrary else where in DNIT.

EE, AP-1

- 121 -

Special Condition of Contract for Solar Power Design & Engineering, Manufacture / Procurement, Testing, Supply, Installation and Commissioning of standalone solar PV power plants of cumulative capacity 60kWpincluding five (05) years guarantee and comprehensive maintenance at Ambala, Haryana. Brief Scope of the specific work The work is to be executed on turkey basis. The Purchaser will not supply any material departmentally. The scope of work will include but not limited to the followings: (a) Design of the system (b) Obtaining technical approval and necessary inspection from the Purchaser (c) Procurement and transportation to site in properly packed condition of all equipment, materials and miscellaneous item required to complete the project (d) Receiving, unloading and transportation at site (e) Safe storage (f) Final check-up of equipment, installation, testing and commissioning of power plant and putting the system into successful functional operation (g) Providing of training material to the end users during onsite training for end users. (h) Preparing commissioning certificate and documentation as per MNRE GoI (i) Handing over of power plant (j) Providing of routine and break down maintenance of solar PV power plants during comprehensive maintenance period. (k) Fulfillment of guarantee obligation as may arise Test report to be submitted along with inspection call: 01. PV Modules Test result of the all the PVModules to be submitted in XLs format and IV Curve of the individual PV Modules shall be submitted 02. Stationary Electrolyte Cell Routine Test result as per IS. 03. Power Conditioning Unit Factory test report Routine test report of all PCUs 04. AJB/ DCDB/ACDB Factory Test Report of all equipments 05. PV Array Structure Galvanization Certificate 06. Energy meter Factory Test Report 07. Cables Type Test Report 01. Visual Inspection -10% Manual. 02. Capacity Test atSTC- 10% Minimum Class B SunSimulator03. Insulation Resistanttest% High Voltage InsulationTester 1.0 Array Junction Box 1.1 Visual Inspection 10% 1.2 Energizing the AJB 10% 2.0 AC Distribution Boards 2.1 Visual Inspection 10% 2.2 Testing in Energizing mode 10% 3.0 Energy Meter 3.1 Visual Inspection 10% 3.2 Testing in Energizing mode 10% 4.0 Cables and cabling materials 4.1 Visual Inspection Random 5.0 PV Module Mounting Structure 5.1 Structure Measurement Random 5.2 Galvanization Micron Test Random EE, AP-1

- 122 -

6.0 Earthing Materials Random Comprehensive Maintenance during defect liability period All the equipments to be installed for commissioning of each component of the solar PV power plant and the power plant in whole shall be under Comprehensive Maintenance Contract within the scope of the tender for5(five) years from the date of commissioning. The equipments or components, or any part thereof, so found defective during Comprehensive Maintenance Contract period will be forthwith repaired or replaced with in the scope of guarantee obligation to the satisfaction of the Purchaser. The maintenance of solar PV power plant includes routine & periodic maintenance, overhauling, breakdown maintenance, and repairing or replacement of defective PV modules, invertors, and other components, providing of consumables. Routine maintenance: In order to carry out routine maintenance of the power plant, the contractor will provide all labour, material, consumables etc. within the scope of maintenance service. Recommended tusks under the scope of routine maintenance will include but not limited to the followings: Type of Routine Maintenance 01 Cleaning of PV Module on regular basis 02 Checking and tightening of all electrical connections 03 Checking and tightening of mechanical fittings 04 Checking and restoring of earthing system 05 Cleaning of PCUs and other electrical equipments 06 Routine maintenance as recommended by the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) Internal Wiring Maintenance: a) Checking of internal wiring circuit, MCB/MCCB etc b) Checking and cleaning of electrical gadgets ( Light and fan) c) Replacement of Light and Fans supplied by the contractor, if any defect arises within the comprehensive maintenance period. The cost of replacement light shall be not included in the comprehensive maintenance cost. Breakdown maintenance: Breakdown maintenance will include but not limited to the followings: i) Breakdown maintenance will mean the maintenance activity including repairs and replacement of any component or equipment of the power plant, which is required to be carried out as a result of any sudden failure/breakdown of that particular component or equipment while the plant is running. ii) The contractor will be responsible to carry out breakdown maintenance of the power plant and will provide the required manpower, materials, consumables, components or equipment etc. for breakdown maintenance. iii) The contractor will undertake necessary maintenance/ troubleshooting work of the solar PV power plants. Down time will not be more than 03(three) working days from time of occurrence or reporting. However, if the breakdown is not repairable within 3 (three working) days due to some specific reason, the contractor must seek extension of time by giving sufficient acceptable reasons within three working days of the occurrence of the fault. In such case, the contractor will also specify the specific date within which the fault will be restored and the system will be put in operation again. However, the final decision taken by the Purchaser considering all such reason will be binding for the contract.

EE, AP-1

- 123 -

iv) Each and every complaint communicated by any means either from Purchase or User, the contractor will acknowledge the complaint by providing specific complain registration number in order to track the response of the complaint. Extended warranty for component of the works. Performance Guarantee of PV Module: The contractor should warrant the electrical output of Solar Module(s) for at least 90% of its rated power after initial 10 years & 80% of its rated power after 25 years the date of handing over of the Power Plant. Change in Contract Elements For quantity variation up to the limits specified below, there shall be no change in the unit rates quoted in the Contract. : ± 25% (plus/minus twenty five percent) of total Contract value; Contract Price variation allowed up to plus/ minus (+/-) twenty percent(20%)

EE, AP-1

- 124 -

Technical Specification of Solar Power Design & Engineering, Manufacture / Procurement, Testing, Supply, Installation and Commissioning of Hybrid solar PV power plants of cumulative capacity 60 KWp of different capacity ranging from 5kWp to 60 kWp including five (05) years guarantee and comprehensive maintenance. Technical Specification of Stand Alone Solar PV Power Plant with Battery Back up 1.0 The Standalone Solar PV power plant to be installed under this project shall be guided by following technical specification 2.0 Outline of the scheme of the project : 2.1 The PV array of the Power Plant shall be installed at the available space earmarked at project site. 2.2 The power from PV array shall primarily be used to charge the battery bank through Power Conditioning Unit (PCU). 2.3 PCU will have arrangement to charge battery bank from AC supply mains in tandem with PV array. 2.4 The PV array, Battery Bank and AC mains shall be connected to the Power Conditioning unit through proper isolating/controlling and protecting devices to be fitted in a DC DB, which will be located at a convenient location close to the PCU 2.5 The Outputs of the each PCU shall be terminated to a Main AC Distribution Board 2.6 An Energy Meter shall be connected at the PCU’s output to measure the delivery of electrical energy from the PV Power Plant. 2.7 From the Main AC Distribution Board power shall be supplied to the loads through internal wiring via Sub AC Distribution Boards. 2.8 For Internal wiring, the Power Circuit and Lighting & fan circuit shall be separated and may be feed from the Main AC DB. 3.0 Design and Engineering The configuration including rating of the equipment, accessories shall have to be designed by using the design software like PV- Syst /PV–Sol and also by using the meteorological data base of Meteonorm 3.1 Design shall be done satisfying following consideration: a) Capacity of the Power plant: Capacity of the power plant shall be considered based on the nominal capacity of the PV Array. b) Efficiency Efficiency of PCU(s) shall be minimum 90% c) Battery Bank i. Autonomy: Two Hour ii. Depth of discharge : maximum75% iii. Parallel Combination of Battery Bank before termination to MPPT shall not be considered iv. Nominal voltage Battery bank: a) Minimum 48 V for the power plant less than 10 kWp b) Minimum 96 V for the Power plant 10 kWp and above d) Capacity of PCU: i. Capacity of each PCUs ranging from 5kVA to 40 kVA at designed DC bus voltage ii. Data Logger shall be provided with all the PCUs 3.2 Site wise load profile : a) For the PV power plant of Array capacity 35 kWp Sl No Type of Load Rating (250watt) Total No. Daily Hour of Operation 01 LED Tube Light 18w- 08hr. EE, AP-1

- 125 -

02 Ceiling Fan 75w- 04hr. 03 ICE Line Refrigerator &Deep Freezer (ILR&DF) 332 1 24 04 Outdoor type Security Light (LED) 40w-2Hr. 3.3 The contractor shall develop the general layout drawing of Array Yard, Inverter, AJB, DCDB, ACDB, Battery Bank including the single line diagram and other drawing as may be required. All designs& drawings are to be developed based on specification given in the tender, relevant BIS unless otherwise specified. 3.4 The Power Plants shall have to be designed considering optimal usage of space without compromising the effect of shadow, cooling, ventilation, accessibility, losses, protection, security and safety etc. 3.5 Document to be submitted during approval of the Design and Drawing: During approval of drawing and design of the PV Power Plant the documents have to be submitted by the contractor which shall be includes but not limited as follows: i) Power plant design document ii) PV Array and other component layout drawing of the PV Power Plant iii) Drawing of different equipments of PV power Plant iv) Design and drawing of PV Module mounting structure along with the fixing arrangement of PV array at the roof as per technical specification. v) List of Equipments and Component and its capacity and manufacturer name to be used in the PV Power Plants vi) Type test report of PCU(s), PV Module, Stationary cell, Cables vii) Supporting documents of MNRE Approval of proposed PCUs viii) Technical catalog of the Equipments and Component electrical gadgets etc. ix) Copy of the certificate of ISO 9000: 2008 or MNRE Channel Partner certificate for the manufacturing unit of the proposed PV Modules and Stationary Cells. 1.0 Solar PV Modules Proposed PV Module must be manufactured in India. Each PV module used in this solar power project must use an RF identification tag. The information as per MNRE Guideline must be mentioned in the RFID used on each module (This can be inside or outside the laminate, but must be able to withstand harsh environmental condition) Guarantee A. Material Guarantee: The manufacturer should warrant the Solar Module(s) to be free from the defects and/or failures specified below for a period not less than five (05) years from the date of commissioning of the PV Power Plant.. i. Defects and/or failures due to manufacturing ii. Defects and/or failures due to quality of materials iii. Non conformity to specifications due to faulty manufacturing and/or inspection processes. If the solar Module(s) fails to conform to this warranty, t h e manufacturer will repair or replace the solar module(s), at the Owner’s sole option. The contractor shall be responsible to contact with the contractor if any of the above mentioned cases occurred. B. Performance Guarantee :The contractor should warrant the electrical output of Solar Module(s) for at least 90% of its rated power after initial 10 years & 80% of its rated power after 25 years the date of handing over of the Power Plant. Manufacturer of proposed PV modules must have the ISO 9001:2008 or ISO 14001Certification for their manufacturing unit for their said manufacturing item. EE, AP-1

- 126 -

Note: Only indigenously manufactured PV modules should be used in Hybrid Rooftop Solar PV Power Plants under this scheme. Desired specification of the PV Module shall include but not limited to the following : Item Description 1.0 Certification i) IEC 61215 or IS 14286 ii) IEC 61730 1.1 Test certificate issuing authority. NABL/ IEC Accredited Testing Laboratories or MNREaccredited test centers. 2.0 PV Cell 2.1 Type: poly crystalline 3.0 PV Module 3.1 Minimum capacity: 250Wp 3.2 Rating: 250Wp to 300 Wp, 60 cells (without any negative tolerance) with glass thickness minimum 3.2mmabove 300 to 360, 72 cell (without any negative tolerance) with glass thickness minimum 4.0 mm 3.3 Efficiency Minimum15% 3.4 Fill factor Minimum 70% 3.5 Glass 3.5.1 Thickness 3.2 mm (minimum) for 60 Cell PV Module 4.0 mm (minimum) for 72 Cell PV Module 3.5.2 Type High transmission, low iron, tampered & textured glass with antireflective coating. 3.6 PV Module Junction Box 3.6.1 Protection level IP 65 or above 3.7 Bypass Diode 3.7.1 System Voltage (Vsys) 1000 V DC 3.7.2 Number 3 numbers 3.8 Module Frame 3.8.1 Type Anodized aluminum frame

5.0 PV Array Desired specification of the PV Array shall include but not limited to the following: Item Description 1.0 PV Module interconnection connector MC-4 / Tyco 2.0 PV Module interconnection cable andarray cablePV 1-F standard /NEC standard “USE-2 or RHW-2” type ( double insulated) 3.0 PV array String Voltage Compatible with the MPPT Channel ofthe PCU

6.0 PV Module Mounting Structure During PV Module Mounting Structural design following points must be include but not limited to the following: (i) The Module Mounting structure shall be made of MS as per IS Standard (latest edition) ISI Make. (ii) The contractor shall have to submit the drawing of PV Module mounting structure analyzed by STAAD Pro software to WBREDA after placement of LOA for necessary approval. Angle-channel structure shall only be considered. Hollow pipe structure shall not be considered. EE, AP-1

- 127 -

(iii) PV Array may be completely or partially Roof Mounted or Ground Mounted for each power plant (iv) The contractor shall design the Array structure after inspection of the site / roofand its condition. (v) The PV module structure shall be designed by the contractor based on the condition of the roof. Based on the condition of the roof, the contractor shall design the structure with arrangement of anchor fastener for fixing up of the structure on the roof or with Dead Load or Self Supported structure depending upon the condition of the roof. (vi) The Contractor shall take suitable precautions for prevention of water leakage in the roof for installation of PV Array. (vii) The PV Array should be capable of withstanding a wind load at 160km/hr. . (viii) Design Factor of Safety shall not be less than 1.5 (ix) All structures including any metallic part thereof must be protected against any corrosion. The structures must also be compatible with the materials used in the module frame, fasteners, fixtures, nuts, bolts or any similar nature of metallic components whichever are required to complete the job. (x) The array structure shall be made of hot dip galvanized MS angle/channel having minimum galvanizing thickness 60 micron (xi) Structures will be supplied complete with all members to be compatible for allowing easy installation. (xii) The module mounting structure will have to be designed with a tilt angle that will provide optimum generation from the PV power Plant as per site condition over a year. (xiii) The structures will be designed for simple mechanical and electrical installation. There will be no requirement of welding or complex machinery at the installation site. (xiv) The PV Array structure will support SPV modules and absorb, transfer the mechanical loads to the roof / ground or any suitable/ existing structure that will support the structure. (xv) Nuts and Bolts of Array structure: Usage Location Type of Nuts and Bolt PV Module fixing nuts and Bolts with the PV Module structure and PV Module Stainless steel/ MS Chrome Plated (GI) All other Nuts and Bolts of PV Module mounting Structure MS Chrome Plated (GI)/Stainless Steel/ (xvi) All fasteners, fixtures for supporting conduits shall be made with stainless steel or aluminum or UV Protected PVC 7.0 PV Array Junction Box (AJB) Array Junction Box (AJB) shall have to be used for termination of series strings connecting array with each inverter. The array Junction Box may be inbuilt with the Inverter or it may be a separate unit. There shall be two Arrays Junction Boxes in case,the inverter is located away from PV Array. The desired specification of the PV Array Junction Box and accessories shall include but not limited to the following: Item Description Desired Data 1.0 Enclosure 1.1 Degree of Protection IP65 and UV Protected 1.2 Material Polycarbonate (If AJB is a separate Unit andnot Inbuilt in Inverter). 1.3 Withstanding voltage 1000V DC 1.4 Number of Strings entry As may be required 2.0 Cable Entry and Exit 2.1 Position Bottom at cable entry and exit 2.2 Cable Entry and Exit connector type MC 4 / Tyco Connector ( PV Array Stringcable) 2.3 Cable gland Earthing cable entry 3.0 Surge Protecting Device (SPD) 3.1 Type DC 3.3 Protection class Type II 3.4 Rating (8/20) 20 kA 3.5 Number of set As may be required as per string Design(minimum 1 set against each MPPT Chanel) 3.6 Voltage 1000 V (Y connection shall also be considered ) 3.7 Standard PV Standard

EE, AP-1

- 128 -

4.0 Fuse with fuse holder 4.1 Position Positive and negative terminal for each seriesstring 4.2 Type Glass fuse, for PV Use only 4.3 Rating Current: Minimum 1.25 times the rated shortcircuit current of the string Voltage: Minimum 1000 V DC 4.4 Standard PV Standard 5.0 Earthing Provision Terminal blocks will have to be provided forEarthing 6.0 Terminals, lugs and bus bar Tinned copper 8.0 Power Conditioning Unit (PCU): a) The Power Conditioning Unit (PCU) shall comprise of the following units: i) PV Charge Controller ii) Inverter iii) Auxiliary charger iv) Protection and Control system b) The desired specification of the PCUs shall include but not limited to the following : Operating Parameter and Desired specification 1.0 General 1.1 Control system Microprocessor control 1.2 Overall Efficiency Efficiency at 100% of rated load : Minimum85% 1.3 Ambient Temperature 50°C (minimum). 1.4 Cooling Temp. Sensitive Forced Cooling with AC Fan 1.5 Enclosure Mild Steel (Powder Coated) minimum 16SWG with vermin proof 1.6 Installation Floor Standing/Wall Mounted 1.7 Cable Entry From Rear/Bottom 2.0 Charge Controller 2.1 Type of Solar Charging MPPT based (3stage : Bulk, Absorb & Float)Equalizer : Manual 2.2 Battery Voltage Designed Battery Bank Bus Voltage 2.3 Maximum PV Voltage Maximum PV array O.C. voltage at minimumtemperature (4 ͦ C) 2.4 Maximum PV Charging Current According to the capacity of Battery Bankand PV Array 2.5 Battery Low Shut Down Upto state of charge 80 % ( Programmable) 2.6 Temperature compensation To be provided 2.7 Solar Charging Priority To be provided 3.0 Auxiliary charger/ Grid Charger 3.1 Type of Grid Charging PWM with ON/OFF facility 3.2 Acceptable Grid Input Voltage For 1- phase: 180V AC to 270V AC 3.3 Maximum Grid Charging Current Designed as per capacity of the battery bank 3.4 Grid - Inverter Changeover Ckt Solid-State /Contactor based 4.0 Inverter 4.1 Power Output Phase 1-Phase 4.2 Battery Voltage (DC) Designed battery bank DC bus voltage 4.3 Output Voltage (AC) 230V AC Single Phase 4.4 Output Wave Shape (AC) Sine wave 4.5 Output Frequency 50Hz 4.6 THD <3% at full load 4.7 Over Load Capacity 110% of rated load for 20 sec 5.0 Protection and other feature Protection and other Features i) Automatic No Load Shut Down ii) Automatic Restart from No LoadShut Down iii) Automatic Restart from OverloadShut Down iv) Short Circuit Protection EE, AP-1

- 129 -

v) Over Current Shutdown vi) Battery Deep Discharge Protection vii) Input Surge Protection viii) PV Reverse Polarity Protection ix) Over Temperature Shut Down x) Power Feed to Grid Protection 6.0 Switches 6.1 Circuit Breakers Grid I/P, Battery I/P, Load O/P, PV I/P 7.0 Performance Monitoring 7.1 Data Logger provision To be provided 7.2 Remote Monitoring provision Provided for the power plant of cumulativecapacity 10 kWp or above. 8.0 Display 8.1 Type LCD 8.2 Display Details: Battery Voltage (DC) Battery Current (DC) Inverter Output Voltage (AC) Inverter Output Frequency Grid/Mains Input Voltage (AC) Inverter Load (kW) Grid /Mains Charging Current (Amp.)SOLAR Charging Current(Amp) Inverter Status (INV. OFF/ON, INV. STANDBY) Fault indication if any c) Number and capacity of PCUs for Each Power Plant: i) Solar PV Power plant of Array capacity less than or equal to 10 kWp : minimum onenumber (01) ii) Solar PV Power plant of Array capacity 10 kWp to 20 kWp: Minimum two numbers(02) iii) Backup PCU(s): For below 10 kWp - one similar PCU: The backup PCU is to be putinto circuit as per design to be approved by the Purchaser with necessary modificationin the DC DB as per requirement. iv) In the complete project a vender shall use the PCU(s) of one manufacturer d) The deliverable PCU and its rated capacity must have approval of MNRE GoI under “OFF-GRID AND DECENTRALIZED SOLAR APPLICATION” and same must beprocured from the enlisted manufacturer, who is entitled to supply the same PCU. e) The major components of PCU shall be modular in nature and easily replaceable at the site during maintenance

9.0 Data Logger: a) Data Logger shall be provided with all PCUs irrespective of the capacity ofPower Plant b) Data logging system may be an integral part of the PCUs or a separate unit. c) The data logger should have required transducer to monitor and record the required system parameters. d) The data Logger shall record the electrical parameters of the PV Power Plant to study performance of system as well as to study the status of the system at a particular instant. e) The data logger shall compatible with the remote monitoring systems. f) Interval of data transfer from PCU to Data Logger shall be programmable to adjustfrom 5 minutes to 30 minutes g) The data logger shall have reliable data storage capacity (for minimum four months)to record all sorts of data simultaneously round the clock. h) SPD (surge protection device) Type II suitable for communication network, as much number at suitable locations are required must be provided with the system. Battery Bank i) The battery bank comprises of stationary electrolyte cells each of nominal voltage 2V ii) The Ah capacity of the stationary cell shall be considered w.r.t. C-10 discharge rateat 270C. EE, AP-1

- 130 -

iii) The capacity of the battery bank shall be in term of kWh (Rated Ah capacity of the battery Bank at C-10 discharge rate at 270C X Nominal voltage of the Battery Bank) iv) The stationary cells should be of low maintenance positive tubular plate flooded lead acid type. v) Ceramic Vent Plug shall be provided with the stationary electrolyte cells. vi) The cells must be conform IS:1651:1991(latest edition). vii) The stationary cell container shall be made of hard rubber / polypropylene type upto the capacity of 800Ah. Beyond 800Ah capacity container of the battery must be made up of hard rubber. viii) Electrical Terminal shall be made of lead alloy suitable for bolted connection. ix) The Battery Bank shall be provided with single tier / Double tier wooden rack suitably to place the battery bank and having suitable arrangement of maintenance and monitoring the status of the battery. The wooden rack shall withstand the load of the battery x) Hydrometer, thermometer, connecting leads etc. shall be provided with Battery Bank xi) The battery bank shall be of the empanelled manufacturer of MNRE Government of India under “OFF-GRID AND DECENTRALIZED SOLAR APPLICATIONPROGRAMME” of MNRE GOI in respect of capacity and voltage of the cell xii) Manufacturer of Battery must have the ISO 9001:2008 or ISO 14001 Certification for their manufacturing unit against their said manufacturing item.

DC Distribution Board: The DC Distribution Board shall comprise of Battery Isolating Switch, PV Array Isolating switch against each PCU. In case more than one PCU, the DC DB will have additional isolating switches as may be required. a) Battery isolating switch DC rated battery Isolating Switch of suitable rating shall be provided against each battery bank. Rating of the isolator shall not be less than 1.5 times of the rated current at C-10discharge rate. b) PV Array Isolating Switch DC rated PV Array Isolating switch of suitable rating shall be provided against each PCU. Rating of the isolator shall not be less than 1.25 times of the rated short circuit current of the PV Array. 13.012.0 AC Distribution Board AC Distribution Board shall be provided against each of the PCU. The specification of AC Distribution Board of PV Power plant shall include but not limited to the following: Item Description 1.0 Input MCBs 1.1 Rating 1.5 time of PCU Ratings (two numbers for each of the PCUs and one for AC mains). 1.2 No. of Pole Two pole 2.0 AC Load Distribution MCB 2.1 Power Circuit Outgoing MCB c) Type : Single Pole AC. d) Quantity : one (0105) + one (01)spare e) Rating :Current Rating shall be02 times of the rated current of theLoad on the Circuit with one spare 3.0 Grid -PCU Change Over Switch 3.1 Type Manual. 3.2 Rating 1.5 Time of PCU Ratings 4.0 Indicator 4.1 Grid Input To be provided 4.2 PCU input To be provided 5.0 Enclosure Powered coated MS Indoor Type Wall Mounted/ Floor Mounted vermin proof of16SWG Cables for PV power Plant : a) The Specification of wiring material of PV Power plant shall include but not limited EE, AP-1

- 131 -

to the following: Item Description A.DC Cable 1.1 Conductor Tinned annealed stranded copper according to IEC 60228 class 5 1.2 Standard PV-1F / 2 PfG 1169/08.2007 / VDE Standard E PV 01:2008-02 /Equivalent B. AC Cable 2.1 Rated Voltage 1.1kV 2.2 Construction 2.2.1 Type Armored or unarmored as per requirement 2.2.2 Insulation XLPE 2.2.3 Standard IS 7098-Part-I C. PVC Conduit tees, bends etc ( Hard& flexible ) 3.0 Standard ASTM D 1785 u PVC 3.1 Type UV stabilized , temperatures, Shock proof chemical resistant D. GI Pipe 2.0 Make TATA/ Jindal/Bansal or equivalent (as per acceptability of PURCHASER) b) Sizing and procedure and guideline of Cable laying i) Buried AC underground cables must be armored. ii) Conductor size of cables and wires shall be selected based on efficient design criteria. Size of the cables and wires shall be selected considering maximum voltage drop at full power as follows: From the PV Array to Inverter(s) should be less than 2%. iii) Cable terminations shall be done using suitable cable lugs & sockets etc, crimpedproperly and cables shall be provided with dry type compression glands wherever they enter junction boxes/ panels/ enclosures at the entry & exit point of the cubicles. The panels bottoms should be properly sealed to prevent entry of snakes/lizard etc. inside the panel. All cables shall be adequately supported. Outside of the terminals / panels / enclosures, shall be protected by conduits. Cables and wire connections shall be soldered, crimp-on type or thimble or bottle type. iv) Only terminal cable joints shall be accepted. The cable must be laid through UPVC conduit on roof and indoor. v) All the unarmored cable and control cable, if needed, to be drawn through underground, adequate size UPVC conduit all along. However, Class – B, GI pipes of requisite diameter shall have to be used for drawing of cable under road crossings, drains, sewerage lines, entry or exit points of the buildings or where there are chances of mechanical damage. vi) All cable/wires/control cable shall be marked with good quality letter and number ferrules of proper sizes so that the cables can be identified easily. vii) All cable shall be suitable marked or coded for easy identification. Cables and wires shall confirm to the relevant standards suppliers to specify the specification. viii) The PVC conduit of suitable size must be rest on the pedestal on the Roof or perforated GI cable Tray. ix) All fasteners will be made of Stainless steel or Aluminum or UV Protected PVC. x) Minimum two number loops must be provided at the start and end of the each spanof cable run before termination. xi) Type of cable to be used: 01. From PV Array to PV Array Junction Box(s) Unarmoured DC copper Cable 02. From PV Array Junction Box toPCU(s) Unarmoured copper Cable andArmoured copper forunder ground cable 03. From PCU to Battery Bank Unarmoured, XLPE Insulated AC Copper Cable 04. From PCU to Main AC Distribution Board Unarmoured, XLPE Insulated EE, AP-1

- 132 -

AC Copper Cable 05. From PCU to AC supply mains Unarmoured, XLPE Insulated AC Copper Cable Energy Meter: Whole current energy meter and of Class -1 Accuracy – 0.2 shall be provided. The Meter to be supplied must be tested. The Energy meter shall be installed before Main AC Distribution Board. This energy meter shall be installed to measure the total energy tobe used from the PV power Plant. Equipment, Array structure Earthing: i. Equipment Earthing will connect all non current carrying metal receptacles, electricalboxes, appliance frames, chassis and PV panel mounting structures in one long run. The earthing wire should not be switched, fused or interrupted. The earth stripsshall be drawn from the ground floor to the roof of building ii. Earthing Pit with Pipe Electrode and Earth strip: a. Earth Pit: i) Earth Electrode: Earthing with 50 mm dia. GI pipe 3.64 mm thick x 3Mts (Tata Medium). long tobe filled with bitumen partly under the ground level and partly above ground leveldriven to an average depth of 3.65 Mts. below the ground level & restoring surfaceduly rammed. i) Masonry enclosure Masonry enclosure of the earth pit of size not less than 600 mm X 600 mm X500 mm (depth) complete with cemented brick work (1:6) of minimum 150mm width duly plastered with cement mortar (inside) shall be provided. Hinged inspection covers of size not less than 300 mm X 300 mm with locking arrangement shall be provided. Suitable handle shall be provided on the cover by means of welding a rod on top of the cover for future maintenance b. 30mmX 5 mm galvanized (Hot Dip) MS flat shall be drawn from each earth electrode. The Earth Strip drawn from the Earth Electrodes shall be connected to the Earth Busbar of galvanized (Hot Dip) MS flat 40 mm x 5 mm nearer to the Earth Pit at the ground floor of the building. From the Earth Busbar two (02) nos.25 mm X 5 mm galvanized (Hot Dip) MS flat shall be drawn upto the other Earth Busbars at the different location of the Power Plant. Masonry enclosure with the earth pit of size not less than 600 mm X 600 mmX 500 mm (depth) complete with cemented brick work (1:6) of minimum 150mm width duly plastered with cement mortar (inside) shall be provided. Hinged inspection covers of size not less than 300 mm X 300 mm with locking arrangement shall be provided. Suitable handle shall be provided on the cover by means of welding a rod on top of the cover for future maintenance. d. Necessary provision will be made for bolted isolating joints of each earthing pitfor periodic checking of earth resistance. e. Test point will be provided for earth pits. f. Earthing system must be interconnected through GI Strip to arriveequipotential bonding. g. Number of earth pit : Four (04) Numbers h. Array Structure Earthing (i) Two Earth strip shall be connected at two end of each Row of PV ArrayStructure. (ii) The earth Strip must be connected with the PV Array structure by GI Nutsor Bolts. If the strip will be connected with the structure by welding Epoxypainting must be done at the place of Welding Joint i.Earth Busbar: Earth Busbar of galvanized (Hot Dip) MS flat 40 mm x 5 mm onwall having clearance of 6 mm from wall including providing drilled holes on thebusbar complete with GI bolts, nuts, washers, spacing insulators etc. as required.Each Earth Busbar Must have Two (02) Incoming 25 mm X 5 mm galvanized(Hot Dip) MS flat. Position of the minimum number of Earth Busbar shall include but not limited to the following: i. At the Ground floor near the earth pits : 01 no. ii. Near the Grid Interfacing Panel -1 No iii. Near the Inverters, Inverter LT Panel/ Inverter Combiner LT Panel-01 No. EE, AP-1

- 133 -

(as per location of the equipment) iv. Array field each 35kWp: 01 No Lightning Arrestor a) Design: The Lightning protection system shall be so design such that it will protect the complete PV array field and the PV Power Plant from lightning. Accordingly the number and height and location of Air Terminals shall be considered. b) Lightning Conductor (Air-Terminals) Air-terminals made of suitable diameter and height of GI Piper (ISI Medium) having i.

five prongs of 4 SWG GI (Hot Dip) at top with suitable GI base plate at the bottom including necessary holes etc. duly grouted on the suitable place on the roof as per design.

c) Interconnecting Conductor iGI (Hot Dip) strips 35 mm x 5 mm thick double run on Parapet/Roof/Plinth/Surface of ii. wall for lightning conductor as required for Horizontal and vertical runs with GI saddles iii. spaced not exceeding 1100 mm apart on Parapet/Roof/Plinth/Surface of wall for both iv. Horizontal runs and vertical run including mending good all the damages to the building v. works. vi. d) Earth Pit vii. i) Specification : As per Equipment, Array structure Earthing viii. ii) Number of earth pit : Two (02) Numbers ix. e) Earth Busbar: x. i) Specification: As per Equipment, Array structure Earthing. xi. ii) No. of Busbar: xii. At the Ground Floor and Vertical run – 1 no (Minimum); xiii. At the Roof: 1 no. (Minimum) xiv. Internal Wiring : xv. The Internal wiring shall be guided by the following points: xvi. a) Internal wiring shall be done as per IE Rule. xvii. b) All the cables and internal wiring material to be used shall be ISI Marked. xviii. c) Power Circuit and Lighting Circuit shall be separate. xix. d) The current ratting of the cable used for internal wiring shall be designed based on the xx. flow of current through the circuit. xxi. e) The point wiring of lighting, fans, 5 A receptacle points circuit shall be with PVC xxii. insulated 21.5 sqmm copper conductor wire and for power circuit 15A points, sub main xxiii. wiring with is of minimum PVC insulated 2.5 4.0 sqmm copper conductor wire. xxiv. The main supply from main AC DB to sub AC DB shall be done with PVC insulated 4 xxv. sqmm copper cable. xxvi. All the cables and wires used for internal wiring shall be of PVC Insulated. xxvii. Wiring shall be done through capping and casing/ PVC Conduit as per suitability xxviii. of site xxix. Modular type switch board shall be used for lighting and fan load without plug points xxx. with a MCB of 6A for each room. xxxi. Separate modular type switch board shall be used for each power load with a 15/5A xxxii. Plug Point with a suitable rated switch. xxxiii. The internal wiring of Power Circuit and Lighting Circuit shall be terminated to the xxxiv. outgoing MCB of the Main AC Distribution Board. xxxv. The MCBs of the AC Distribution Board must be properly marked.

EE, AP-1

- 134 -

LIST OF APPROVED MAKES OF ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES AND ITEMS. SR.NO. 1

2

NAME OF ITEMS

NAME OF BRANDS.

(A)Electrical accessories, Batten Anchor Penta,SSK (Top line) Holder, Pendent Holder, Ceiling rose, Bellpush, Switches and sockets etc.(ISI Marked). (B) Modular accessories Acchor( Wood), ABB( Lagrand(Mosaic), North West. make (ISI marked) Bakelite sheet (only white in colour). Hylem IS 2036-95

Classiq), as

per

3

MS Conduit pipes.(I.S.I Marked)

BEC, NIC, STEEL KRAFTS.

4

Call Bell and Buzzer.

Anchor,Leader,Rider.

5

PVC wires ( Copper condutor) (ISI Grandlay, Havell's, Kalinga, National, Plaza, Marked) ECKO, Bonton.

6

PVC underground cable with Brucab, CCI, Grandlay, aluminium conductor (ISI marked) Kalinga, National,Plaza.

7

HT-XLPE cables with AI. Conductor CCI, Gloster, Havell's,ICC, ICL, Incab, Plaza. (ISI Marked).

8

LT-XLPE cables with AI. Conductor CCI, (Tropothen-X) Grandlay, Havell,s, Incab, (ISI Marked). ICL, ICC, Plaza.

9

PVC

10

GI pipe and MS pipe (Medium) (ISI Hindustan, Jindal, Parkash, Ravindra, Tata. Marked)

11

I.C Switches.

Category-A: GE, L&T, Category-B:(ISI Havell's, Standard, Zeta, C&S

12

MCB's (ISI Marked).

GE, Havell's, Indo- Kopp, L & T, Load Kontakt, Standard, Siemens, C&S, ABB.

13

Enclosures (Standard Size only).

Makes as per MCB's (But in case of Indo-Kopp it will be Indo-Asian)

14

ELCB's/ RCCB's (ISI Marked).

GE, Havell's , Load Stop, L&T, Siemens,

15

MCCB's

GE, Havell's, L&T, Electric, C&S & ABB.

16

Poles.

17

PVC Tee Joints.

Manufactured by any firm as per ISI Marked sectional lengths and strictly according to IS specifications. M-Seal.

pipe 6Kg. Marked).

Pressure

Havell's,ICC,ICL

(ISI AKG,Diplast,Kalinga, Polypack.

Siemens.

Siemens Marked):

Schineider

EE, AP-1

- 135 -

18

Ceiling fans (Double ball bearings).

Bajaj, Crompton, Khaitan, Orient, Usha.

19

Exhaust Fans (Heavy Duty).

Alstom, Bajaj, Crompton, Khaitan, Orient.

20

Indoor tube light fittings.

Bajaj, Crompton, GE, Philips.

21

Tubes/ Bulbs (ISI Marked).

Bajaj, Crompton, GE, Mysore, Philips.

22

OUTDOOR Street / Flood Light Bajaj, Crompton ,GE, Philips. Fittings.

23

ACB's

GE, L&T, Siemens, Schineider Electric.

24

OCB's & VCB's.

Alstom, Crompton, Siemens.

25

TRANSFORMERS.

Alstom, Bharat Bijlee, Kirloskar, Crompton, NGEF, Voltamp.

26

GENERATORS:

a) Engines: Cummins, Greaves cotton, Kirloskar, Ruston. b) Alternator: Crompton, Jyoti, Kirlosker, NGFC , Stamford,

27

Energy Meter/ Sub Meter.

As per approved list of HVPN.

Note:

The Chief Engineer (E&M) will finally appliances/item to be used in the building.

approve

make

of

Electrical

TECHNICAL CONDITION FOR P.H. ITEMS. P.H. fixtures. 1. The P.H. fixtures such as seats, urinals, Cistern, Sinks etc. shall be of reputed manufacturers such as Hindware, Periware etc. shall be used. Preferably Hindware will be used. 2.

The G.I. pipe to be used of ‘B’ Class of reputed manufacturers such as Tata/Jindal. The weight of pipe per meter shall be as per recommendation of the manufacturers.

3.

The P.V.C. pipes shall be I.S.I. marked and reputed brand such as Finolex, Prince & Supreme etc.

4.

The other fixture of C.P. brass as mentioned in the Schedule shall be I.S.I. marked or of reputed manufacturers such as Jaguar /Marc or equivalent duly approved by Engineer-InCharge.

5.

The item of H.C.I. as mentioned in the Schedule shall be as per Haryana P.W.D. Specification. In this contract schedule of rates only essential portion of items has been written, for Public Health item, but it will deem to cover only the entire items as fully described in Haryana PWD Schedule of Rates - 1988. The Engineer-in-Charge shall be entitled to order against any item of work shown in this contract schedule of rates here-in-after called the “Schedule” to any extent and without any limitation what-so-ever required in his opinion for the purpose of work irrespective of the fact that the quantities are omitted altogether in the schedule to be carried out.

6.

7.

EE, AP-1

- 136 -

Conditions for Public Health Works 1.

2. 3.

4.

5. 6.

7. 8. 9.

10.

11.

12. 13. 14.

15. 16. 17.

18.

19. 20. 21.

Th e wo rk will b e carried ou t strictly in acco rdance with th e PWD Boo k o f sp ecificatio n addition 199 0 , which will fo rm a p art an d parcel of this co ntract agree men t. In this contract schedule of rates only essential portion of item has been written, but it will deem to cover the entire items as fully descry bed in Haryana PWD schedule of rates-1988. The Engineer-in-Charge-in-charge shall be entitled to order work against any item of work shown in this contract schedule of rates hereinafter called the schedule, to any extent and without any limitation where ever as may be required in his opinion for the purpose of work, Irrespective of the fact that the quantities are omitted all together in the schedule or are shown more or less than the work ordered to be carried out. The rate for any item of work not provided in the Haryana PWD schedule of rates 1988 but executed at site will be decided by the competent authority and the decision will be binding upon the contractor. All the items in this contract schedule or rates are subject to the footnotes given in the Haryana PWD schedule or rates of rates 1988 regarding these items. Approximate quantities are given in this contract schedule of rates and may vary at the time of execution of works. The payment will however be made for the actual work done by the contractor. No extra claims whatsoever will be admissible to the contractor on account of v variation alternation or deletion of any items over the quantities depicted in this contract schedule of rates. All amendments issued on the Haryana PWD Schedule of Rates-1988 upto the date of opening of tenders will be applicable on the contract schedule of rates. The contractor will have to make his own arrangement of bricks. Any other items not included in this contract schedule of rates and got done at site of work will be paid according to Haryana PWD schedule of rates 1988 accepted in the allotment letter approval issued by the competent authority against this agreement. No claim will be entertained from the contractor in case of any omission in description rates or unit which might have occurred in any of these items taken in this schedule while comparing this schedule or on account of typing comparison or overwriting in case of any error the same shall be rectifiable at any stage as per Haryana PWD schedule of rates 1988 alongwith the amendments on the same received from time to time. The premium should be quoted above or below the contract schedule of rates and no condition should be given in case any condition is tendered this will be considered as Null and void and only the premium or discount quoted by the tenderer shall be accepted in case any tenderer refuses to accept this his earnest money will be forted. The contractor shall submitted the test certificate if the steel brought by him to site of work also the sample of steel may be got tested by the Engineer-in-Charge. The steel shall be ISI marked. No. premium shall be payable on the allotted rates of NS items by the competent authority. Inspection of SW pipe & RCC NP3 pipe will be carried out by the Engineer-in-Charge-in-Charge or his representative before the same are brought at site for use & SW pipe & RCC NP3 pipe will be confirming to all the tests including optional test as per IS 651-1992 for SW pipe and 4581988 for RCC NP3 pipe with upto date amendment. The measurement of SW pipe & RCC NP3 pipe sewer provided on through rate basis will be done by at least 2 No J.Es to be nominated by Engineer-in-Charge. Each manhole cover and frame shall have the trade mark of manufacturer month and year alongwith class and work and shall be ISI mark. All taxes such as royalty municipal tax octori charges and any other kind of taxes shall be paid by the contractor and are included in the rate quoted by the contractor separately for which no premium will be allowed. As and when contractor gives condition that arrangement of water shall made by the department, it shall be deemed that all the charges incurred thereon shall be borne by the department and recovery on the total work done shall be made from him. Rate to be quoted by the contractor for each N.S item for complete Job including all taxes, carriage etc. Nothing extra on any account shall be paid. Payment will be made according to the actual work done by the contractor. Towel rails and bottle traps will be fitted after the written approval of Engineer-in-Charge. EE, AP-1

- 137 -

SECTION-6 FORM OF BID

EE, AP-1

- 138 -

FORM OF BID Description of the Works: ___________________________________________________________________________ To

:

Address

:

1.

We offer to execute the Works described above and remedy any defects therein in conformity with the conditions of Contract, specification, drawings, Bill of Quantities and Addenda for the sum(s) of _____________________________________________________________________ ( _________________________________________________________________ )

2.

We undertake, if our Bid is accepted, to commence the Works as soon as is reasonably possible after the receipt of the Engineer-in-Charge’s notice to commence, and to complete the whole of the Works comprised in the Contract within the time stated in the document.

3.

We agree to abide by this Bid for the period of * _______ days from the date fixed for receiving the same, and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period.

4.

Unless and until a formal Agreement is prepared and executed this Bid, together with your written acceptance thereof, shall constitute a binding contract between us.

5.

We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest or any tender you may receive. Dated this _____________ day of __________________________ 20…… Signature____________________________ in the capacity of ___________________ duly authorized to sign bids for and on behalf of ______________________________ _____________________________________________________________________

(in block capitals or types) Address _____________________________________________________________________ Witness _____________________________________________________________________ Address _____________________________________________________________________ Occupation _____________________________________________________________________

EE, AP-1

- 139 -

SECTION-7 BILL OF QUANTITIES

EE, AP-1

- 140 -

Name of work: -

SR. NO. 1.

B.O.Q. FOR UP-GRADATION OF STADIUM (CONSTRUCTION OF STADIUM, IAAF APPROVED SYNTHETIC TRACK, FIFA APPROVED ARTIFICIAL FOOTBALL TURF) IN WAR HEROS MEMORIAL STADIUM AT AMBALA CANTT IN AMBALA DISTRICT AMBALA CANTT IN AMBALA DISTRICT (PART – I) DESCRIPTION OF ITEM

Civil Works HSR Items NS items Sub Total:-

2.

Public Health Works HSR Items NS items Sub Total:Total :- (A + B) Say Rs.

3.

E.I. Works (13 Nos. works) HSR Items NS items Sub Total:G.Total :- (X + Y)

AMOUNT 172660641.28 165386130.50 338046771.78 (A) 6567753.24 5138623.00 11706373.24 (B) 349753148.02 3497.53 Lacs (X) 781.75 Lacs -781.75 LACS (Y) 4279.38 Lacs

Executive Engineer, Provincial Division No.1, PWD B&R Br; Ambala Cantt.

EE, AP-1

- 141 -

Name of work: -

B.O.Q. FOR UP-GRADATION OF STADIUM (CONSTRUCTION OF STADIUM, IAAF APPROVED SYNTHETIC TRACK, FIFA APPROVED ARTIFICIAL FOOTBALL TURF) IN WAR HEROS MEMORIAL STADIUM AT AMBALA CANTT IN AMBALA DISTRICT AMBALA CANTT IN AMBALA DISTRICT

Estimated amount: - Civil works

: - Rs.3380.47 Lacs

Public Health Works : - Rs. 117.06 Lacs E.I. Works

:- Rs. 781.75 Lacs Total: - Rs. 4279.38 Lacs

EE, AP-1

- 142 -

Detail wise components 1. Civil works

: - Rs.3380.47 Lacs

2. Public Health Works

: - Rs. 117.06 Lacs

Electrical Works 3. Providing Internal EI

:- Rs.

40.60 Lacs

4. Providing EI of Balance work

:- Rs.

38.83 Lacs

5. Providing Sub Station

:- Rs. 134.63 Lacs

6. Providing External Light

:- Rs.

7. Providing Flood Light

:- Rs. 252.56 Lacs

33.72 Lacs

8. Providing Audio Conference System :- Rs.

99.15 Lacs

9. Providing CCTV System

:- Rs.

35.59 Lacs

10. Providing Fire Alarm System

:- Rs.

18.80 Lacs

11. Providing LAN System

:- Rs.

7.79 Lacs

12. Providing EPABX System

: - Rs.

8.54 Lacs

13. Providing HVAC System

: - Rs.

23.54 Lacs

14. Providing 3 Nos. Lift

:- Rs.

46.00 Lacs

15. Providing Solar power 60KW

:- Rs.

42.00 Lacs

Total: - Rs. 4279.38 Lacs

EE, AP-1

- 143 -

NAME OF WORK: -

Sr.

B.O.Q. FOR UP-GRADATION OF STADIUM (CONSTRUCTION OF STADIUM, IAAF APPROVED SYNTHETIC TRACK, FIFA APPROVED ARTIFICIAL FOOTBALL TURF) IN WAR HEROS MEMORIAL STADIUM AT AMBALA CANTT IN AMBALA DISTRICT AMBALA CANTT IN AMBALA DISTRICT (Part - I)

Approximate Amount

: Rs.4279.38 Lacs Security Amount

Time Limit

: 24 Months

Quantity

: Rs.85.59 Lacs Rs.85.59 Lacs Date of Tender :

Description of Item

Unit

Rate to be quoted by the contractor/ society

Amount

(Part - 1) I)

Civil Works

1.

5626.63 Cum

2.

19265.40 Cum

3.

36362.63 Cum

Earth work excavation in ordinary soil exclusive of compensation of earth(HSR 6.2) (c) Lead (i) Extra for every 7.5 metres additional lead beyond 15 metres, but upto60 metres by manual mean. (HSR 6.2 (i) Earth work in excavation in foundations, trenches, etc. in all kinds of soils, not exceeding 2 meters depth including dressing of bottom and sides of trenches, stacking the excavated soil, clear from the edge of excavation and subsequent filling around masonry, in 15 cm layers with compaction, including disposal of all surplus soil, as directed within a lead of 30 metres. (HSR 6.6) Earth Filling under floors with surplus soil excavated from foundation and taken only from outside the building plinth, in 15 cm layers including ramming watering and consolidating lead up to 30 meters. (HSR. 6.13 (a)) Subject to earth should be non plastic.

P.Cum (per Cubic metre)

P.Cum (per Cubic metre)

P.Cum (per Cubic metre)

EE, AP-1

- 144 -

4.

4020.01 Sqm

5.

4164.57 Sqm

Pre-construction Work - (i) (i) providing and injecting chemical emulsion for pre-constructional antitermite treatment and creating a chemical barrier under and around the column pits, wall trenches, basement excavation, top surface of plinth filling junction of wall and floor, alongwith the joints, surrounding of pipes and conduit etc, complete (plinth area of the building at ground floor only shall be measured) Aldrin Embulsifable concentrate (0.5%). (HSR 6.15 (a) (Labour Rate) Centring and shuttering for flat surfaces such as suspended floors, Roofs, landings, chhajjas, shelves etc. inclination not exceeding 25 degree with horizontal. (HSR 9.1) Ground Floor

2702.41 Sqm

First Floor

574.68 Sqm

Second Floor

6.

2589.08 Sqm

Centring and shuttering for faces of walls, partitions, retaining Walls, well steining and the like (vertical or battering) including attached pilasters, buttresses etc. when curved. (HSR 9.6) Foundation

150.00 Sqm

Ground Floor

150.00 Sqm

First Floor

37.82 Sqm

Second Floor

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 145 -

7.

4004.71 Sqm

Centring and shuttering for sides and soffits of beams haunchings, girders, bressumers and lintels. (HSR 9.7) Ground Floor

923.41 Sqm

First Floor

361.08 Sqm

Second Floor

8.

407.80 Sqm

Centring and shuttering for staircases with sloping soffits including risers and stringers. (HSR 9.8) Ground Floor

25.00 Sqm

First Floor

25.00 Sqm

Second Floor

9.

1886.82 Sqm

Centring and shuttering for columns (square or rectangular or Polygonal in plan). (HSR 9.9) Foundation

1625.34 Sqm

Ground Floor

1300.83 Sqm

First Floor

811.15 Sqm

Second Floor

10.

4303.67 Sqm

11.

967.68 Cum

12.

37.84 Cum

Shuttering for faces of concrete foundations and foundations beams (vertical or battering). (HSR 9.13) Cement concrete 1 : 4 : 8 with stone aggregate 40 mm Nominal size in foundation and plinth. (HSR 10.39) Cement concrete 1 : 3 : 6 with stone aggregate 20 mm Nominal size in a foundation and plinth. (HSR 10.40)

P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Cum (per Cubic metre) P.Cum (per Cubic metre)

EE, AP-1

- 146 -

13.

3285.92 Cum

14.

340.49 Cum

15.

47.14 Cum

16.

2000.25 Cum

Design mix cement concrete of grade M25 with minimum cement contents 410 kg/cum in foundation and plinth. (HSR 10.66) Design mix cement concrete of grade M30 with minimum cement contents 420 kg/cum in foundation and plinth. (HSR 10.67) Design mix cement concrete of grade M40 with minimum cement contents 440 kg/cum in foundation and plinth. (HSR 10.69) Design mix cement concrete of grade M25 with minimum cement contents 410 kg/cum in first storey upto 4 metres above plinth level. (HSR 10.73) Ground Floor

892.72 Cum

First Floor

236.92 Cum

Second Floor

17.

76.66 Cum 20.19 Cum 18.

42.91 Cum

Design mix cement concrete of grade M-30 with minimum contents of cement 420 kg/cum in first storey upto 4 metres above plinth level. (HSR 10.74) Ground Floor

First Floor

Design mix cement concrete of grade M-40 with minimum cement contents 440 kg/cum in first storey upt 4 metres above plinth level. (HSR 10.76) Ground Floor

61.83 Cum

First Floor

133.83 Cum

Second Floor

P.Cum (per Cubic metre) P.Cum (per Cubic metre) P.Cum (per Cubic metre)

P.Cum (per Cubic metre) P.Cum (per Cubic metre) P.Cum (per Cubic metre)

P.Cum (per Cubic metre) P.Cum (per Cubic metre)

P.Cum (per Cubic metre) P.Cum (per Cubic metre) P.Cum (per Cubic metre)

EE, AP-1

- 147 -

19.

104.06 Cum

20.

10.68 Cum

21.

15.00 Cum

22.

355.64 Sqm

23.

8.91 Cum

24.

4985.64 Sqm

25.

308.35 Cum

26.

518.57 Cum 243.68 Cum

Pre-cast cement concrete 1:2:4 with stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size in Kerbs and the like items, finished smooth with 6 mm thick cement plaster 1:3 on exposed surface including from work, placing and fixing in position, complete at the ground level or in first storey. (HSR 10.77) Precast Cement concrete 1:1 1/2:3 with stone aggregate 20mm nominal size in kerbs and the like items, finished smooth with 6mm thick cement plaster 1:3 on exposed surface including form work, placing and fixing in position, concrete at the ground level or in first storey. (HSR 10.77 + 10.95 (a) Cement Concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) (HSR 10.79) Damp proof course 40 mm thick of cement concrete 1:2:4 using stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size with 2 coats of bitumen 20/30 penetration, at 1.65 kg per sqm laid hot and sanded. (HSR 10.114) Cement concrete 1:2:4 with stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size in pavements, roads, taxi-tracks and runways, laid to required slope and camber, including consolidation, finishing and tamping complete. (HSR 10.132) Providing and laying 80mm thick interlocking paver blocks of all shapes and colours in design mix cement M-35 over a bed of 30mm thick fine sand complete in all respect. (HSR 10.159) First class brick work laid in cement sand mortar 1:4 in foundation and plinth. (HSR 11.4) First class brick work laid in cement sand mortar 1:6 in first storey upto 4 metres above plinth level. (HSR 11.7) Ground Floor

First Floor

P.Cum (per Cubic metre)

P.Cum (per Cubic metre)

P.Cum (Per Cubic Metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Cum (per Cubic metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Cum (per Cubic metre)

P.Cum (per Cubic metre) P.Cum (per Cubic metre) EE, AP-1

- 148 -

53.10 Cum

Second Floor

40.65 Cum

Third Floor

27.

902.01 Sqm 808.69 Sqm 155.60 Sqm 27.48 Sqm 28.

475.02 R.Mtr.

29.

579.83 Cum

30.

26 Nos.

31.

352.76 Mtr.

32.

885.69 Sqm

P.Cum (per Cubic metre) P.Cum (per Cubic metre)

11.43 cm thick brick wall laid in cement mortar 1:4 without reinforcement in super structure. (HSR 11.48 (a)) Ground Floor

P.Sqm (per Square metre) First Floor P.Sqm (per Square metre) Second Floor P.Sqm (per Square metre) Third Floor P.Sqm (per Square metre) Brick edging 6.83 cm wide 11.43 cm P.RMtr. deep to Plinth protection with 1st class (per Running brick including grouting with cement metre) sand mortar 1:4. (HSR 11.100) Providing and laying Autoclaved P.Cum aerated (cellular) concrete light weight (per Cubic blocks (as per IS :2185, part 3) metre) masonry in non load bearing walls using blocks of size 625mmx250mmx200mm with cement sand, mortar 1:6 in superstructure complete in all respect. (HSR 11.105) Top khurra 0.6 m X 0.6 m for rain Each water pipe in 25 mm thick cement concrete 1:2:4 over 50 mm thick cement concrete 1:8:16. (HSR 13.50) Cement concrete 1:2:4 gola 10 cm X 10 P.Mtr. cm quardrant along junction of roof (Per Metre) with parapet wall finished smooth, where specially specified. (HSR 13.64) Providing and fixing False Ceiling with P.Sqm 12mm thick Gypsum Board fixed on (per Square M.S. Steel runners frame i/c cost of metre) screws angles, cleats, rawel plugs, with taping, filling with Gypsum compound and applying priming coat, etc. complete in all respects. (HSR 13.91) EE, AP-1

- 149 -

33.

4685.43 Sqm

34.

2291.23 Sqm

35.

3682.56 R.Mtr.

36.

3843.24 Sqm

37.

2305.07 Sqm

Base course of floors consisting of 100 mm thick cement concrete 1:8:16 and 100 mm sand or stone filling. (HSR 14.1) Screed of 50 mm thick lime concrete 1:2:8 to be laid below the topping. (HSR 14.5) Extra for nosing in marble stone for treads. (HSR 14.50) Labour rate Extra for marble stone flooring in treads of step not exceeding 30 cm in width. (HSR 14.51) Labour rate Kotah stone flooring, minimum 25mm thick in any pattern as specified over 20 mm thick base of cement coarse sand mortar 1:3 laid and jointed with neat cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of stone including rubbing and polishing. (HSR 14.62) Ground Floor

21.85 Sqm

First Floor

904.87 Sqm

Second Floor

192.02 Sqm

Third Floor

38.

47.35 Sqm 1.92 Sqm

Kotah stone 20 mm thick in skirting risers of steps, dados and wall facing (lining) and pillars laid on 12 mm thick cement coarse sand plaster 1:3 laid and jointed with neat cement slurry, mixed with pigment to match the shade of stone including rubbing and polishing including labour for fixing cramps, dowels and pins etc. (HSR 14.66) Ground Floor

First Floor

P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Rmtr. (Per Running Metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 150 -

2.69 Sqm 0.98 Sqm 39.

712.77 R.Mtr.

40.

2573.01 Sqm

41.

1040.60 Sqm 598.52 Sqm 29.01 Sqm 42.

7.00 Sqm

Second Floor

P.Sqm (per Square metre) Third Floor P.Sqm (per Square metre) Providing and fixing glass strips, 4 mm P.RMtr. thick in Floors. (HSR 14.79) (per Running c) 25 mm wide (HSR 14.79 (c) metre) Stamping or making grooves on top of P.Sqm steps in stair case. (HSR 14.82) Labour (per Square rate metre) Providing and fixing vitrified tiles of size 600 x 600mm of approved make in flooring laid in any pattern as specified over base of 20mm thick cement coarse sand mortar 1:3 and jointed with white cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade to tiles. (HSR 14.89) Note:-Tile shall be of premium quality (first quality) of reputed manufacturer like NITCO, KAJARIA & RAK. Ground Floor P.Sqm (per Square metre) First Floor P.Sqm (per Square metre) Third Floor P.Sqm (per Square metre) Providing and fixing vitrified tiles of size 600 x 600mm of approved make in skirting / dado laid in any pattern as specified over base of 12mm thick cement coarse sand mortar 1:3 and jointed with white cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade to tiles. (HSR 14.90) Note:-Tile shall be of premium quality (first quality) of reputed manufacturer like NITCO, KAJARIA & RAK. Ground Floor P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 151 -

43.

8.42 Sqm

First Floor

1.00 Sqm

Third Floor

84.42 Sqm

Providing and fixing ceramic tiles/anti skid tiles of size 400mm x 400mm or above size of approved make in floors, laid in any pattern as specified over base of 20mm thick cement coarse sand mortar 1:3 and jointed with white cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of tiles. (HSR 14.91) Note:-Tile shall be of premium quality (first quality) of reputed manufacturer like NITCO, KAJARIA & RAK. Providing and fixing 1st quality ceramic glazed wall tiles confirming to I.S. 15622 (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) of approved make in all colors, shades except burgundy, bottle green, black of any size as approved by Engineer-In-Charge in skirting, risers of steps and dados over 12mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:3 coarse and jointed with grey cement slurry, including pointing in white cement mixed with pigment of matching shades complete. (HSR 14.92) (b) Size of ceramic Glazed tiles 300 X 450mm (HSR 14.92 (b)) Ground Floor

44.

1635.86 Sqm 1075.63 Sqm

First Floor

35.34 Sqm

Second Floor

93.23 Sqm

Third Floor

P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 152 -

45.

71.96 Sqm 52.68 Sqm

First Floor

27.93 Sqm

Second Floor

5.20 Sqm

Third Floor

46.

1330.33 Sqm

47.

Laying and fixing Granite stone in all shades, 15mm to 18mm thick in skirting/ dado, risers of steps, pillars and wall facing, laid in any pattern as specified over base of 12mm thick cement coarse sand mortar 1:3 and jointed with white cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of granite including labour for fixing cramps pins and dowels etc. (HSR 14.95) (excluding the cost of granite stone). (Granite will be supplied by department) (Labour Rate) Ground Floor

Laying and fixing Granite stone in all shades, 15mm to 18mm thick in flooring, laid in any pattern as specified over base of 20mm thick cement coarse sand mortar 1:3 and jointed with white cement slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of granite stone. (HSR 14.96) (excluding the cost of granite stone) (Granite will be supplied by department) (Labour Rate) Ground Floor

977.69 Sqm

First Floor

478.53 Sqm

Second Floor

82.34 Sqm

Third Floor

P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre)

12 mm thick cement plaster 1:6. (HSR 15.7) EE, AP-1

- 153 -

4371.83 Sqm

Ground Floor

3169.25 Sqm

First Floor

389.39 Sqm

Second Floor

449.88 Sqm

Third Floor

48.

2896.06 Sqm

49.

15 mm thick cement plaster 1:6 on the rough side of single or half brick wall. (HSR 15.12) Ground Floor

1255.28 Sqm

First Floor

158.53 Sqm

Second Floor

549.39 Sqm

Third Floor

1575.42

20 mm thick cement plaster 1:6 in 2 coats work. (HSR 15.17)

50. 2082.10 Sqm

10 mm thick cement plaster 1:4 under side of ceiling. (HSR 15.52) Ground Floor

548.01 Sqm

First Floor

1328.28 Sqm

Second Floor

6.76 Sqm

Third Floor

P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 154 -

51.

700.61 Sqm

52.

700.61 Sqm

53.

2452.92 Sqm

54.

60076.82 Sqm

55.

60076.82 Sqm

56.

8471.19 Sqm

57.

6434.67 Sqm

58.

150.00 Sqm

59.

7231.60 Sqm

60.

3445.08 Sqm

Preparation of ply wood surface for painting including sand papering the surface and applying filling with approved quality filler consisting of white lead, linseed oil, varnish and chalk mitti including finishing the surface to required finish complete. (HSR 16.1) Applying pink primer or aluminium priming coat on wood work including preparation of surface, knotting and stopping etc. (HSR 16.2) (Labour Rate) Painting two coats excluding priming coat with synthetic enamel paint in all shades on new wood work or metallic or plastered or concrete surfaces to give and even shade (HSR 16.3) Applying priming coat with metal primer on New steel or iron work including preparation of surface. (HSR 16.9) (Labour Rate) Painting two coats excluding priming coat with ready-mixed paint for metallic surfaces in all shades on new steel or iron work. (HSR 16.17) (Labour Rate) Preparation of plastered or concrete surfaces for painting, including sand papering the surface, applying one coat of linseed oil and filling with approved quality filler, consisting of white lead, linseed oil, varnish and chalk mitti including finishing surface to the required finish, complete. (HSR 16.24) Applying priming coat with cement primer in all shades on newly plastered or concrete exterior surfaces. (HSR 16.25) (Labour Rate) WHITE WASHING Three coats (HSR 16.48)

Distempering with washable oil bound distemper (of approved manufacture) two coats over one priming coat on new work. (HSR 16.58) (Labour rate) Providing two coats of exterior acrylic emulsion paint. (HSR 16.79) b) 1st quality (HSR 16.79 (b) (Labour Rate)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre) P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 155 -

61.

62.

73 Nos. 80 Nos. 293.91 Sqm

Supplying and fixing hydraulic door closer, I.S.I.mark, with necessary screws, etc., complete (HSR 17.82) I.S.I. designation No.II (size of door 701 mm to 850 mm) (HSR 17.82) (b) I.S.I. designation No.III (size of door 851 mm to 1000 mm) (HSR 17.82) (c) Factory manufacture solid flush door and Shutters, with block board core as per I.S. No. 1659-1969 bonded with water poof type phenol formaldehyde synthetic resin, hot-pressed, conforming to I.S. 2202 part I and II, fixed in position including iron hinges, screws, chocks/cleats and stops etc. (excluding the cost of any fittings other than specified above, but including labour for fixing the same in position)(Green, Duro, Kitply make) (HSR 17.93 (a) Commercial veneering with vertical grain sor cross bands and face veneer on both sides commercial facing with laminated core and lipped edges: (HSR 17.93) – 17.18 Note (i) a) commercial veneering with vertical grains or corss bands and face veneer on both sides commercial facing with laminated core and lipped edges:- (HSR 17.93 (a) iii) 35mm thick (HSR 17.93 (iii)

Each Each P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 156 -

63.

953.34 Kg

Providing and fixing aluminium work for doors, windows, ventilators and partitions with extruded built up standard tubular sections/appropriate Z sections and other sections of approved make conforming to IS 733 and IS J285 fixed with raw plugs and screws or with fixing clips or with expansion hold fasteners including necessary filling up of gaps at junctions, at top, bottom, and sides with required neoprene felt etc. aluminium sections shall be smooth, rust free straight mitered and jointed mechanically wherever required including cleat angle, aluminium snap beading for glazing/paneling C.P brass / stainless steel screws, all complete. Fixed portion (Andozied Aluminum transparent or dyed to required shade according to IS ; 1868, minimum anodic coating of grade AC 15) (HSR 17.95) Note :- Polyester powder coating of 50 micron is to be done.

P.Kg. (Per Kilo Gram)

EE, AP-1

- 157 -

64.

1191.68 Kg

65.

225.95 Sqm

Providing and fixing aluminium work for doors, windows, ventilators and partitions with extruded built up standard tubular sections/appropriate Z sections and other sections of approved make conforming to IS 733 and IS 1285 fixed with rawel plugs and screws or with fixing clips or with expansion hold fasteners including necessary filling up of gaps at junctions, at top, bottom, and sides with required neoprene felt etc. aluminium sections shall be smooth, rust free straight mitered and jointed mechanically wherever required including cleat angle, aluminium snap beading for glazing/paneling C.P brass/stainless steel screws, etc. complete Shutters of doors, windows & ventilators including providing and fixing hinges / pivots and making provision for fixing of fittings wherever required including the cost of PVC/neoprene gasket required including aluminium fitting. (HSR 17.96) Note :- Polyester powder coating of 50 micron is to be done. Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door, windows ventilator shutter and partitions etc. with PVC/neoprene gasket etc. complete (cost of aluminium snap beading shall be paid in basis items.) (HSR 17.98) b) with float glass panes of 5.00 mm thickness. (HSR 17.98 (b)

P.Kg. (Per Kilo Gram)

P.Sqm (Per square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 158 -

66.

7690.00 Qtl.

67.

382.48 Qtl.

68.

5.00 Qtl.

69.

9.49 Qtl.

Structural steel work in compound girders or stanchions built up from two or more R.S. joists or channel section or plates and Angles etc., riveted including cutting and Fixing all lattice bars, stiffeners, gusset plates, Bolts, nuts, rivets etc., complete with flange Plates, heads sole, plasters, angle connections, Etc. with hoisting and erection in position. (HSR 18.5) with two or more channels, or plates, angle iron, etc. (HSR 18.5 (b)) Wrought iron and mild steel (using angles, flats square bars, tees and channels) ladders, grills, gratting frames, window guards, iron doors openable or fixed stair case or parapet or any other type of railing, gates and tree guards etc., including cost of screws and welding rods or bolts and nuts complete fixed in position. (HSR 18.12) Stair case railing of 40 mm internal dia G.I pipe class ‘B’ as per I.S. No. 1239 as hand rail using flats and square bars as supporting members and base plate welded as per design specified including cutting, welding rods and complete fixed in position. (HSR 18.13 (a) Supplying, hoisting and placing in position tubular trusses including runners, purlins, consisting of steel tubes conforming to I.S. specifications of tested quality duly welded with fillet welds 6 mm thick through-out including wind bracing. Open end of pipe sealed with 3 mm thick plate including the cost of nuts and bolts where bolts connections are specified at flange joints including one coat of ready mixed red oxide zink cromate primer of approved quality assembling and fixed in position complete in all respect. (HSR 18.14)

P.Qtl. (per Quintal)

P.Qtl. (per Quintal)

P.Qtl. (per Quintal)

P.Qtl. (per Quintal)

EE, AP-1

- 159 -

70.

16.20 Sqm 1 No. 71.

16.20 Sqm

72.

10606.27 Qtl.

73.

721.95 R.Mtr.

Supplying and fixing rolling shutters, of approved make, M.S. laths, interlocked together through their entire length, and jointed together, t the end, by end locks mounted on specially designed pipe shaft, with brackets, side guides 27.5 cm long wire spring grade no. 2 and arrangement for inside and out-side locking with push and pull operation complete, including top cover 0.80 mm thick (payment is to be made for the exact size of opening where rolling shutter is to be fixed):- (HSR 18.18) with 80 mm X 1.25 mm M.S. Laths (HSR 18.18) (b) Providing and fixing ball bearing, for push and pull type rolling shutters, from 9.20 to 12 sqm area. (HSR 18.18) (c) Extra for providing mechanical device, chain and crank operation for operating rolling shutters, exceeding 11.20 sqm in areas of the rolling shutter. (HSR 18.19) FE- 500 EQR TMT Steel Bars for R.C.C. works where not included in the complete rate of R.C.C. including bending binding & placing in position complete. (HSR 18.22) Pressed steel sheet frames (chowkhats) consisting of 2 mm thick steel sheet of the specified section, including iron lugs (hold fasts) iron hinges, conforming to P.W.D specifications, including bolts for fixing stops, locknotch, provision for receiving tower bolts and finished with one coat of ready mixed paint red lead non-setting primer of approved quality fixed in position including the cost of cement concrete 1:3:6 for filling in the frame and cement concrete 1:3:6 for lugs complete: (HSR 18.34) (a) door and window frame of size 89 mm X 50 mm with 40 mm wide single rebate. (HSR 18.34 (a))

P.Sqm (Per square metre) Each

P.Sqm (Per square metre) P.Qtl. (per Quintal)

P.RMtr. (Per Running Metre)

EE, AP-1

- 160 -

74.

15879.10 Sqm

75.

4934.11 Sqm

II) 76

Preparation of sub grade, including trenching, rough dressing of spoil final dressing of earth,to given levels and camber, watering, rolling with road roller, and compacting the bed. (HSR 24.1) Grassing with ‘Doob’ grass including watering and maintenance of the lawn for 30 days or more till the grass forms a thick lawn free from weeds and fit for moving including supplying good earth if needed-and maintenance of the lawn for 30 days or more till the grass forms a thick lawn free from weeds and fit for moving including supplying good earth if needed- (HSR 33.10) (i) In rows 15 cm apart in either direction (HSR 33.10) (i)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

NS items for Civil Works 3076.79 Sqm

Providing, applying & testing water proofing treatment of RCC slabs comprising of the following operations. Cleaning RCC surfaces and plastering of RCC and brick wall surface with 12mm cement mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4 coarse sand) mixed with CICO admixture as per manufacturer's specifications. Three coats of tapecrete - (first layer of tapecrete to be @ 0.253kg/ Sqm, the second & third layer to be @ 0.126kg/ Sqm) each admixed with grey cement over a coat of neat cement slurry admixed with chemical CH - 9 and sealing all corners, joints, junction of pipes and masonry etc. with Epoxy putty all complete as per manufacturer's specification and drawing. 12mm thick protective plaster 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) over treated surface etc. complete. (Quoted rate to include grouting of RCC surface for any cracks/ fissures). (N.S. Item)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 161 -

77.

963.64 Sqm

78.

262.40 Sqm

Providing & Fixing "AMF" Thermatex Antaris VT S-15, mineral fibre ceiling tiles (Uniflo or equivalent) with 0.90 NRC, of size 600x600x15mm, laid on 15mm ultraline (silhoutte) tgrids with black revealed (N.S. Item) Providing and supplying Armstrong ‘Optra Acoustical Wall Paneling’ with square edges made of fibre glass substrate 25mm thick and wrapped on the front side with an acoustically transparent and classified for Fire reaction Class B-s1, d1 as per EN13501, fabric with an option of colors – Ivory, Autumn Orange, Pista Green, Straw Gold, Rustic Green, Burgundy, Rust, Peacock Blue, Ash Grey, Mocha as per the choice of the Architect of size 600X1200 mm providing a minimum sound absorption level of 0.90 NRC to be affixed to wall using Wall panel impalers supplied by M/s Armstrong Industries India Pvt. Ltd and construction adhesives as per the instructions laid down by the manufacturer. INSTALLATION: 4nos. Armstrong wall panel Impalers of shall be fixed to the wall surface using self tapping screws. Silica based construction adhesive to be dabbed on to the projecting elements (spikes) of the impalers. Armstrong Optra wall panels shall be pierced through the spikes of the impalers ensuring the line and level of the panels are maintained. (N.S. Item)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 162 -

79.

96.00 Sqm

Providing and fixing partition upto ceiling height consisting of G.I. frame and required board, including providing and fixing of frame work made of special section power pressed/ roll form G.I. sheet with zinc coating of 120 gms/Sqm(both side inclusive), consisting of floor and ceiling channel 50mm wide having equal flanges of 32 mm and 0.50 mm thick, fixed to the floor and ceiling at the spacing of 610 mm centre to centre with dash fastener of 12.5 mm dia meter 50 mm length or suitable anchor fastener or metal screws with nylon plugs and the studs 48 mm wide having one flange of 34 mm and other flange 36 mm and 0.50 mm thick fixed vertically within flanges of floor and ceiling channel and placed at a spacing of 610 mm centre to centre by 6 mm dia bolts and nuts, including fixing of studs along both ends of partition fixed flush to wall with suitable anchor fastener or metal screws with nylon plugs at spacing of 450 mm centre to centre, and fixing of boards to both side of frame work by 25 mm long dry wall screws on studs, floor and ceiling channels at the spacing of 300 mm centre to centre. The boards are to be fixed to the frame work with joints staggered to avoid through cracks, M.S. fixing channel of 99 mm width (0.9 mm thick having two flanges of 9.5 mm each) to be provided at the horizontal joints of two boards, fixed to the studs using metal to metal flat head screws, including jointing and finishing to a flush finish with recommended jointing compound, jointing tape, angle beads at corners (25 mm x 25 mm x 0.5 mm), joint finisher and two coats of primer suitable for board as per manufacture's specification and direction of engineer in charge all complete. (N.S. Item) 75 mm overall thickness partition with 12.5 mm thick double skin fire rated board conforming to IS: 2095: part I

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 163 -

80.

62.51 Sqm

81.

103.14 Mtr.

82.

73.00 Sqm

Providing and fixing 18mm thick gang saw cut (pre-moulded and prepolished) machine cut for kitchen platforms, vanity counters, window sills, facias and similar locations of required size of approved shade, colour and texture laid over 20mm thick base cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) with joints treated with white cement, mixed with matching pigment, epoxy touch ups, including rubbing, curing, moulding and polishing to edge to give high gloss finish etc. complete at all levels. a) Granite of any colour and shade i) Area of slab over 0.50 Sqm.( For Counter). (N.S. Item) Extra for fixing marble / granite stone over and above corresponding basic item, in facia and drops of width upto 150mm with epoxy resin baesd adhesive including cleaning etc. complete. (N.S. Item) Extra for providing opening of required size & shape for wash basins/ kitchen sink in kitchen platform, vanity counters and similar location in marble/Granite/Stone work including necessary holes for pillar taps etc. including rubbing and polishing of cut edge etc. complete. (N.S. Item)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Mtr. (Per Metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 164 -

83.

495.68 Sqm

84.

162.54 Mtr.

85.

258.41 Sqm

Supply & installation of 100% commercial grade nylon carpet tile of 500x500mm or equivalent, of PA 6 ECONYL quality or equivalent, manufactured in Europe (no Asian product acceptable), Machine gauge 1/10" or more, pile weight of 800 g/m2 or more, total height of 6.5mm or more, tuft density of 206.000/m2 or more, certified and approved to be used in an extreme traffic area and should achieve rating of class 33 as per EN1307 or equivalent, fire resistance value of BfI-S1 as per EN13501-1 or equivalent, impact noise rating of 36db or more as per LISO 140-8 or equivalent and certified proven suitable for castor chair use rating of A as per EN 985 or equivalent. This should be laid as per design intent of the architects as per issued drawing, complete including accents/inlays, as per instructions. The installation should include a good quality protection plastic and 3M masking tapes at skirting areas not to damage other interior finshes and also one extensive cleaning of carpet before final actual handover. It is absolutely mandatory that the manufacturer has valid certification of CRI GLP (counts towards LEED), ISO9001 (quality), ISO14001 (qnvironment) and ISO26000 (corporate social responsibility). (N.S. Item) Providing & Fixing 6mm thick S.S Transition Strip and 3 mm aluminium Skirting 100 mm High Extruded Section fixed necessary screws as per design & drawing etc. all complete. (N.S. Item) Supply & Fixing of Unitile® Solid Fill, Unifold (UFP) 600x600mm, 30mm thick panel, Grade 1650 with top performance finish of Bare Epoxy Finish, with Corner Lock Understructure system suitable for finish floor height of up to 200mm (Suitable for Open / General Office Area). (N.S. Item)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Mtr. (per metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 165 -

86.

564.50 Sqm

87.

507.56 Sqm

88.

62.21 Sqm

Providing and laying 18mm thick Heavy Duty Porcelain Tile Flooring in different sizes (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) as per approved make list or selected by Architect including preparing base for leveling with 20mm thick cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand ) and approved shade and colour in proper line and level as per detailed drawing / instruction and approval by architect. (N.S. Item) Providing and laying 9mm thick Heavy Duty Porcelain Tile Skirting & dado in different sizes (thickness to be specified by the manufacturer) as per approved make list or selected by Architect including over 12mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand ) and approved shade and colour including grouting the joint with cement & matching pigments etc. complete as per detailed drawing / instruction and approval by architect. (N.S. Item) Providing and laying Serrated Granite stone flooring in required design and patterns, in linear as well as curvilinear portions of the building all complete as per the architectural drawings with 18 mm thick stone slab over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) laid and jointed with cement slurry and pointing with white cement slurry admixed with pigment of matching shade including rubbing, curing and polishing etc. all complete as specified and as directed by the Engineer-in- Charge : Flamed finish granite stone slab Jet Black, Cherry Red, Elite Brown, Cat Eye or equivalent. (N.S. Item)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 166 -

89.

2291.23 Sqm

90.

2291.23 Sqm

Supplying and Laying Drain Boards ( Ovilite or equivalent) (with thermofused, non adhesive factory prefixed geotextile) consisting of High Density Polyethylene nodular sheet having 1907 nodules per sqmt and nodule height of 7.3mm, with polypropylene geotextile (pre attached to the nodular sheet from the factory). The drain board should be confirming to compressive resistance of 180 KN/sqmt. Roll size of 31.5 sqmt (15mt x 2.1mt). Drain Board rolls to be overlapped 100 mm on sides and ends by peeling prefixed geotextile from the nodular sheet, fixing the nodular sheet into each other and overlapping the geotextile. The overlapped geotextile and any other open ends to be sealed with 50 mm self adhesive tape to prevent soil intrusion into the laid system. Drain boards to be laid over the waterproofing and covered with soil. (N.S. Item) Supplying and Laying Grass Track Grass Pavers, (Ovilite or equivalent) Green Honeycomb panels with self anchoring pegs, made of high impact resistant HDPE. Each grass pavers should be of 330x330mm and 35mm height consisting of four floral shaped structure of 125mm open cell and nine round cell opening of 45mm dia. Each of the open cell are connected with a web like structure for strength and stability. Base of the Panel is equipped with a slot opening for drainage and four round struts for anchoring purpose. The Glass paver to have interlock system to lock each other. The Glass Paver should have compressive strength of minimum 100 tons/sqmt. The Panel should have high level of porosity greater than 90%, porous for grass, shrubs and low planters. (N.S. Item)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 167 -

91.

143.77 Sqm

92.

30.45 Sqm

93.

2589.25 Kg

Providing and fixing precast prepolished fibre reinforced cement concrete heavy duty step tiles of 22-25 mm of thickness (ultra designer or equivalent) of approved design and pattern of required thickness product should confirm to the testing criteria as per IS 1237of 1980 ( Re-affirmed 2006 ) further product should confirm ASTM 303 for skid resistance and DIN 51094 for color fastness over 20 mm bed of cement mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4 coarse sand ) & jointed with grey cement slurry and mixed with matching pigment complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-Charge. (N.S. Item) Fabricating and fixing of 48mm GI steel stud (Indian Gyspum / saint gobain or equivent) of 0.55mm thick cladded on to the required surface as per site conditions to existing wall surfaces in true level and plumb complete as directed and cladded with 12mm commercial ply as recommended with 10 mm thk Mirror Cladding to be stuck with 3m tape with Al "L" angles above and below the glass as per drawing and details. (N.S. Item) External Structure Glazing Providing and supplying aluminium extruded tubular and other aluminium sections as per the architectural drawings and approved shop drawings , the aluminium quality as per grade 6063 T5 or T6 as per BS 1474,including super durable powder coating of 60-80 microns conforming to AAMA 2604 of required colour and shade as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. (The item includes cost of material such as cleats, sleeves, screws etc. necessary for fabrication of extruded aluminium frame work. Nothing extra shall be paid on this account). (N.S. Item)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Kg (per Kilo Gram)

EE, AP-1

- 168 -

94.

804.11 Sqm

Designing, fabricating, testing, protection, installing and fixing in position semi (grid) unitized system of structural glazing (with open joints) for linear as well as curvilinear portions of the building for all heights and all levels including: (a) Structural analysis, design and preparation of shop drawings for the specified design loads conforming to IS 875 part III (the system must passed the proof test at 1.5 times design wind pressure without any failure), including functional design of the aluminum sections for fixing glazing panels of various thicknesses, aluminium cleats, sleeves and splice plates etc. gaskets, screws, toggles, nuts, bolts, clamps etc., structural and weather silicone sealants, flashings, fire stop (barrier)-cum-smoke seals, microwave cured EPDM gaskets for water tightness, pressure equalisation & drainage and protection against fire hazard including: (b) Fabricating and supplying serrated M.S. hot dip galvanised / Aluminium alloy of 6005 T5 brackets of required sizes, sections and profiles etc. to accommodate 3 Dimensional movement for achieving perfect verticality and proper fixing of structural glazing system with the RCC/ masonry/structural steel framework of building structure, using stainless steel anchor fasteners/ bolts, nylon seperator to prevent bimetallic contacts with nuts and washers etc. of stainless steel grade 316, of the required capacity and in required numbers. (c) Providing and filling, two part pump filled, structural silicone sealant and one part weather silicone sealant compatible with the structural silicone sealant of required bite size in a clean and controlled factory / work shop environment, including double sided spacer tape, setting blocks and backer rod, all of approved grade, brand and manufacturer, as per the approved sealant design, within and all around the perimeter for holding glass.

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 169 -

(d) Providing and fixing in position flashings of solid aluminium sheet 1 mm thick and of sizes, shapes and profiles, as required as per the site conditions, to seal the gap between the building structure and all its interfaces with curtain glazing to make it watertight. (e) Making provision for drainage of moisture/ water that enters the curtain glazing system to make it watertight, by incorporating principles of pressure equalization, providing suitable gutter profiles at bottom (if required), making necessary holes of required sizes and of required numbers etc. complete. This item includes cost of all inputs of designing, labour for fabricating and installation of aluminium grid, installation of glazed units, T&P, scaffolding and other incidental charges including wastages etc., enabling temporary structures and services, cranes or cradles etc. as described above and as specified. The item includes the cost of getting all the structural and functional design checked and all the shop drawings vetted by the Principals of the structural glazing system. The item also includes the cost of all mock ups at site, cost of all samples of the individual components for testing in an approved laboratory, field tests on the assembled working structural glazing as specified, cleaning and protection till the handing over of the building for occupation. In the end, the Contractor shall provide a water tight structural glazing having all the performance characteristics etc. all complete as required, as per the Architectural drawings, as per item description, as specified, as per the approved shop drawings and as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge. (N.S. Item)

EE, AP-1

- 170 -

95.

804.11 Sqm

Providing, assembling and supplying vision glass panels (IGUs) comprising of hermetically-sealed 6-12-6 mm insulated glass (double glazed) vision panel units of size and shape as required and specified, comprising of an outer high performance heat strengthened float glass 6mm thick, of approved colour and shade with reflective soft coating on surface # 2 of approved colour and shade, an inner Heat strengthned clear float glass 6mm thick, spacer tube 12mm wide, dessicants, including primary seal and secondary seal (structural silicone sealant) etc. all complete for the required performances, as per the Architectural drawings, as per the approved shop drawings, as specified and as directed by the Engineer-inCharge. The IGUs shall be assembled in the factory/ workshop of the glass processor. (Payment for fixing of IGU Panels in the curtain glazing is included in cost of item No.1) For payment, only the actual area of glass on face # 1 of the glass panels (excluding the areas of the grooves and weather silicone sealant) provided and fixed in position, shall be measured in Sqm. (i) Coloured tinted float glass 6mm thick substrate with reflective soft coating on face # 2, + 12mm Airgap + 6mm Heat Strengthened clear Glass of approved make having properties as visible Light transmittance (VLT) of 25 to 35 %, Light reflection internal 10 to 15%, light reflection external 10 to 20 %, shading coefficient (0.25- 0.28) and U value of 3.0 to 3.3 W/m2 degree K etc. (N.S. Item)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 171 -

96.

40.74 Sqm

97.

74.93 Sqm

98.

99.89 Sqm

99.

129.49 Sqm

100.

100.00 Kg

Frameless Door Supplies of 12 mm clear toughened glass make saint gobain Including all holes & Cutout Charges. Fittings for door –floor Spring, top patch, and bottom patch, bottom locks, over penal, small over penal pivot & stainless steel handle 400mm long make DORMA EXCEL C. (N.S. Item) Frameless fix glass Supply of 12 mm clear toughened glass with polish grinding make saint gobain & Clear silicon will be of dow corning (USA) make for joint & waterproofing , masking tape & 25mmx38mm aluminum U Channel for glass fixing in floor & in top hang with L connector/MS bracket. (N.S. Item) Supply & fixing casement aluminium window ( 52 mm series ) with 16 TO 20 MICRON ANODISED & 8x100 Hilti HFV Anchor , 6mm st167 glass outside + 10 mm air gap + 6 mm clear glass in side with all hardware complete ETC.(SIZE 3.600*2.850) (N.S. Item) Designing, providing, custom fabricating & installing frameless façade glass system to withstand minimum 200kg/sqm wind pressure & comprising of Double Glazed Laminated Unit(6 mm + 1.52 PVB + 6 mm + 12 mm Air Gap + 8 mm Thk. Clear Toughened Glass)or as approved by Arch/Client supported with Dorma/equiv. Make architectural spider fittings attached to ms structured support & as per given elevational drawings supported on ms structural steel support &/or RCC supports. All accessories like counter sunk fixed head bolts, spiders, etc. to be Dorma/equi. Make. Clear silicones of Dow Corning make. (N.S. Item) Providing & fixing of MS profiles, fabrication & erection as per design requirement along with primer & two coats of PU paint in required finish with necessary Anchor fasteners, Nut bolts, washers etc. complete. (N.S. Item)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Kg (Per Kilo Gram)

EE, AP-1

- 172 -

101.

5.04 Sqm

Providing and fixing of Hollow metal fire rated doors as per IS 3614 part-1 & part-2 for stability and integrity. Pressed Galvanized steel confirming to IS 277 with the following specification. Recommended fire door shall have doors tested at CBRI or ARAI for maximum rating of 2hrs with vision panel. Test certificates should be available for vision lites /panels as part of the fire door assembly. Independent glass test certificates will not be accepted. Manufacturer test certificate shall cover doors both single and double leaf and all doors supplied should be within the tested specimen, deviation in specification and sheet thickness other than what is mentioned in the test certificates are not allowed. Proper label confirming the type of door and the hourly rating is mandatory. Approved manufacturer Shakti Hormann or approved equivalent. Door frame shall be double rebate frame profile of size 143 x 57mm made out of 1.60mm (16gauge) minimum thick galvanized steel sheet. Frames shall be Mitered and field assembled with self tabs. All provision should be mortised, drilled and tapped for receiving appropriate hardware. Frames should be provided with back plate bracket and anchor fasteners for installation on a finished plastered masonry wall opening. Once frame installed should be grouted with cement & sand slurry necessary for fire doors on the clear masonry opening.

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 173 -

Door leaf shall be 46mm thick fully flush double skin door with or without vision lite. Door leaf shall be manufactured from 1.2mm (18guage) minimum thick galvanised steel sheet. The internal construction of the door should be rigid reinforcement pads for receiving appropriate hardware. The infill material shall be resin bonded honeycomb core. All doors shall be factory prepped for receiving appropriate hardware and provided with necessary reinforcement for hinges, locks, and door closers. The edges should be interlocked with lock seam. For pair of doors astragals will be provided as required. Vision lite wherever applicable should be provided as per manufacturers recommendation with a beeding and screws from inside. The glass should be 6mm clear borosilicate fire rated glass of relavant rating of the door. All doors and frames shall be finished with polyurethane aliphatic grade paint of approved colour. The door leaf and frame shall have passed minimum 250 hours of salt sprey test. Providing & fixing of Door with Hardware ( Hinges, Panic bar with trim lock, door closer & vision panel size of 200x300 mm ) (N.S. Item)

EE, AP-1

- 174 -

102.

7867.47 Kg

103.

982.00 Nos.

104.

19379.20 Cum

Providing and fixing stainless steel (Grade 304) railing made of Hollow tubes, channels, plates etc., including welding, grinding, buffing, polishing and making curvature (wherever required) and fitting the same with necessary stainless steel nuts and bolts complete, i/c fixing the railing with necessary accessories & stainless steel dash fasteners , stainless steel bolts etc., of required size, on the top of the floor or the side of waist slab with suitable arrangement as per approval of Engineer-in-charge, ( for payment purpose only weight of stainless steel members shall be considered excluding fixing accessories such as nuts, bolts, fasteners etc.). (N.S. Item) Providing and fixing carbon steel galvanised (minimum coating 5 micron) dash fastener of 10 mm dia double threaded 6.8 grade (yield strength 480 N/mm2), counter sunk head, comprising of 10 m dia polyamide PA 6 grade sleeve, including drilling of hole in frame , concrete/ masonry, etc. as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. (N.S. Item) 10 x 160 mm Earth work tibba sand non plastic in road parking and under floor including excavation of earth in all kinds of soil with all lead and lift including loading, unloading, watering and compaction, compensation of earth etc., complete in all respect CBR minimum 8% sandy soil to the entire satisfaction of Engineer – in - Charge. (NS Items)

P.Kg (Per Kilo Gram)

Each

P.Cum (per Cubic metre)

EE, AP-1

- 175 -

105.

4012.74 Sqm

Supply & Fixing single layer of colour coated LYSAGHT PANELRIB profile sheeting with 1110mm effective cover width profile with nominal 3.5mm deep ribs at pitch of nominal 48mm centre to centre distance. The feed material shall be of 0.55mm BMT (0.6mm TCT excluding paint thickness) COLORBOND XRW steel- high tensile with min 550MPa yield strength, metallic hot-dipped coated with Al-Zn alloy (55% Aluminium, 43.5% Zinc, 1.5% Si) as per AS1397 / IS15961ZINCALUME AZ150 (min. 150 g/m2 total on both sides) with super durable polyester COLORBOND steel XRW quality paint system of approved color, suitable for exterior application conforming to AS/NZS 2728 type-4 / IS15965 class 3 of Tata bluescope steel make. The sheet shall have a total coating thickness of 35 microns, super durable polyester COLORBOND XRW quality paint system of 20 microns on exposed surface and 5 mircon reverse polyester coat on back surface over 5 micron primer coat on both surfaces. The paint system should have stable resin & inorganic pigments for paint durability and lead free for water harvesting. The steel sheet shall have brand marking of coated steel manufacture (product details, data, mfg name, etc) on back side at regular interval confirming genuineness of the material. Including of all hardware, overlaps wastage & of vate but excluding of service tax. (N.S. Item)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 176 -

106.

712.60 Sqm

107.

612.45 Sqm

108.

4132.07 Sqm

Providing & Fixing of (Armstrong or equivalent) Clip-in plain Mirror finish SS metal ceiling System consisting of 600x600 mm clip in tiles of stainless steel in 0.35 mm thickness with bevel edge in white colour (RAL 9010) with Light Reflectance > 60% and suitable for Green Building application, with Recycled content of 25%. Installation: To comprise 3000mm long ‘C’ channels spaced at 1200mm centres securely fixed to the structural soffit by support clamp & approved hangers. The last hanger at the end of each C channel should not be greater than 600mm from the adjacent wall. Use a Cchannel connector for splicing two pieces of C-channels. 4000mm Dp-12 Main carriers (spring tee bars) shall be spaced at 600mm centres in a direction perpendicular to the C-channels and shall be secured at every intersection with C channel using a dp-12 hanger. Tiles should be clipped in between two Dp-12 carriers (spring tee bars) from below. Perimeter trims to be of wall angles of white colour secured to walls at 450mm maximum centres. Cut tiles to be secured to the wall angles using a spring clamp (N.S. Item) Finishing walls with textured exterior paint of required shade : New work (Two or more coats applied @ 3.28 ltr/10 Sqm) over and including priming coat of exterior primer applied @ 2.20kg/10 Sqm (N.S. Item) Painting with black anti-corrosive bitumastic paint of approved brand and manufacture to give an even shade: Two or more coats on new work (N.S. Item)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 177 -

109.

4132.07 Sqm

Providing and fixing Terreal terracotta (Breeze® or equivalent ) cladding of dimension 304*594*16 mm with modules of 300*600 with Q3** resistance to impacts (classification as per P08- 302) with wind resistance to positive/ negative pressure 2380 Pa, weight of 27.13 kg per m2 which conform to standard NF EN 539-2, water absorption to be between 3% 5% conforming to EN ISO 10545-3 § 5.1.1, bending strength not to exceed 1503 Newton conforming to EN ISO 10545-4. Installation of terracotta panels to be done by securing to the vertical T-shaped aluminum profile using the fixing clips fastened with 2 self-tapping stainless steel screws. Vertical aluminum T-shaped profiles are to be pre-punched hole with vertical spacing of 25mm. The terracotta tile is to be well-supported on four points by the clips and on its two smaller sides by the rubber gasket so as to have a very good wind load resistance of 2380 Pa and flexural strength of 150 da N. The total thickness of cladding system are not to be more than 110 mm. The quantity of products per sq.m are to be 5.56 tiles, with quantity of profiles per main course sq.m to be 1.67 lm/m2, with quantity of clips to be 11.11 nos. per sq.m. The Terracotta tile has to have tolerances in length (± 1 mm), Width (± 1.5 mm), Thickness (± 1 mm), Side straightness (± 2 mm), perpendicularity (± 0.5 mm), Flatness over the height (± 2 mm), Flatness over the length (± 2 mm), Water absorption (< 6%), Average bending strength (≥ 14N/mm²), Splinters, craters of lime (depth) (<1mm), Frost resistance (> 150 cycles), Wind Resistance (≤ 7700 Pa), Impact resistance (Q1 (French std testing) and a warranty period of 10 years attached with the Terreal product. (N.S. Item)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 178 -

110.

159.95 Sqm

111.

1668.13 Sqm

112.

21.37 Sqm

Providing 10 mm thick plaster of Paris (gypsum anhydrous) ceiling up to a height of 5 m above floor level, over first class kail wood strips 25x6 mm with 10 mm gap in between and reinforced with rabbit wire mesh fixed to wooden frame. (N.S. Item) Providing and Laying 4mm thick Spacers for Tile Flooring as per design and drawings complete as per Manufacturer specifications and direction of Engineer-in-charge. (N.S. Item) Supply & Fixing of Unitile® or equivalent Solid Fill, (USF) 600x600mm, 33 mm thick, Grade 800 with top performance finish of PVC / Vinyl Antistatic with ESRG Understructure system suitable for finish floor height of up to 450mm (Suitable for Server Rooms, Hub Rooms and Other Technical Areas). (N.S. Item)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 179 -

113.

24.78 Kg

114.

2302.60 Sqm

Providing and Fixing Foot Railing (KICH/Dorma/D-Line /Fitwell or equivalent) AISI 316 grade Stainless Steel Knock down (No Welding ) Railing Sysytem comprising 50 mm Dia handrail fixed on AISI 316 Grade SS 50*12 mm dia Top Mounted Flate baluster joint with T Bracket , balustrade will be fixed on to floor with casted plate minimum 6 mm thick , Base plate should be concealed with suitable AISI 316 grade SS Cap. High strenght Anchor Fastner would br used for fixing Baluster . Balustrade Make Design DT31-1-203, Balustrade should be placed at maximum 1200mm C/C distance. Handrail And Baluster should be in matt finish,polishing should be done by only automic machine to achieve smooth and long lasting hairline finish. if any welding must be done at factory by automatic welding machine in Tig welding process with same AISI 316 grade with accurate prescision so as no welding marks , burrs are visible on products. wall thickness of all pipes shall be taken as 1.5 mm along with all visible components developed in High Grade SS. Railing height to be taken @ 300 mm from floor level. (N.S. Item) Providing & applying Apex Ultima Weather Proof Exterior Emulsion Exterior Paints of approved make & shade manufactured by reputed manufacturer like NEROLAC / ASIAN / BERGER / DULOX or equivalent to make an even finished surface over a coat of primer with water bond cement primer in all heights with all scaffolding and staging charges including cost, conveyance, taxes of all materials, cost of all labours, T & P, sundries etc. as required for the work complete. (N.S. Item)

P.Kg (per Kilo Gram)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 180 -

115.

99 Nos.

116.

856.17 Sqm

Providing M.S. foot rests including fixing in manholes with 20x20x10 cm cement concrete blocks 1:3:6 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand : 6 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) as per standard design : With 20x20 mm square bar(N.S. Item) Injection Waterproofing Providing and applying Injection water proofing treatment for basement, underground tank and other RCC structure with the following operations: FOR VERTICAL WALLS ( post construction) Providing and laying water proofing treatment by chemical injection grout process in water tank (Underground and Over head) or other areas using 20mm dia MS nozzles of minimum 25mm deep in walls placed and fixed @1.2m distance in both direction in the wall and @ 0.75m c/c along construction joints, consisting of injecting cement slurries of different viscosities under pressure by pump using acrylic based water proofing chemical mixed with neat cement slurry and sealing off nozzles after the injection operation with suitable admixture including providing and applying two coats of acrylic based water proofing chemical mixed with neat cement slurry as per manufacturers specifications and providing 12-15mm thick neat finished cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) added with acrylic based water proofing chemical as per manufacturers specification and direction of Owner. (N.S. Item)

Each

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 181 -

117.

405.29 Sqm

118.

327.81 Sqm

FOR HORIZONTAL SURFACES Providing and laying water proofing treatment by chemical injection grout process on basement, base of underground water tank or other area as per specifications comprising of two layers of Cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) mixed with Acrylica water prooofing compound, providing and fixing 20mm pipe sleeves at 1.2m C/C and grouting acrylic based water proofing chemical mixed with neat cement slurry through the pipes with, complete with cutting & sealing of the pipes as per specification and direction of Owner. (N.S. Item) Providing and applying 25 mm cement plaster in two coats under layer 15 mm thick cement plaster 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) finished with a top layer 10mm thick cement plaster 1:4 (1 cement :4 fine sand) including making of grooves, bands, drip coarse as shown in drawing, scaffolding, curing, providing & mixing water proofing compound (CICO) in both layers as per manufacturer specification etc. complete as per drawing. (N.S. Item)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 182 -

119.

1235 Nos.

1. Stadium seat - Penworkers (Or equivalent) B92. Bucket seat used for indoor / outdoor stadiums with dimension of 450 mm - centre to centre and backrest height of 750mm and warranty of 3 years. 2. Back & Seat - All propylene seats are to be individually formed using top grade polypropylene which contains the maximum anti-static and ultra-violet additives, specially formulated based on colour selection and location of installation. The material is fully colour compound, which ensures that all the additives are fully dispersed, and uniform. The seat is ribbed for anti-slide and the shape is designed for comfort and strength. 3.Metal Finishing - All metal parts exposed shall be stripped and cleaned with iron phosphate, hot water rinsed and then chromic acid rinsed. All metal parts are coated with an epoxy finish of at least 60 microns. The seat is attached to the frame by two formed 5mm steel brackets. The end of the beams are protected with end cap to avoid water penetration and sharp edges. 4. Advantages - Comfort especially studied according to fundamental criteria of ergonomic. All parts constituting the chairs have passed endurance tests. Durability of the chair & after sales services for all spare parts of the model. 5. Vendor/Agent - To be a manufacturing company with ISO-9001, ISO-14001, OHSAS- 18001 certifications and to be International Member of BIFMA. Vendor to have in house capabilities of PU injection / laser cutting / vacuum forming of plastic / 7 tank powder coating / conveyor assembly / robotic welding / circular grinding saw with wide belt grinding/ sanding / polishing. All metal components powder coating to be by Hoist & Crane system followed by degreasing / derusting / activation followed by 7 tank powder coating process. In last 3 years, vendor to have completed atleast 1 project of order value 1 crore, or 2 projects of 50 lacs each or 4 projects of 25 lacs each with minimum yearly turnover of Rs 10 crore & 20,000 cinema/auditorium seats manufactured. (NS Items)

Each

EE, AP-1

- 183 -

120.

54 Nos.

1.Auditorium chair - Penworkers (Or

Each

equivalent) EROS Model PW004. CTC 535 mm. A tipup seat which is spring free with a gravity tipup movement and

warranted

for

5

years.

2.Structure - Stand to be 200x75x6mm. M.S.Flat welded to 38x38x2mm CRCA tube with 22" long, further supported to 38x38x2mm - 11" long CRCA tube. The tipup movement to be supported by

200x75x6mm

M.S.Flat

with

M.S.twin support of 12mm in Dia. Seat bracket to be 12x25x100 mm, M.S.Flat welded to a plate of 80x100x3mm. Back bracket to be 200x70x70mm by 1.6mm CRCA sheet with 2 longitudinal holes for bolting.

3.Back - To be

made of plywood size 480x450x12 mm thick and PU foam of 480x460x6mm. Seat - To be made of plywood of size 440x470x19 mm thick and PU foam of 460x480x80 mm. Side Panels - All side panels to be of 12 mm plywood covered with fabric and fused with foam, side panel to cover all metal parts. Fabric - 100%polyester stretch fabric to be fused with 5mm / 7.5mm foam wherever quilting is required. Arm rest - Made of teak wood of size 425x25x55/70 mm depending on the ctc of the chair. PU foam of apparent density of 50 +/-5 kg/m² in seat and 48 +/-5 kg/m² in back. (NS Items)

EE, AP-1

- 184 -

121.

38 Nos.

1. Auditorium chair - Penworkers (Or equivalent) Pushback Model PW009. CTC - 21"/22". A pushback seat with simultaneous movement of the seat and back with auto stop at all places and warranted for 5 years. 2.Back - 15mm bent plywood of size 470 x 130 x 640 to 770 mm height (as required by the customer). Seat 19mm plywood seat of size 480 x 490 x 19mm. 3.Pushback - A metal sheet mechanism duly embossed of size 450 x 440 x 1.6mm. 2 triangular blocks duly embossed - 300x300mm with 4 of 9mm holes. Longitudinal tubes duly bent in shape with seat back bracket inter connected/riveted/welded. Back bracket to have stopper cup with rivets. All rivets to be with nylon washers and pneumatic machine only. Metal stand to be duly bent in 1 piece and supported by 3 structures 20x40x270mm each. Side Panels - All side panels to be of 12 mm plywood covered with fabric and fused with foam, side panel to cover all metal parts. Fabric - 100% polyester stretch fabric to be fused with 5mm / 7.5mm foam wherever quilting is required. Arm rest - Option of plastic cupholder with fabric insert in the arm rest or teak wood of size 425x25x55/70 mm depending on the ctc of the chair & polished in any colour as desired. PU foam of apparent density of 50 +/-5 kg/m² in seat and 48 +/-5 kg/m² in back. (NS Items)

Each

EE, AP-1

- 185 -

122.

2148.85 Cum

123.

344.42 Cum

Providing and laying Granular Sub Base consisting of filter layer confirming to Table 400.1 Grading - III of MoRT&H 5th edition, mixing in a mechanical mix plant at OMC, carriage of mix material to the site of work, spreading in uniform layer with motor grader on prepared surface and compacting with vibratory power roller to achieve desired density complete as per clause No. 401 of MoRT&H specifications. (NS Items) Note: - 1. Only crushed metal material should be used. No local earth sand shall be used. The material finer than 425 micron shall have zero Plasticity Index (PI). 2. Material and operation manufacturing shall be approved by engineer. Providing & laying Stone Metal (G-I) 63 to 45mm gauge wearing coat to Water Bound Macadam in layer of 75mm each using screening type 'B' compacting with 3 wheeled steel roller/vibratory roller to achieve the desired density including lighting, guarding barricading and maintenance of diversion etc. as per clause No.404 of MoRT&H specifications of road & bridges (5th Revision) of 2013 as per drawing and design directed by the Engineer complete in all respect. (N.S.) Note: No local earth / natural occurring sand shall be allowed to be used as binding / screening. (NS Items)

P.Cum (per Cubic metre)

P.Cum (Per Cubic Metre)

EE, AP-1

- 186 -

124.

344.42 Cum

125.

344.42 Cum

Providing & laying 75mm thick (Compacted) stone metal (G-II) 53mm to 22.4mm gauge wearing coat to water bound macadam in layer of 75 mm each using screening type ‘B’ compacting with 3 wheeled steel roller / vibratory roller to achieve the desire density including lighting, guarding barricading and maintenance of diversion etc. as per clause No.404 of MoRT&H specifications for road & bridge (5th Revision) of 2013 as per drawing and design directed by the Engineer complete in all respects. (NS Items). Note:-. No local earth / natural occurring sand shall be allowed to be used as binding / screening. Providing and laying Dry Lean Cement Concrete Sub –Base Construction of dry lean Cement Concrete M-10 sub base over a prepared sub grade with coarse and fine aggregate conforming to IS 383 the size if course aggregate not exceeding 25 mm aggregate cement ratio not to be exceed 15:1 aggregate gradation after blending to be as per table 600-1of MoRT&H specification (5th edition) cement content not to be less than 150 kg/ cum optimum moisture content to be determined during trail length construction, concrete strength not to be less than as per ISI marked provision MPA at 7 days mixed in the batching plant transported to site laid with a paver compacting with 5-10 tonne vibratory roller, finishing and curing as per clause 601 of MoRT&H specification (5th edition ) 2013. Note: - If cement contents are required more than 150 Kg. per cum to achieve strengthening it will be incidental to work and nothing shall be payable on this account. (NS Items).

P.Cum (Per Cubic Metre)

P.Cum (per Cubic metre

EE, AP-1

- 187 -

126.

688.85 Cum

127.

114.01 Sqm

Providing and laying cement concrete of un-reinforced, dowel jointed, plain cement concrete pavement M-40 over a prepared sub base with 43 grade cement @ minimum 440 Kg. per cum, coarse and fine aggregate not exceeding 25mm, mixed in a batching and mixing plant as per approved mix design, transported to site, laid with a fixed form or slip form paver, spread, compacted and finished in a continuous operation including provision of contraction, expansion, construction and longitudinal joints, joint filler, separation membrane, sealant primer, joint sealant, debonding strip, dowel bar, tie rod, admixtures as approved, curing compound, finishing to lines and grades as per drawing and MoRT&H specification No.602. 5th edition 2013 (NS Items) Note: - Minimum cement contents shall be 440 Kg. per cum of concrete. If job mix formula required more it shall be incidental to work and nothing shall be payable on this account. Providing, hoisting and fixing up to floor five level precast reinforced cement concrete in shelves, slab cover, including setting in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand), cost of required centering, shuttering and finishing with neat cement punning on exposed surfaces but excluding the cost of reinforcement, with 1:2:4 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 12.5 mm nominal size). (NS Items).

P.Cum (Per Cubic Metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 188 -

128.

1460.00 Cum

129.

7300.00 Sqm

130.

14600.00 Sqm

Providing, laying, spreading and compacting graded stone aggregate to Wet Mix Macadam (WMM) specification including premixing the Material with water at OMC in mechanical mix plant carriage of mixed Material by tipper to site, laying in uniform layers with paver in subbase/base course on well prepared surface and compacting with vibratory roller to achieve the desired density as per MoRT&H specification for road & bridge (5th Revision) of 2013 as per drawing and design directed by the Engineer complete in all respects as per clause No.406. (NS Items) Note:- Only crushed material should be used. No local earth / sand shall be used. Providing and Laying primer Coat using emulsion S.S. Grade (Bulk) @ of 60 Kg per hundred Sqm on new WBM surface and complete in all respects including cost of emulsion as per MoRT&H specification (5th edition)2013 clause No.502. (NS Items) Providing and laying tack coat with bitumen VG-10 grade pressure distributor at the rate of 0.30 kg per sqm on the prepared bitumen/granular surface cleaned with mechanical broom including cost of bitumen as per clause No. 503 (5th edition) 2013 of MoRT&H specification. (NS Items)

P.Cum (Per Cubic Metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 189 -

131.

365.00 Cum

Providing & Laying 50 mm thick compacted Dense Graded Bituminous Macadam (DBM) in one layer with 100120 TPH batch type hot mix plant and with a hydrostatic paver finisher with sensor control to the required grade, level and alignment, rolling with smooth wheeled, vibratory and tandem rollers to achieve the desired compaction as per clause No. 505 MoRT&H specification for road and bridge works (5th edition) 2013 using minimum 4.50% (upto 75 mm thick) to bitumen grade VG-30 as binder content by weight of total mix, complete in all respect including cost of bitumen instruction issued from time to time by MoRT&H regarding machinery & bitumen will be followed strictly. The use of self propelled mechanical paver fitted with electronic sensor device conforming to MoRT&H specification (5th edition) 2013 is mandatory. If bitumen required more than 4.50% as per job mix formula no extra payment will be made, extra bitumen required will be considered as incidental to work. (NS Items).

P.Cum (Per Cubic Metre)

EE, AP-1

- 190 -

132.

219.00 Cum

133.

8030.00 Sqm

134.

1140.00 Cum

Providing & Laying 30mm compacted Bituminous Concrete (BC) in one layer with 100-120 TPH batch/ drum type hot mix plant and with a hydrostatic paver finisher with sensor control to the required grade, level and alignment, rolling with smooth wheeled, vibratory and tandem rollers to achieve the desired compaction as per clause No. 507 MoRT&H specification (5th Revision) 2013 for road and bridge works (5th Revision)2013 using minimum 5.4% to bitumen grade CRMB-55 as binder content by weight of total mix, complete in all respects including cost of bitumen instruction issued from time to time by MoRT&H regarding machinery & bitumen will be followed strictly. The use of self propelled mechanical paver fitted with electronic sensor device conforming to MoRT&H specification in mandatory. (NS Items) If bitumen required more than 5.4% as per job mix formula no extra payment will be made, extra bitumen required will be considered as incidental to work. Supply and placing of Mirafi 140 or equivalent non woven geotextile separation Barrier to cover the entire field including the edges and also with and overlap between panels as well as the barrier to be placed in the perimeter also. (N.S) Providing and laying of compacted 150mm thick with 40mm metal (Coarse Rubble Granite Stone) combined with a downgraded stone up to 30mm to form a contour and elevations to be desired levels. (N.S)

P.Cum (Per Cubic Metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Cum (per Cubic metre)

EE, AP-1

- 191 -

135.

570.00

136.

189.90 Cum

137.

189.90 Cum

138.

2.00 Nos.

139.

850.00 R.Mtr.

140.

7420.00 Sqm

Providing and laying of compacted 75mm thick with 20mm to a downgraded metal (Coarse Rubble Granite Stone) combined to form a contour and elevations to be desired level. (N.S) Providing and laying of compacted fill 25mm thick with 10mm to downgraded metal (Coarse Rubble Granite Stone) combined to the desired level. (N.S) Providing and laying of compacted of fill 25mm thick stone dust 6mm thick to downgraded combined to form a contour and elevations to the desired level. (N.S) Construction of Catch Basins connected to Drain pipes of dimensions 1100X1100X2000mm connected to the drain pipe with 200mm R.C.C. M-20 in walls and base including cost of internal plaster, plaster punning. Reinforecement, earth work, scaffolding and shuttering, curing all labour and material complete. (N.S) Providing and laying of perforated PVC Drain pipes of 6'' inner dia and load bearing of min. 8 kg.per cm sqr. With staggered perforations of 1'' dia at every 6'' intervals of 2'' inch spacing, and across a curvature of 160'' and solidly bedded in backfill material in the Perimeter Drain as per slope and design. Provide full bearing for each pipe section throughout its length to its true grades and alignment and continuous slope 1:100 in the direction of flow. (N.S) Supply and installation of artificial football turf of FIFA 2 star standard all completes with line marking made of Mono fibre 4NX (6 filament). Yarn dtex 12.000 dtex 100% polyethylene yarn thickness 400 micron, yarn height 60mm Backing polyurethane, PU, Yarn weight 1.390 g/m sqr. Backing weight 215 g/m sqr., Coating Weight 500/gm sqr., Total Weight of Carpet 2.105 g/m sqr. In fill silica 16kg/m sqr., SBR 16 kg/m sqr. (N.S)

P.Cum (per Cubic metre)

P.Cum (per Cubic metre) P.Cum (per Cubic metre)

Each

P.RMtr. (Per Running Metre)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

EE, AP-1

- 192 -

141.

7300.00 Sqm

142.

410.00 Mtr.

143.

37.01 Cum

Providing and laying synthetic athletic track surface (Prefabricated machine made 13.5mm) including marking on the surface all complete as per specification IAAF and EN 14877 and as per direction of Engineer-incharge. (N.S) Constructing drain as per drawing (including the PCC base ) excluding cost of cover and plaster but placing 0.45m to 0.060m the same design and sample to be 1st got approved having a slope of max 1.300 to 1.400 minimum of reinfored cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement :2 coarse sand : 4 stone aggregate of 12.5mm nominal size) & inside surface plastered smooth with neat cement finish) (N.S) Providing and laying at or near ground level factory made kerb stone of M-25 grade cement concrete in position to the required line, level and curvature, jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand), including making joints with or without grooves (thickness of joints except at sharp curve shall not to more than 5mm), including making drainage opening wherever required complete etc. as per direction of Engineer-in-charge (length of finished kerb edging shall be measured for payment). (Precast C.C. kerb stone shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge). (N.S)

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Mtr. (Per Running Metre)

P.Cum (Per Cubic Metre)

EE, AP-1

- 193 -

144.

2100.00 Sqm

145.

15000.00 Kg

146.

550 Nos.

Providing and fixing G.I. chain link fabric fencing of required width in mesh size 50x50 mm including strengthening with 2 mm dia wire or nuts, bolts and washers as required complete as per the direction of Engineer-incharge. Made of G.I. wire of dia 4 mm(N.S) Steel work welded in built up sections/ framed work, including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer using structural steel etc. as required. In stringers, treads, landings etc. of stair cases, including use of chequered plate wherever required, all complete(N.S) Providing and fixing factory made

P.Sqm (per Square metre)

P.Kg (Per Kilo Gram)

Each

precast RCC perforated drain covers, having concrete of strength not less than M-25, of size 750 x 450x50 mm, reinforced with 8 mm dia four nos longitudinal & 9 nos cross sectional T.M.T. hoop bars, including providing 50 mm dia perforations @ 100 to 125 mm c/c, including providing edge binding with M.S. flats of size 50 mm x 1.6 mm complete, all as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. (N.S)

147. 2 Nos. 10 Set 1 Set

Providing and fixing of IFFA approved instrument(N.S) Pole vault box and blanking board Take of board system for long Jamp and triple jamp Track kerbing (aluminum) set for standard 400 metre 8 lane track

Each Per Set Per Set

Part – 2 EE, AP-1

- 194 -

II)

Public Health works

148.

Excavation of trenches in streets, lanes or in Open areas for storm sewer, sewers running by Gravity nd manholes to full depths as shown In drawings including shoring timbering of Poling boards, frame System type, dressing to correct Sections and dimensions, according to templates and levels, Dewatering, provision for diversion of traffic, cutting trees and Bushes etc. Night signals, profiles, pegs, sight rails, oning rods, Crossing over trenches for access to the houses, watching fencing, Etc., fixing and maintenance of caution boards, refilling of trenches, Watering of refill, in 15 m layers, ramming and restoration of Unmetalled or unpaved surface to original condition and removal Of surplus soil from site of work, upto a lead of 1 Km in ordinary soil. (HSR 6.10) for depths of excavation exceeding 3 metres, but not exceeding 4.5 metres (HSR 6.10) (a)

5500.00 Cum 50.00 Cum 149.

150.

10 Nos.

100.00 per sqm benc hing & floori ng surfa ce meas ured horiz ontal ly

for depths of excavation exceeding 3 metres, but not exceeding 4.5 metres (HSR 6.10) (a) for depths of excavation exceeding 4.5 metres, but not exceeding 6.00 metres. (HSR 6.10) (c) MAKING CONNECTION WITH THE EXISTING G.I BRANCH MAIN UPTO 40 MM size including cutting and threading pipe etc., complete excluding cost of tee and long screw, but including cartage of material of site. (HSR 28.34) EXTRA OVER THE RATE laid down in this Schedule FOR CEMENT CONCRETE WORK FOR MAKING AND FINISHING BENCHING AND COMPLICATED FLOOR WORK IN MANHOLES, including formation of channels and bulldozing and smooth finishing the surface accurately to template. (HSR 29.43)

P.Cum (per Cubic metre) P.Cum (per Cubic metre) Each

Per sqm benching & flooring surface measured horizontally

EE, AP-1

- 195 -

151.

40 Nos.

10 Nos.

152. 5.00 Per 0.30 metr e dept h 0.50 Per 0.30 metr e dept h

CONSTRUCTING BRICK MASONRY INSPECTION CHAMBER SIZES AS GIVEN BELOW UPTO 0.60 METRE AVERAGE DEPTH in cement Mortar 1:5 LIME CONCRETE with 40 percent lime mortar 2:3 in foundation Cement mortar 1:2:4 BENCHING 12 mm THICK CEMENT PLASTER 1:2 with a floating coat of 1 mm thick of neat cement R.C.C 1:2:4 SLAB 100 mm THICK/CC/ TOPPING 50 mm THICK WITH 455 MM x 455 MM X 610MM INSIDE LIGHT DUTY C.I. INSPECTION CHAMBER COVER AND FRAME Weight as per I.SI. specification painted WITH 3 COATS OF black bitumastic superior paint complete as per standard design. (HSR 29.84) Size 450 mm x 450 mm inside (with 455 mm x 455 mm cover and frame light duty single seal weighing 40 kg with C.C. topping ) (HSR 29.84 (a) Size 450 mm x 600 mm inside (with 455 mm x 610 mm cover and frame light duty single seal pattern I weighing 38 kg with C.C. topping) (HSR 29.84 (b) EXTRA FOR EVERY 0.30 METRE DEPTH OF INSPECTION CHAMBER (HSR 29.85) 450 mm x 450 mm (HSR 29.85) (a)

450 mm x 600 mm (HSR 29.85) (b)

Each

Each

Per 0.30 metre depth

Per 0.30 metre depth

EE, AP-1

- 196 -

153.

29 Nos.

CONSTRUCTING BRICK MASONRY ROAD GULLY CHAMBERS (as per sizes given below) including dressing of beds sand sides of chamber to exact profiles, 15CM THICK LIME CONCRETE 16:24:100 (as per specified in item no.10.6) IN FOUNDATION, 1ST CLASS BRICK WORK LAID IN CEMENT SAND MORTAR, 1:5 40MM THICK CEMENT CONCRETE 1:2:4 TOPPING INSIDE THE CHAMBER WITH A FLOATING COAT OF 1:5 MM THICK NEAT CEMENT LAID IN ONE OPREATION TO THE TOPPING THE ENTIRE INNER SURFACE OF THE CHAMBER RENDERED WITH NEAT CEMENT NOT LESS THAN 12 MM IN THICKNESS OF 1:2 CEMENT SAND PLASTER AND FINISHED WITH A FLOATING COAT OF NEAT CEMENT 1mm thick left absolutely smooth polished and correct to templates including labour for fixing the C.I. road specified in item no,29.48 complete and to the requirement of the Engineer-in-charge (HSR 29.87) (a) SINGLE ROAD GULLY CHAMBER (i) size 610 mm x 457mm x 800mm

Each

EE, AP-1

- 197 -

154.

13 Nos. 7 Nos. 4 Nos.

20 Nos. 12 Nos.

CONSTRUCTION OF RECTANGULAR STANDARD BRICK MASONRY MANHOLE CHAMBERS to standard drawings on S.W pipe sewers or other circular pipe sewers upto the required depth in 1.5 CEMENT SAND MORTAR, lime concrete in bed and sides of pipe sewer and cement concrete 1:2:4 IN BENCHING, 12 MM THICK WATER TIGHT 1:2 CEMENT SAND PLASTER WITH A FLOATING COAT OF NEAT CEMENT AND FINISHED WITH 2 COATS OF sodium Silicate on interior surface where required. REINFORCED CEMEN CONCRETE SLAB 180 MM THICK FIXING 560 MM internal diameter C.I. MANHOLE COVER AND FRAME WEIGHT not less than 2.5 quintal PAINTED WITH 3 COATS OF BLACK BITUMEN PAINT, FIXING galvanised Malleable IRON STEPS embedded in 1:2 cement sand mortar COMPLETE. The rate cover the cost of M.S steel for R.C.C slab Labour for fixing and carriage of C.I manhole frame and cover and malleable iron steps from the stores of the Engineer-in-charge of the works to the site of works. The rate also includes the cost of accurately planned and fitted centring, supports for all works as well as for all curves and special work, cleaning out their beds etc. Sodium silicate shall be supplied free of cost at the stores of Engineer- in-charge. (HSR 29.90) On 150 mm internal diameter pipe sewer (HSR 29.90) (II) for 1.20 metres depth below ground level (HSR 29.90) (II) (a) for 1.50 metres depth below ground level (HSR 29.90) (II) (b) for 1.80 metres depth below ground level (HSR 29.90) (II) (c) On 200 mm internal diameter pipe sewer (HSR 29.90) (IV) for 1.80 metres depth below ground level. (HSR 29.90) (IV) (a) for 2.10 metres depth below ground level. (HSR 29.90) (IV) (b)

Each Each Each

Each Each

EE, AP-1

- 198 -

2 Nos.

17 Nos. 3 Nos. 1 Nos.

9 Nos. 9 Nos. 155.

850.00 Mtr. 10.00 Mtr. 400.00 Mtr. 10.00 Mtr. 10.00 Mtr. 352.00 Mtr. 80.00 Mtr.

for 2.40 metres depth below ground level (HSR 29.90) (IV) (c) On 300 mm internal diameter pipe sewer (HSR 29.90) (VII) for 2.40 metres depth below ground level (HSR 29.90) (VII) (a) for 2.70 metres depth below ground level (HSR 29.90) (VII) (b) for 3.00 metres depth below ground level (HSR 29.90) (VII) (c) On 450 mm internal diameter pipe sewer (HSR 29.90) (XI) for 2.40 metres depth below ground level (HSR 29.90) (XI) (a) for 2.70 metres depth below ground level (HSR 29.90) (XI) (b) Providing, lowering, laying, cutting (cut surface to be uniformly finished), jointing with rubber rings marked with IS: 5382 and testing of spigot and socketted RCC NP2 marked with IS: 458-1988 and specials into trenches for all depths including carriage, loading, unloading, stacking, handling, rehandling etc. complete in all respects to the satisfaction to the Engineer-incharge. (HSR 29.93) 200 MM I/D 250 MM I/D 300 MM I/D 350 MM I/D 400 MM I/D 450 MM I/D 600 MM I/D

Each

Each Each Each

Each Each

P.Mtr. (per metre) P.Mtr. (per metre) P.Mtr. (per metre) P.Mtr. (per metre) P.Mtr. (per metre) P.Mtr. (per metre) P.Mtr. (per metre)

EE, AP-1

- 199 -

156.

58 Nos.

157.

158.

10.00 Mtr. 460.00 Mtr. 145.00 Mtr. 10.00 Mtr. 135.00 Mtr. 10.00 Mtr. 10.00 Mtr. 3 Nos.

Providing and fixing SFRC Manhole covers and frames marked with IS: 12592 including setting the same to correct lines and levels in 1:2 cement sand mortar over manhole including carriage loading, unloading stacking handing re-handing etc. comlete in all respects to the satisfaction of engineer in charge. (HSR 29.94) type: extra heavy duty set (hd-20) 560mm clear opening. (HSR 29.94 (b) Providing salt glazed stone ware pipes grade ‘A’ in standard length of 600 mm each pipe marked with IS: 651 and their lowering, cutting, jointing and testing as described in HSR item No. 29.38, 29.39, 29.40 including the cost of jointing materials as well as carriage, loading, unloading, stacking, handling, re-handling etc. complete in all respects to the satisfaction of Engineer-in- Charge. (HSR 29.95) 100 MM I/D 150 MM I/D 200 MM I/D 250 MM I/D 300 MM I/D 350 MM I/D 400 MM I/D Providing & Fixing in position best Indian make (to the approval of the Engineer-in-charge). Indian type Orissa or Orya water closet suite for sinking into floor, with raised foot treads complete with 100mm G.C.I.’P’ trap with or without vent as required and all other necessary fittings as fully described in item no. 30.1 above.[HSR 30.2] (b) Size 630 mm (i) White

Each

P.Mtr. (per metre) P.Mtr. (per metre) P.Mtr. (per metre) P.Mtr. (per metre) P.Mtr. (per metre) P.Mtr. (per metre) P.Mtr. (per metre) Each

EE, AP-1

- 200 -

159.

79 Nos.

160.

79 Nos.

161.

3 Nos.

Providing & FIXING IN POSITION BEST INDIAN MAKE (as approved by the Engineer-in-charge) EUROPEAN TYPE WATER CLOSET SUITE, SYPHONIC TYPE, Consisting of(i) VITREOUS CHINAWARE SYPHONIC SUITE WITH 15 LITRES CAPACITY MATCHING CHINAWARE CISTERN and all internal brass fittings COMPLETE WITH ‘P’ or ‘S’ TRAP with or without vent; (as approved by the Engineer-in-charge) (ii) One piece SEAT AND LID IN HOLLOW BLACK OR WHITE PLASTIC fitted with chromium plated hinges and rubber buffers, (to the approval of the Engineer-in-charge) COMPLETE in all respects INCLUDING CUTTING AND MAKING GOOD THE WALLS AND FLOORS. (HSR 30.5) (a) Single trap symphonic W.C. Suite (HSR 30.5 (a) (i) White EXTRA OVER item nos. 30.3 to 30.6 FOR PROVIDING AND FIXING BEST INDIAN MAKE PLASTIC HYGENIC SEAT with lid complete instead of hollow Black or white plaster seat and lid. (HSR 30.13) (i) White Providing & FIXING 32 MM DIAMETER G.I EXTENSION PIPE for Indian type W.C suite complete in all respects. (HSR 30.16)

Each

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 201 -

162.

3 Nos.

163.

19 Nos.

Providing & FIXING IN POSITION BESTINDIA MAKE LARGE FLAT BACK or Angular lipped from Urinal 610 MM HIGH consisting of: (i) Flat back lipped or angular urinal basin or VITREOUS CHINAWARE; (to the approval of the Engineer-in-charge) (ii) 5 LITRES CAPACITY mosquito proof INDIAN MAKE C.I AUTOMATIC flushing CISTERN painted with non- Yellowing white enamel paint or other approved shade Enamel paint on outside and superior black britumastic Paint on inside with screwed 15 mm pipe. (iii) PAIR OF R.S : OR C.I. PAINTED BRACKETS AND BRASS COUPLINGS:(iv) Pair of C.I SPECIAL TYPE BRAKCETS for urinal : (v) 32 MM C.P BRASS SPREADER: (vi) Standard size G.I flush PIPE WITH C.P BRASS WALL CLIPS AND UNIONS: (vii) 32 mm C.P brass waste with dome-grating: (viii) 32 MM C.P BRASS BOTTLE TRAP: COMPLETE INCLUDING CUTTING AND MAKING GOOD THE WALLS AND FLOORS AND PAINTING OF FITTINGS ETC. (as required by the Engineer-in-charge) (HSR 30.25) Single Urinal (i) White (HSR 30.25 (i) Providing & FIXING IN POSITION BEST INDIAN MAKE A RANGE OF TWO URINALS FLAT BACK OR ANGULAR LIPPED FRONT 610 HIGH IN VITREOUS CHINA-WARE WITH 5 LITRES CAPACITY BEST INDIAN MAKE C.I. AUTOMATIC FLUSHING CISTERN WITH FITTINGS AND FLUSH PIPE ETC., COMPLETE AS FULLY DESCRIBED IN ITEM NO. 30.25 ABOVE. (HSR 30.26) Range of two urinals (i) White (HSR 30.26 (i)

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 202 -

164.

32 Nos.

165.

166.

167.

19 Nos. 32 Nos. 87 Nos.

87 Nos.

Providing & FIXING IN POSITION BEST INDIAN MAKE A RANGE OF THREE URINALS LARGE FLAT BACK OR ANGULAR LIPPED FRONT IN 610 MM HIGH IN VITREOUS CHINA-WARE WITH 10 LITRES CAPACITY BEST INDIAN MAKE C.I. AUTOMATIC FLUSHING CISTERN WITH FITTINGS AND FLUSH PIPE ETC., COMPLETE AS FULLY DESCRIBED IN ITEM NO 30.25 ABOVE. (HSR 30.27) Range of three urinals (i) White (HSR 30.27 (i) EXTRA FOR PROVIDING AND FIXING STANDARD SIZE C.P BRASS FLUSH PIPE COMPLETE WITH FITTINGS INSTEAD OF G.I FLUSH PIPE COMPLETE. (HSR 30.38) For a range of two urinals (HSR 30.38) (ii) For a range of three urinals (HSR 30.38) (iii) Providing and FIXING IN POSITION INDIAN MAKE (ORDINARY) LAVATORY SUITES Consisting of Lavatory in VITREOUS CHINAWARE size as given Below (to the approval of the Engineer-in-charge) including china plug for tap hole where necessary; R.S or C.I BRACKETS for building into wall including Painting; 32 mm C.P BRASS WASTER WITH C.P brass chain and rubber plug; 15 mm C.P BRASS SCREW DOWN PILLAR TAP WITH Jamnuts or couplings best design ( as approved by the Engineer- In-charge) ALL FITTINGS BEST INDIAN MAKE and; to the approval of the Engineer-in-charge. ALL brass work chromium plated and COMPLETE in all respects INCLUDING cutting and MAKING GOOD THE WALLS FLOORS AND PAINTING OF FITTINGS ETC. (HSR 30.41) WHITE (vii) Size 630 mm x 500 mm with one no. tap. (HSR 30.41 (vii) Providing and Fixing in position best Indian make Pedestal fittings of vitreous chinaware complete (as required by the Engineer-in-charge). (i) White (HSR 30.44) (i)

Each

Each Each Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 203 -

168.

26 Nos.

169.

224 Nos.

170.

224 Nos.

171.

1 Nos.

172.

173.

6 Nos. 2 Nos. 20 Nos.

Providing and Fixing in position best Indian make C.P brass three tap holes mixer with pop-up-waste instead of one no. pillar tap and C.P waste. (HSR 30.46 (b) Providing and FIXING IN POSITION 32 MM DIA G.I. WASTE PIPE EMBEDDED IN WALL or lead waste pipe (weighing 3.47 kg. per metre and 2.8 mm thick) upto floor Level including cost of wiped solder joint etc., complete (as required by the Engineer-in-charge). (HSR 30.48) Providing and Fixing in position best Indian make chromium Plated brass Bottle trap 32 mm dia metre. (HSR 30.50) Providing and FIXING IN POSITION BEST INDIAN MAKE VITREOUS CHINAWARE SINKS WITH COMPLETE FITTINGS AS FULLY DESCRIBED IN ITEM NO. 30.51 ABOVE. (HSR 30.52) White (a) Size 600 mm x 450 mm x 200 mm (HSR 30.52 (a) Providing and Fixing in position best quality stainless steel Sink built in draining board of size 600 mm x 450 mm Complete as described in item no.30.53 and 30.58 above. (HSR 30.59) (a) Sink size 600 x 450 x 200 mm (HSR 30.59 (a) Sink size 530 x 450 x 175 mm (HSR 30.59 (b) Providing and FIXING IN POSITION BEST INDIAN MAKE VITREOUS CHINAWARE DRINKING FOUNTAIN Consisting of:-15 MM SELF CLOSING NON-CONCLUSIVE INLET VALVES WITH REGULATING DEVICE WASTE COPULING WITH FLUSH GRATING BOTTLE TRAP WITH 32 MM SEAL INLET COUPLING NUT SCREWED AND INCLUDING CUTTING AND MAKING GOOD THE WALLS AND FLOORS ETC. WITH 322 MM LEAS WASTE PIPE UPTO FLOORS LEVEL. (HSR 30.65) (a) White (HSR 30.65 (a)

Each

Each

Each

Each

Each Each Each

EE, AP-1

- 204 -

174.

21 Nos.

175.

76 Nos.

176.

17 Nos.

177.

178.

179.

PROVIDING AND FIXING IN POSITION BEST INDIAN MAKE SHOWER WITH 15 OR 20 I/D INLET. (HSR 30.66) (b) C.P BRASS ROSE SHOWERS (HSR 30.66 (b) (i) 150 mm diameter rose shower (HSR 30.66 (b) (i) PROVIDING AND FIXING IN POSITION BEST INDIAN MAKE PAPER HOLDERS FIXED INTO wall with C.P Brass screws complete in all respects INCLUDING CUTTING AND MAKING GOOD THE WALLS ETC. (HSR 30.67) (a) C.P brass (HSR 30.67) PROVIDING AND FIXING IN POSITION BEST INDIAN MAKE TOWEL RAILS FIXED in with rawlslugs embedded in walls with C.P brass screws. Complete in all respect INCLUDING CUTTING AND MAKING GOOD THE WALLS ETC. (HSR 30.68) (a) 25 MM DIA C.P BRASS ADJUSTABLE (HSR 30.68 (a)) (i) 750mm long (HSR 30.68 (a) (i)

Each

21 Nos.

PROVIDING AND FIXING IN POSITION GLASS SHELF FIXED IN WITH RAWL PLUGS WITH C.P BRASS SCREWS COMPLETE INCLUDING CUTTING AND MAKING GOOD THE WALLS ETC. (HSR 30.69) (a) With C.P brass brackets and guard rail (HSR 30.69 (a) (i) 600 mm x 125 mm (HSR 30.69 (a) (i))

Each

21 Nos.

PROVIDING AND Fixing in position best Indian make Soap dish fixed into wall with C.P brass screws and complete in all respects including cutting and making good the wells etcs. (HSR 30.70) (a) C.P BRASS (HSR 30.70 (a) (i) Soap dish 160 mm (HSR 30.70 (a) (i) PROVIDING AND FIXING IN POSITION BEST INDIAN MAKE COAT AND HAT HOOKS fixed into wall with C.P Brass screws and rawl plugs etc. COMPLETE INCLUDING CUTTING AND MAKING GOOD THE WALLS ETC. (HSR 30.73) (a) C.P BRASS (HSR 30.73 (a)

Each

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 205 -

180.

181.

20 Nos. 175 Nos.

20 Nos.

182.

10 Nos. 176 Nos.

183.

184.

10 Nos. 1 Nos. 21 Nos.

20 Nos.

185.

166 Nos. 20 Nos. 20 Nos.

Two way (HSR 30.73 (a) (ii)

Each

Providing and fixing in position super quality 65 mm i/d opening C.P brass dome type hinged grating weighing about 750 gms fixed in cement mortar 1:2 complete in all respects (as required by the Engineer-in-charge). (HSR 30.74) PROVIDING AND Fixing in position 15 mm i/d C.P brass bib Cocks of best quality (as required by Engineer-incharge). (HSR 30.75) (a) Bib cock long body (HSR 30.75 (a) PROVIDING AND Fixing in position C.P brass stop cocks (as Approved by the Engineer-in-charge). (HSR 30.76) 15 MM STOP COCK (HSR 30.76) (a)

Each

Stop cock male and female end (HSR 30.76) (a) (i) Concealed stop cock with flange. (HSR 30.76) (a) (ii) 20 MM STOP COCK (HSR 30.76) (b) Stop cock male and female end (HSR 30.76) (b) (i) Stop cock with flange. (HSR 30.76) (b) (ii) PROVIDING AND Fixing C.P brass liquid soap container of best quality (as required by the Engineer-in-charge) (HSR 30.77) PROVIDING AND FIXING IN POSITION BEST INDIAN MAKE C.P BRASS WALL MIXER 15 MM. (HSR 30.81) (b) Without Telephonic shower (HSR 30.81 (b) PROVIDING AND FIXING IN POSITION BEST INDIAN MAKE FLEXIBLE TUBE CONNECTION. (HSR 30.82) (b) C.P Brass (HSR 30.82) (b) 15 mm x 300 mm (HSR 30.82) (b) (i)

Each

Each

Each

Each Each Each

Each

Each

15 mm x 375 mm (HSR 30.82) (b) (ii)

Each

15 mm x 450 mm (HSR 30.82) (b) (iii)

Each

EE, AP-1

- 206 -

186.

6 Nos.

PROVIDING AND FIXING C.P BRASS INLET CONNECTION 15 MM WITH 375 MM PIPE AND C.P. BRASS NUTS. (HSR 30.83)

Each

PROVIDING AND FIXING IN POSITION H.C.I SOIL WASTE VENT OR ANTISYPHONAGE PIPES TO I.S.I SPECIFICATION OF E.L.C. MANUFACTURE OR OF ANY OTHER REPUTED FIRM INCLUDING CUTTING AND WASTAGE ETC AND CUTTING HOLES IN WALLS, ROOFS OR FLOOR ETC ANDMAKING GOOD to its original condition BUT EXCLUDING COST OF LEAD JOINTING. (HSR 30.84)

187.

1000.00 Mtr. 160 Mtr. 440 Mtr.

100 mm internal diameter (1.13 kg). (HSR 30.84) (a) 75 mm internal diameter (0.91 kg) (HSR 30.84) (b) 50 mm internal diameter (0.68 kg). (HSR 30.84) (c)

P.Mtr. (Per metre) P.Mtr. (Per metre) P.Mtr. (Per metre)

PROVIDING LEAD CAULKED JOINTS TO H.C.I PIPES SPECIALS CONFORMING TO I.S.I SPECIFICATIONS OF E.L.C MANUFACTURE OR ANY OTHER REPUTED FIRM INCLUDING COST OF LEAD YARN, FUEL AND TOOLS, ETC. (HSR 30.87)

188.

250 Nos. 40 Nos. 110 Nos.

100 mm internal diameter (1.13 kg). (HSR 30.87) (a) 75 mm internal diameter (0.91 kg) (HSR 30.87) (b) 50 mm internal diameter (0.68 kg) (HSR 30.87) (c)

Each Each Each

PROVIDING AND FIXING IN POSITION M.S. OR HEAVY FLAT IRON CLAMPS made out of M.S flat not less than 5 mm of the approved design for fixing C.I. SOIL WASTE Vent or anti pipes to walls COMPLETE IN ALL RESPECTS INCLUDING CUTTING AND MAKING GOOD THE WALLS AND FLOORS ETC., AND PAINTING. (HSR 30.88)

189.

50 Nos. 5 Nos. 5 Nos.

For 100 mm internal diameter pipes (HSR 30.88) (a) For 75 mm internal diameter pipes (HSR 30.88) (b) for 50 mm internal diameter pipes (HSR 30.88) (c)

Each Each Each

EE, AP-1

- 207 -

190.

5 Nos. 50 Nos. 191.

1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 15 Nos. 15 Nos. 175 Nos. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No.

PROVIDING AND FIXING H.C.I FLOOR TRAPS I.S.I MARKED OF THE SELF CLEANING DESIGN WITH C.P BRASSHINGED GRATING WITH FRAME WITH OR WITHOUT VENT ARM AND INCLUDING CEMENT CONCRETE 1:2:4 under the around the floor trap where required upto floor level COMPLETE IN ALL RESPECTS INCLUDING CUTTING AND MAKING GOOD THE WALLS AND FLOORS, ETC, minimum depth of water should be 150 mm with a minimum seal of 50 mm. (HSR 30.89) with 50 mm i/d outlet (HSR 30.89) (a)

Each

with 75 mm i/d outlet (HSR 30.89) (b)

Each

Providing and fixing in position .C.I. specials for soil waste, vent or antisyphonage pipes to I.S.I marked including cutting and wastage etc., cutting holes in walls roofs or floors etc, and making good to its original condition but excluding cost of lead jointing. [HSR 30.91] (a) FGR 100 mm I/D pipes. (i) Heal test bend

Each

(ii) Double junction with door 100 mm x 100 mm x 100 mm x 100 mm (iii) Pass over pipe

Each

(iv) Single junction with door 100 mm x 100 mm x 100 mm (v) Double junction plain 100 mm x 100 mm x 100mm x 100 mm (vi) Single junction plain 100 mm x 100 mm x 100mm (vii) Single junction with door 100 mm x 100 mm x 50 mm (viii) Double junction with door 100 mm x 100 mm x 50 mm x 50 mm (ix) Single junction plain 100 mm x 100 mm x 50mm (x) Double junction plain 100 mm x 100 mm x 50mm x 50 mm (xi) Double invert junction plain 100 mm x 100 mm x 50 mm x 50 mm

Each

Each

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

EE, AP-1

- 208 -

1 No. 232 Nos. 1 No. 1 No. 18 Nos. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 29 Nos.

(xii) Single invert junction 100 mm x 100 mm x 50mm (xiii) Bend with door (xiv) end plain (xv) Terminal guard (xvi) Cowls (xvii) Door piece (xviii) hand hole pipe (xix) Diminishing pipe piece (xx) P or S trap with vent (xxi) P or S trap without vent

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

(B) FOR 75 MM I/D PIPES 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 50 Nos.

(i) Heal rest bend (ii) Pass over pipe (iii) Double junction with door 75 mm x 75 mm x 75mm (iv) Single junction with door 75 mm x 75 mm x 75mm (v) Double junction plain 75 mm x 75 mm x 75 mm (vi) Black junction plain 75 mm x 75 mm x 75 mm (vii) Single junction with door 75 mm x 75 mm x 50mm (viii) Double junction with door 75 mm x 75 mm x 50mm x 50 mm (ix) Single junction plain 75 mm x 75 mm x 50 mm (x) Double junction plain 75 mm x 75 mm x 50 mm x 50 mm (xi) Single invert junction plain 75 mm x 75 mm x 50mm (xii) Double invert junction 75 mm x 75 mm x 50 mm x 50 mm (xiii) Bend with door (xiv) Plain bend

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

EE, AP-1

- 209 -

1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 5 Nos.

(xv) Terminal guard (xvi) Door Piece (xvii) Cowls (xviii) Collars (xix) Hand hole pipe (xx) Diminishing pipe piece (xxi) P or S trap with vent (xxii) P or S trap without vent

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

(C) FOR 50 MM I.D.PIPES 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 1 No. 221 Nos. 1 No. 2 Nos. 10 Nos. 1 No.

(i) Heal rest bend (ii) Pass over pipe

(iii) Double junction with door 50 mm x 50 mm x 50 mm x 50 mm (iv) Single junction with door 50 mm x 50 mm x 50 mm (v) Double junction plain 50 mm X 50 mm X 50 mm X 50 mm (vi) Single junction plain 50 mm x 50 mm x 50 mm (vii) Single invert junction with door (viii) Double invert junction with door (ix) Bend with door (x) Bend plain (xi) Terminal guard (xii) Collars (xiii) Cowls (xiv) Hand hole pipe

Each Each Each

Each

Each

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

EE, AP-1

- 210 -

1 No. 5 Nos. 1 No. 192.

2903.00 Mtr. 15.00 Mtr. 15.00 Mtr. 15.00 Mtr. 193.

1000.00 Mtr. 160.00 Mtr. 440.00 Mtr. 194.

4 Nos. 4 Nos. 4 Nos. 4 Nos. 4 Nos. 2 Nos.

(xv) Door piece (xvi) P or S trap without vent (xvii) P or S trap with vent CUTTING CHASE IN BRICK WALLS IN CEMENT OR IN FLOOR FOR EMBEDDING G.I. OR H.C.I PIPE LINES AND MAKING GOOD THE SAME TO ITS ORIGINAL CONDITION. (HSR 30.95) Size 75 mm x 75 mm (HSR 30.95) (a) Size 150 mm x 150 mm (HSR 30.95) (b) Size 75 mm x 50 mm (HSR 30.95) (c) Size 22 mm x 225 mm (HSR 30.95) (d) PAINTING H.C.I SOIL WASTE AND VENT PIPES AND FITTINGS WITH BLACK BITUMASTIC AND FITTINGS WITH BLACK BITUMASTIC ORDINARY PAINT OF APPROVED MANUFACTURE TWO COATS ON NEW WORK. (HSR 30.101) 100 mm internal diameter (HSR 30.101) (a) 75 mm internal diameter (HSR 30.101) (b) 50 mm internal diameter (HSR 30.101) (c) PROVIDING AND FIXING IN POSITION AUTOMATIC BRASSBALL VALVES IN TANKS. (HSR 30.110) WITH PLASTIC BALL (HSR 30.110 (b) 15 mm internal diameter (HSR 30.110 (b) (i) 20 mm internal diameter (HSR 30.110 (b) (ii) 25 mm internal diameter (HSR 30.110 (b) (ii) 32 mm internal diameter (HSR 30.110 (b) (iv) 40 mm internal diameter (HSR 30.110 (b) (v) 50 mm internal diameter (HSR 30.110 (b) (vi)

Each Each Each

P.Mtr. (Per metre) P.Mtr. (Per metre) P.Mtr. (Per metre) P.Mtr. (Per metre)

P.Mtr. (Per metre) P.Mtr. (Per metre) P.Mtr. (Per metre)

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

EE, AP-1

- 211 -

195.

2 Nos. 87 Nos.

PROVIDING AND FIXING IN POSITION BEST INDIAN MAKE AIR PURIFIER COMPLETE WITH FIRST CHANGE (as approved by the Engineer-in-charge). (HSR 30.116) In card board container (HSR 30.116) (a) In metal container (HSR 30.116) (b)

Each Each

EE, AP-1

- 212 -

196.

PROVIDING AND FIXING IN POSITON BEST INDIAN MAKE (TO THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER-IN- CHARGE) STORAGE TYPE AUTOMATIC ELECTRIC WATER HEATER, PRESSURE/NON PRESSURE TYPE. THERMOSTAT CALLY CONTROLLED, SUITABLE FOR OPERATION ON 230 VOLTS, 50 CYCLES SINGLE PHASE VERTICAL WALLMOUNTING FITTED WITH DRAWABLE AND ADJUSTABLE TYPE A.C. THERMOSTAT. THERMOSTAT KNOB TO BE READILY. ACCESSABLE THROUGH THE OPENING OF SUITABLE COVER FOR ADJUSTEMENT OF TEMPERATURE IN THE INSALLED POSITION OF HEATER AND THE THERMOSTAT SHOULD BE WITHDRAWN WITHOUT HAVING TO DRAIN THE WATER, ELECTRIC HEATING ELEMENT SHOULD MADE OUT OF COPPER TUBE (HEATING ELEMENT SHOULD BE EASILY REMOVED AND REPLACED IN THE INSTALLED POSITION OF HEATER) A NEON INDICATOR 1AMP. INNER CONTAINED MADE OUT OF COPPERTINNED BOTH FROM INSIDE AND OUTSIDE OUTER CONTAINER MADE OUT OF MILD STEEL SHEET FINISHED IN GLEAMING WHITE STOVE ENAMEL PAINT INSULATED BETWEEN THE INNER AND OUTER WITH FIBRE GLASS WOOL WITH 1 METRE LENGTH OF SUITABLE CAPACITY 3 CORE FLEXIBLE CORD WITH PLUG AND NON RETURN VALVE PLASTIC/LEAD CONNECTIONS OR PRESSURE RELEASE VALVE (WHERE REQUIRED). (HSR 30.117) VERTICAL WATER HEATER 20 Nos.

25 litres capacity (HSR 30.117) (a)

Each

EE, AP-1

- 213 -

2 Nos. 4 Nos. 2 Nos. 197.

50 litres capacity (HSR 30.117) (e)

Each

90 litres capacity (HSR 30.117) (h)

Each

140 litres capacity (HSR 30.117) (j)

Each

Extra over and above item no.30.117 above if the water Heater is provided horizontally instead of vertically. [HSR 30.118] 14 Nos. 1 No. 2 Nos. 4 Nos. 1 No.

198.

Each

(a) 25 litres capacity

Each

(b) 30 litres capacity

Each

(e) 50 litres capacity

Each

(h) 90 litres capacity

Each

(i) 100 litres capacity

PROVIDING AND FIXING HDPE water storage tanks of Sintex, Diplast, O.K. make with covers/lids marked with IS: 12701 on roof top of buildings including cost of hoisting and placing in position, making connections with inlet and outlet pipes, providing overflow & scour provisions with suitable plug on scour pipe including cost of nipples, washers, flanges for connections in tanks complete in all respects

to

the

satisfaction

of

Engineer-in- Charge. (except civil work). (HSR 30.119) 5 Nos. 1 No. 1 No.

200 ltr. capacity

Each

5 00 ltr. capacity

Each

2000 ltr. capacity

Each

NS items for Public Health Works EE, AP-1

- 214 -

199.

80 Nos.

200.

58 Nos.

201.

125 Nos.

202.

125 Nos.

203.

28 Nos.

204.

36 Nos.

Providing and Fixing of C.P. brass Ablution health faucet assembly with 1.2 m long braided PVC hose with mounting bracket fixed on wall complete (NS items) Providing and fixing cast brass floor clean out plug with suitable insert keys for opening in brass cap, male threaded joint/reducer with G.I. socket caulked to Pipe/fittings of CI pipe including cost of drip seal joints including tarred spun yard packing etc. complete in all respect. (N.S. Item) Providing and fixing testing and commissioning of cast iron centrifugally spun `P' or `S' trap of self cleansing design without vent arm conforming to (IS: 3989-1984) setting in cement concrete 1:2:4 mix complete in all respects including cutting and making good the walls, floors & RCC work. (Floor Trap/Urinal Trap in Toilets/Laundry trap). (a) 100 mm inlet & 100mm outlet (N.S. Item) Providing and fixing G.I Inlet fitting 300mm long with maximum 3 inlets 32, 40 or 50 mm/65 mm size fabricated from 100 mm dia G.I pipes and welded G.I sockets, fixed to CI trap with drip seal joint including tarred spun yarn packing and set in cement concrete as per standard drawing complete including cost of Bitumastic paint. (N.S. Item) Providing, fixing & testing fully automatic "No touch" hand drier suitable to operate on 230 volts, single phase, 50 Hz AC power supply complete with brackets including cutting and making good the walls wherever required. (N.S. Item) Long Providing and fixing SS Tissue paper holder for wash basin area including all necessary fixing accessoring complete in all respects. (N.S. Item)

Each

Each

Each

Each

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 215 -

205.

206.

5 Nos. 10 Nos. 10 Nos. 10 Nos. 35 Nos. 50 Nos.

207. 2 Nos. 5 Nos. 5 Nos. 10 Nos. 10 Nos. 10 Nos. 10 Nos.

Providing and fixing in position best indian make bevelled edge 5.5 mm thick mirror mounted on asbestos sheet fix in position by means of chromium plated brass screw and washer over rubber and rawl plug embedded in the wall of chromium plated brass clamps with CP brass screws at a span of 1 meter and at each corner (As required by Engineer Incharge) complete including cutting and making good the walls etc of following sizes (making continous mirror as per drawing ) (N.S. Item) (i) 5000 x 1000mm

Each

(ii) 3000 x 1000mm

Each

(iii) 3500 x 1000mm

Each

(iv) 2000 x 1000mm

Each

(v) 1000 x 1000mm

Each

Providing and fixing in position 12 mm clear frosted toughened glass urinal partition of following size complete in all respects. The cost shall include all required fixing accessories such as wall to glass connector (Ozone/Closma make), screw, brackets etc. 400 W x 705 Height(N.S. Item) Providing and fixing & joining GI union couplings in GI pipelines (N.S. Item)

Each

15 mm internal diameter of pipeline 20 mm internal diameter of pipeline 25 mm internal diameter of pipeline 32 mm internal diameter of pipeline 40 mm internal diameter of pipeline 50 mm internal diameter of pipeline 65 mm internal diameter of pipeline

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

EE, AP-1

- 216 -

10 Nos. 1 No. 208.

80 mm internal diameter of pipeline 100 mm internal diameter of pipeline

Each Each

Providing and fixing & jointing gun metal peet valves (heavy pattern) with hand wheels, on G.I pipeline laid in the ground or inside building including cartage from divisional stores or nearest railway station to site of works. (N.S. Item) 10 Nos. 10 Nos. 20 Nos. 10 Nos. 10 Nos. 25 Nos. 30 Nos. 50 Nos. 5 Nos.

209.

15 mm internal diameter of pipeline 20 mm internal diameter of pipeline 25 mm internal diameter of pipeline 32 mm internal diameter of pipeline 40 mm internal diameter of pipeline 50 mm internal diameter of pipeline 65 mm internal diameter of pipeline 80 mm internal diameter of pipeline 100 mm internal diameter of pipeline

Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each Each

Providing and fixing ball walve complete in all respect (N.S. Item) 5 Nos. 10 Nos. 10 Nos. 5 Nos. 4 Nos. 8 Nos.

210.

1007.00 Mtr.

15 mm internal diameter of pipeline 20 mm internal diameter of pipeline 25 mm internal diameter of pipeline 32 mm internal diameter of pipeline 40 mm internal diameter of pipeline 50 mm internal diameter of pipeline Supply, Fixing, laying, jointing & testing of Chlorinated Polyvinyl - chloride (CPVC) pipe complete in all respect (JINDAL / TATA Make) (N.S. Item) 15 mm internal diameter of pipeline

Each Each Each Each Each Each

P.Mtr. (Per Metre) EE, AP-1

- 217 -

910.00 Mtr. 766.00 Mtr. 480.00 Mtr. 194.00 Mtr. 168.00 Mtr. 211.

10.00 Mtr. 10.00 Mtr. 125.00 Mtr. 10.00 Mtr. 10.00 Mtr. 611.00 Mtr. 805.00 Mtr. 1750.00 Mtr. 100.00 Mtr.

20 mm internal diameter of pipeline 25 mm internal diameter of pipeline 32 mm internal diameter of pipeline 40 mm internal diameter of pipeline 50 mm internal diameter of pipeline Providing, laying, jointing, fixing & testing GI pipe line (medium class ‘B’ type of TATA & JINDAL make pipe lines and specials, elbow, socket etc. in side building and te3stin etc. complete including cutting threading G.I specials shall be of make UNIK, TATA, ZOLOTO (NS Items) 15 mm internal diameter 20 mm internal diameter 25 mm internal diameter 32 mm internal diameter 40 mm internal diameter 50 mm internal diameter 65 mm internal diameter 80 mm internal diameter 100 mm internal diameter.

P.Mtr. (Per Metre) P.Mtr. (Per Metre) P.Mtr. (Per Metre) P.Mtr. (Per Metre) P.Mtr. (Per Metre)

P.Mtr. (Per Metre) P.Mtr. (Per Metre) P.Mtr. (Per Metre) P.Mtr. (Per Metre) P.Mtr. (Per Metre) P.Mtr. (Per Metre) P.Mtr. (Per Metre) P.Mtr. (Per Metre) P.Mtr. (Per Metre)

EE, AP-1

- 218 -

212.

Providing and fixing pressure reducing station water supply comprising of 1 no. gunmetal pressure reducing valve with

flanged

connection,

3

nos.

gunmetal ball valves one each on inlet, outlet and bypass, 1 no. 'Y' strainer on inlet and 2 nos. pressure gauge 1 each in inlet and outlet and 1 no. 15mm dia safety valve. The complete system is tested

to

a

pressure not less than 15 kg./Sq.cm and suitable to reduce the pressure upto

3

Kg./Sq.cm

including

all

accessories which required to complete the system for working conditions as per specifications. 5 Nos. 2 Nos. 3 Nos. 10 Nos. 8 Nos. 5 Nos. 1 Nos.

65mm diameter

Each

50mm diameter

Each

40mm diameter

Each

32mm diameter

Each

25mm diameter

Each

20mm diameter

Each

15mm diameter

Each

EE, AP-1

- 219 -

213.

Recovery items:Bidders have to quote rates for recovery items at least or more than reserve price. The rates quoted against recovery items will not be included in the total amount, rather it will be deducted while calculating financial statement of the agency. Dismantling of existing buildings free of cost and recovery shall be made from the agency for the dismantled material. Dismantled material will be the property of the agency. Malba of dismantled material will be removed / shifted from the site as per direction of Engineer – in – Charge free of cost. No payment shall be made to the agency on this account. The reserve price is as under:Rs. 5.00 Lacs Note: - The bidder may see the details of buildings to be dismantled in the office EEPD-1 Ambala & is also advised to visit the site. The reserve amount is minimum amount to be used as base for quoting purchase rate by the agency. No rates below the reserve price will be entertained and reserve price will be considered for all purposes in case the agency quotes lesser than reserve price.

NOTE :1. In case of any difference in the unit & nomenclature of any of the HSR items of Civil, PH & EI works depicted in this DNIT and that given in HSR, the unit and nomenclature given in HSR shall be applicable.

H.D.M.

S.D.E. P-5

Executive Engineer, Provincial Division No.1, PWD B&R Br; Ambala Cantt.

EE, AP-1

- 220 -

Part – 3 III) Providing Internal EI 1.

10.00 Mtr. 2. 5.00 Sq.mt.

3. 52 Nos. 4.

450 Nos. 10 Nos. 10 Nos. 20 Nos. 5. 10 Nos. 20 Nos.

Supply and erection of M.S. angle iron frame duly welded for housing M.S. sheet & main switches etc. on it, fixed on wall by means of suiteble size of rag bolts with cement concrete, duly painted with three coats of approved paint including one coat of red oxide. (HSR 31.13) Size 40 mm x 40 mm x 6 mm. (HSR 31.13(ii)) M.S. Sheet. (HSR 31.14) Supply and erection of 3 mm thick mild steel sheet duly welded on existing M.S. angle iron frame for fixing the main switches etc. as required, duly painted with three coats of approved paint including one coat of red oxide. (HSR 31.14 (i)) Blanking sheet. (HSR 31.16) Supply and erection of blanking sheet in existing distribution board. (HSR 31.16 (i)) (L) Miniature Circuit Breaker and Isolator. (HSR 31.17) Supply and erection of miniature circuit breaker / isolator 240 /415 V in the existing distribution board including making necessary connections. (HSR 31.17 (a)) SP MCB of 9 KA breaking capacity 6 amp. to 32 amp. (HSR 31.17a) (ii)) SPN MCB of 9 KA breaking capacity 40 amp. (HSR 31.17(a) (ii)) TP MCB of 9 KA breaking capacity 6 amp. to 32 amp. (HSR 31.17(a) (ii)) TPN MCB of 9 KA breaking capacity 40 amp. to 63 amp. (HSR 31.17(a) (iii)) (M) Supply and erection of Fittings and Accessories. (HSR 31.18) Bakelite angle / straight button holder large size. (HSR 31.18 (xi)) Switch 5 amp. On existing sheet. (HSR 31.18 (xii))

P/Mtr.

P/Sq.mt.

Each

Each Each Each Each

Each Each

EE, AP-1

- 221 -

20 Nos. 20 Nos.

8000.00 Sqcm. 25 Nos. 10 Nos.

875 Nos.

130 Nos.

Wall socket 5 amp. On existing sheet. (HSR 31.18 (xiii)) 15 amp. Switch on existing sheet. (HSR 31.18 (xiv)) Bakelite sheet including fixing with brass screws and washers. (HSR 31.18 (xviii)) 3 mm thick. (HSR 31.18 (xviii) (b) Ceiling rose flush / surface type. (HSR 31.18 (xvii)) Supply and erection of rectangular bulk head fitting of size 17 cm x 14 cm, aluminium casted with aluminium colour out side and white stove enamelled inside/complete with guard, glass etc. secured by brass screws suitable upto 100 watts lamp with B.C. lamp holder but without lamp. (HSR 31.18 (xx)) Erection only of 1x40 watts or 2x40 watts 1220 mm long /1x20 watts or 2x20 watts 610 mm long fluorescent tube with fittings by means of 2 Nos. 20 mm diameter 1.60 mm thickness conduit pipe with spring loaded brass flanges at both ends including 0.75 sqmm (24/0.20 mm) PVC copper flexible cable for connecting the tube to the adjascent light point including cost of conduit pipe flanges. PVC flexible cable and petty material required for the same (Upto 1/2 metre length of pipe). (HSR 31.18 (xxii)) Supply and erection of hexagonal M.S. box 1.60 mm thick having each side 8 cms, 7.5 cms deep top covered with M.S. lid by means of screws including 10 mm dia 30 cm long mild steel rod made into suitable suspension hook and erected in RCC slab for erection of fan, the bottom covered with 3 mm thick bakelite sheet with suitable holes, painting etc. complete with all labour and material required to complete the job. (HSR 31.18 (xxvi))

Each Each

P/Sqcm. Each Each

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 222 -

6. 130 Nos.

42 Nos.

42 Nos.

42 Nos.

7.

14000.00 Mtr. 3500.00 Mtr. 8. 30 Nos.

30 Nos. 120.00 Mtr.

(O) Erection and carriage of fans. (HSR 31.20) Erection of ceiling fan complete with necessary earthing of fan and regulator including carriage from local railway station /goods transport /PWD store to the site of work. (HSR 31.20 (i)) Erection of exhaust fan complete with necessary earthing of fan and regulator including carriage from local railway station /goods transport /PWD store to the site of work. (HSR 31.20 (iii)) Making suitable hole in the wall upto 450 mm sweep exhaust fan including finishing the same and fixing of wire mesh duly fixed with Deodar wood frame of section 40 mm x 25 mm thick. (HSR 31.20 (v)) Pdg. and fixing of required size of deodar wood frame of section 50 mm x 32 mm for fixing exhaust fan upto 450 mm sweep. (HSR 31.20 (vi)) (P) Pipe Laying. Supply and erection of pipe for wiring purposes including bends inspection boxes etc. where necessary and painting as required. (HSR 31.21) Heavy guage welded conduit pipe 20 mm dia 1.60 mm thickness flushed. (HSR 31.21 (xxi)) Heavy guage welded conduit pipe 25 mm dia 1.60 mm thickness flushed. (HSR 31.21 (xxii)) (Q) Earthing (HSR 31.22) Earthing with GI earth plate 600 mm x 600 mm x 6 mm thick including accessories and providing masonry enclosures with cover plate having locking arrangement and watering pipe etc. ( but without charcoal or coke and salt ) complete as required. (HSR 31.22(iii)) Extra for charcoal or coke and salt for G.I. Plate or copper plate earth electrode. (HSR 31.22 (v)) Pdg. and fixing 25 mm x 5 mm G.I. strip in 40 mm dia G.I. pipe from earth electrode as required. (HSR 31.22(xi))

Each

Each

Each

Each

P/Mtr.

P/Mtr.

Each

Each

P/Mtr.

EE, AP-1

- 223 -

100.00 Mtr.

10.00 Mtr.

500.00 Mtr. 9. 30 Nos.

30 Nos. 750.00 Mtr.

700.00 Mtr.

30 Nos.

30 Nos.

10.

20.00 Mtr. 200.00 Mtr.

Pdg. and laying earth connections from earth electrode with 4.00 mm dia G.I. wire in 15 mm dia G.I. pipe from earth electrode as required. (HSR 31.22(xii)) Pdg. and fixing 25 mm x 5 mm G.I. Strip on surface or in recess for connections etc. as required with all labour and material. (HSR 31.22(xv)) Pdg. and fixing 4.00 mm dia G.I.wire on surface or in recess for loop earthing as required. (HSR 31.22(xvi)) (b) Lightning conductor Galvanised iron. (HSR 31.24) Supply and erection of 60 cm. X 60 cm. X 6 mm thick galvanised Iron plate including necessary bolts and nuts to G.I. tape. (HSR 31.24 (iv)) Pdg. Standard watering tank including down pipe and C.I. cover with locking arrangement etc. (HSR 31.24 (v)) Supply and erection of 20 mm x 3 mm thick lightning conductor G.I. tape fixed with suitable G.I. stapples of same size. (HSR 31.24 (vi)) Supply and erection of G.I. tape 32 mm x 6 mm thick from earth electrode directly in ground and surface, fixed with G.I. stapples of same size. (HSR 31.24 (vii)) Supply and erection of 25 mm dia meter 1.5 metre long lightning G.I. tube rod tapered in to a point at the top with 16 cm. X 16 cm x 3 mm thick G.I. base plate and necessary nuts and bolts with washer. (HSR 31.24 (viii)) Providing and fixing, testing joint made of 20mm x 3mm thick G.I. strips 125mm long with 4 Nos. G.I. bolts and nuits, check nuts with washer complete. (HSR 31.24 (ix)) Supply and erection of under ground cable 1 metre below ground level covered with sand and bricks including necessary connections, digging and refiling of trenches. (HSR 31.25) 35 Sq. mm 3.5 Core Cable. (HSR 31.25 (xxvi)) 16 Sq. mm 4 Core Cable. (HSR 31.25 (xI))

P/Mtr.

P/Mtr.

P/Mtr.

Each

Each

P/Mtr.

P/Mtr

Each

Each

P/Mtr P/Mtr

EE, AP-1

- 224 -

60.00 Mtr. 10.00 Mtr. 11.

330.00 Mtr. 900.00 Mtr. 540.00 Mtr. 40.00 Mtr. 150.00 Mtr. 12.

208 Nos. 32 Nos. 2 Nos. 13.

120.00 Mtr. 5 Job 2 Job

832 Nos. 104 Nos. 26 Nos.

10 Sq. mm 4 Core Cable. (HSR 31.25(xxxix)) 6 Sq. mm 4 Core Cable. (HSR 31.25(xxxviii) Supply and erection of under ground cable, loose in existing pipe or trenches complete with necessary connections. (HSR 31.26) 35 Sq. mm 3 ½ Core Unarmoured Cable. (HSR 31.26 (xxvi) ) 16 Sq. mm 4 Core Unarmoured Cable. (HSR 31.26 (xl)) 10 Sq. mm 4 Core Unarmoured Cable. (HSR 31.26 (xxxix)) 6 Sq. mm 4 Core Unarmoured Cable. (HSR 31.26 (xxxviii) ) 4 Sq. mm 4 Core Unarmoured Cable. (HSR 31.26 (xxxvii)) Supply and erection of suitable compression type brass cable glands for underground Cable. (HSR 31.28) Upto 6 Sq mm cable 2 to 4 Core (HSR 31.28 (i)) 10 Sq mm to 16 Sq mm cable 2 to 4 Core (HSR 31.28 (ii)) 25 Sq mm to 50 Sq mm cable 2 to 4 Core (HSR 31.28 (iii)) (X) Miscellaneous. (HSR 31.35) Supply of M.S.pipe (B-Class) for suspension rod of ceiling fan including threading if required. (HSR 31.35 (i)) 15 mm dia. (HSR 31.35 (i) (a))

P/Mtr P/Mtr

P/Mtr. P/Mtr. P/Mtr. P/Mtr. P/Mtr.

Each Each Each

P/Mtr.

Supply and erection of caution notice plate in three languages. (HSR 31.35 (iii)) Supply and erection of shock restoration chart in glass frame (HSR 31.35 (iv)) Supply and erection of aluminium lugs heavy duty including crimping etc. upto the entire satisfaction of the Engineerin-charge of the work. (HSR 31.35 (ix)) 4 sqmm to 6 sqmm. (HSR 31.35 (ix) (b))

P/Job

10 sqmm. (HSR 31.35 (ix) (c))

Each

16 sqmm. (HSR 31.35 (ix) (d))

Each

P/Job

Each

EE, AP-1

- 225 -

8 Nos. 10 Nos.

14.

60 Nos. 70 Nos. 152 Nos. 196 Nos. 471 Nos. 7 Nos. 7 Nos. 10 Nos. 10 Nos. 10 Nos. 10 Nos. 2 Nos. 52 Nos. 86 Nos.

35 sqmm. (HSR 31.35 (ix) (f))

Each

Supply and erection of cable route marker made of 50 cm long 10 mm dia M.S.rod welded / revitted at the top with 10 cm. Dia 5 mm thick G.I. plate inscribed with `cable' world on it , having a cross arm 30 cm. long of the same dia welded at the bottom , in existing trench 45 cm. below ground level. (HSR 31.35 (xi)) (A) PVC Insulated wiring in recessed conduit. (HSR 31.36) Wiring in 1.5 sq.mm PVC Insulated copper conductor cable in 1.6 mm thick conduit pipe. (HSR 31.36) Fan Point - Medium. (HSR 31.36)

Each

Fan Point- Long. (HSR 31.36)

Each

Light point -Short. (HSR 31.36 (ii))

Each

Light Point - Medium. (HSR 31.36)

Each

Light Point- Long. (HSR 31.36)

Each

Twin control light point with 2 way 5 amp. single pole switch- Short point. (HSR 31.36 (iii) a) Twin control light point with 2 way 5 amp. single pole switch- Medium point. (HSR 31.36 (iii) b) Twin control light point with 2 way 5 amp. single pole switch-Long point. (HSR 31.36 (iii) c) Light point without control- Short point. (HSR 31.36 (iv) a) Light point without control- Medium point. (HSR 31.36 (iv) b) Light point without control- Long point. (HSR 31.36 (iv) c) Call bell point including M.S Box of size 180mmx100mmx60mm deep for call bell - Long point (HSR 31.36 (vi) c) 3 pin 5 amp. plug point including earthing the 3rd. pin etc. -Short point. (HSR 31.36 (vii) a) 3 pin 5 amp plug point including earthing the 3rd. pin etc. - Medium point. (HSR 31.36 (vii) b)

Each

Each

Each

Each

Each Each Each Each

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 226 -

63 Nos. 23 Nos.

74 Nos.

15.

7275.00 1933.00 Mtr. 3867.00 Mtr.

16.

6 Nos. 4 Nos. 12 Nos. 5 Nos. 17.

3 pin 5 amp. plug point including earthing the 3rd. pin etc.- Long point. (HSR 31.36 (vii) c) 3 pin 15 amp.plug point including earthing the 3rd. pin etc. with 4 sq mm PVC insulated copper conductor cableMedium point. (HSR 31.36 (viii) b) 3 pin 15 amp plug point including earthing the 3 rd. pin etc.with 4 sq mm PVC insulated copper conductor cable Long point. (HSR 31.36 (viii) c) Supply and erection of PVC unsheathed copper conductor cable single core 1100 volts grade in pipe of suitable size excluding cost and erection of pipe. (HSR 31.40) Size 1.5 sqmm (3 / 0.81mm). (HSR 31.40 (i)) Size 2.50 sqmm (3 / 1.05mm). (HSR 31.40 (ii)) Size 4 sqmm (7 / 0.85mm). (HSR 31.40 (iii)) Size 6 sqmm ( 7 / 1.05mm). (HSR 31.40 (iv)) Supply and erection of double door sheet steel enclosures distribution boards suitable for MCBs and ELCBs etc. recessed in wall including bonding to earth with all labour and material requared complete the job in all respect upto the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in Charge of the work. (HSR 31.41) 12-way, SP & N (Horizontal) (HSR 31.41 (iii)) 4-way, TP & N (Horizontal) (8+12) (HSR 31.41 (iv)) 8-way, TP & N (Horizontal) (8+24) (HSR 31.41 (v)) 12-way, TP & N (Vertical) (8+36) (HSR 31.41 (vii)) Supply and erection of PVC conduit pipe ISI marked (Medium) recessed in wall / ceiling etc. including cost of PVC bends, inspection box and all other material required to complete the job in all respect to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge of work. (HSR 31.44)

Each

Each

Each

P/Mtr. P/Mtr. P/Mtr. P/Mtr.

Each Each Each Each

EE, AP-1

- 227 -

4358.00 Mtr. 18.

19.

20.

10 Nos. 10 Nos. 2 Nos.

500 Nos.

21.

5000.00 Sq.cm 15000.00 Sq.cm 22.

1050 Nos. 30 Nos. 120 Nos.

25 mm dia (HSR 31.44(b))

P/Mtr.

Supply and erection of copper lugs including crimping etc.upto the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge of work. (HSR 31.45) 1.5 sqmm to 2.5 sqmm (HSR 31.45 (a))

Each

4 sqmm to 6 sqmm (HSR 31.45 (b))

Each

Supply and erection of sheet steel enclosure3 / 4 pole for ELCB / MCB fixed on wall or existing board etc. including bondig to earth complete in all respect up to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge of work (HSR 31.46) Supply and erection of MS sadles and clamps on wall / RCC parapit for fixing underground cable at distance of 0.60 metre centre to centre fixed by means of rawl plug including the cost of all labour and material required to complete the job in all respect. (HSR 31.48) Supply and erection of MS box made of 16 gauge MS Sheet recessed in wall, with arrangement of fixing brass screws, 2 Nos. check nuts and one No. PVC bush of required size including all labour and material required to complete the job in all respect up to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in Charge of work. (HSR 31.49) with 2 coats of primer. (HSR 31.49 (i))

Each

With GI coating (anodized) suitable for modular accessories. (HSR 31.49 (ii)) Pdg. and fixing modular type accessories of approved make in existing box including fixing and making necessary connection, complete in all respect. (HSR 31.56) 10 amp. 1 way switch (HSR 31.56 (i)

Each

P/Sq.cm P/Sq.cm

Each

10 amp. 2 way switch (HSR 31.56 (ii))

Each

20 amp. Switch (HSR 31.56) (iii))

Each

EE, AP-1

- 228 -

200 Nos. 120 Nos. 2 Nos. 130 Nos. 2 Nos. 403 Nos. 23.

10 amp. Socket (HSR 31.56 (iv))

Each

16 amp. Socket (HSR 31.56 (v))

Each

Bell push (HSR 31.56 (vi))

Each

Fan regulator (HSR 31.56 (vii))

Each

Call bell Ding-Dong ( Monitca) (HSR 31.56 (viii)) Blinking Plate (HSR 31.56 (ix))

Each Each

Supply and erection of PVC pipe ISI marked (Medium) recessed in wall/ceiling etc including the cost of PVC bends inspecion boxes, iron hooks and cement concrete etc complete in all respect upto the entire satisfaction of engineer-in-charge of work. (HSR 31.58) 100.00 Mtr. 250.00 Mtr.

24.

50 Nos. 50 Nos. 175 Nos. 120 Nos. 4 Nos. 4 Nos.

Mtr PVC pipe of 32 mm dia Mtr PVC pipe of 40 mm dia Pdg. and fixing GI concealed sheet metal boxes inner and outer faceplate including concealing the box in wall and fixing in position with inner plate and face plate with all labour and material requiered to complete the job in all respect. (HSR 31.57) 1 & 2 module (HSR 31.57 (i))

Each

3 Modules (HSR 31.57 (ii))

Each

4 Modules (HSR 31.57 (iii))

Each

6 Modules (HSR 31.57 (iv))

Each

8 Modules (HSR 31.57 (v))

Each

12 Modules (HSR 31.57 (vi))

Each

EE, AP-1

- 229 -

25.

250.00 Mtr. 250.00 Mtr. 26.

950.00 Mtr. 27. 1174 Nos. 201 Nos. 97 Nos. 97 2 Nos.

270332 Sqcm.

S/E of mark double walled corrugated (DWC) HDPE pipe laid 1 Mtr. Below ground level including digging and refilling of earth including cost of suitable size socket / cuppler for HDPE pipe including cost of labour and material required to complete the job in all respect upto the entire satisfaction of Engineer in charge of work. (HSR 31.67) HDPE 63/50 mm outer dia / inner dia (HSR 31.67 (i)) HDPE 90/75 mm outer dia / inner dia (HSR 31.67 (ii)) Supply & erection of cable tray made out of 2 mm thick galavanised perforated sheet steel including erection of the same on wall or ceiling with necessary fixture and other material required to complete the Job in all respect upto the Entire statisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge of the work. (HSR 31.81) 50 x 300 mm (HSR 31.81 (iii)) Schedule for Recovery items (M) Supply and erection of Fittings and Accessories. Switch 5 amp. On existing sheet. (HSR 31.18 (xii)) Wall socket 5 amp. On existing sheet. (HSR 31.18 (xiii)) 15 amp. Switch on existing sheet. (HSR 31.18 (xiv)) 3 pin 15 amp. Multi socket on existing sheet. (HSR 31.18 (xv)) Bell push with 4 metres 2-core, 0.50 sqmm (16 / 0.20 mm).PVC flexible wire. (HSR 31.18 (ix) (a)) Bakelite sheet including fixing with brass screws and washers. (HSR 31.18 (xviii)) 5 mm thick. (HSR ) 31.18 (xviii) (a)

P/Mtr. P/Mtr.

P/Mtr.

Each Each Each Each Each

P/Sqcm.

EE, AP-1

- 230 -

28.

29.

572100 Sqcm. 30 Each

Supply and erection of MS box made of 16 gauge MS Sheet recessed in wall, with arrangement of fixing brass screws, 2 Nos. check nuts and one No. PVC bush of required size including all labour and material required to complete the job in all respect up to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in Charge of work. (HSR 31.49) with 2 coats of primer. (HSR 31.49 (i)) Supply and erection of 5 amp. 2 way switch on existing sheet including connections complete in all respect up to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge of the work. (HSR 31.43)

Sq.cm Each

Part – 4 IV) Providing EI of Balance works 1.

20 Nos.

2.

40 Nos.

Supply and fixing of LED Tube Light with batten suitable for up to 1 X 22 watt LED tube light complete including tube etc on surface complete in all respect. TMC 501 P 1xT-LED 22W P3241, Philips / BCLSB 05 WH - Bajaj / LEDCOMFO BAT HB 0306 830 IN – Osram. (NS – 1) Supply and fixing of LED Tube Light Dust, shock & weather (jet) Proof Luminaire suitable for up to 2 X 19 watt LED tube light with high grade Polycarbonate housing with polycarbonate/stainless steel fastening clips & and UV stabilized hinged diffuser cover with all accessories mounted on a CRCA gear plate suitable for ease of maintenance. The enclosure shall have an ingress protection of IP65. TCW450 P 2XTLED 19W P3397, Philips / LHEMABBNDPN7S040 - Havells / OLUX LED WP S ESY0600 857 4X1 – Osram. (NS – 2)

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 231 -

3.

500 Nos.

4.

20 Nos.

5.

0.00 Mtr.

Supply and fixing of recess/surface mounting round 24 Watt to 32 Watt LED Down Lighter having Powder coated die cast aluminium housing with extended heat sink, diffuser/ Reflector and driver set completed in all respects. Make: DN195B LED20S-6500 PSU WH S1 - Philips / LHEBJNP6IZ1W025 Havells / BZSLH 24W WH – Bajaj. (NS – 3) Conventional autonomous emergency luminaires (Exit Signages) with symmetrical optics, conforming to I S: 9457 & I S: 12349 with IP 40 & with Class - II insulation, single or double Sided for installation on wall and/or ceiling. Casing & diffuser shall be made entirely of thermoplastic material with 850 degree C, self-extinguishing rating. Diffuser without frame shall be completely transparent so as to ensure maximum light yield, high impact resistance (greater than 5 J) for both the casing and diffuser. The fixture shall have Ni-Cd rechargeable internal batteries (with charger) suitable for 2 hr. back up operation at high temperarure in the event of power failure. The signage shall be as follows: (as per design & approval) complete in all respect upto entire satisfaction of Engineer in charge of work. Double sided LED signage with built in battery back-up for 2 hrs complete in all respect upto entire satisfaction of Engineer in charge of work. Make: 220210-Bajaj / Philips / Havells / Osram. (NS – 4) S.I.T.C. 1100 Volts grade Cable PVC insulated as per I S 1554 (Latest Edition), IS 7098 (Part 1) 1988 Armoured Cu conductor with XLPE Insulated: complete in all respect upto entire satisfaction of Engineer in charge of work 4C x 6 Sq. mm. Copper Armoured Cable. (NS – 5)

Each

Each

P/Mtr.

EE, AP-1

- 232 -

6.

200.00 Mtr.

7.

40.00 Mtr.

8.

100 Nos.

9.

46 Nos.

S.I.T.C. 1100 Volts grade Cable PVC insulated as per I S 1554 (Latest Edition), IS 7098 (Part 1) 1988 UnArmoured Cu conductor with XLPE Insulated: complete in all respect upto entire satisfaction of Engineer in charge of work 3C x 6 Sq. mm. Copper Armoured Cable. (NS – 6) S.I.T.C. 1100 Volts grade Cable PVC insulated as per I S 1554 (Latest Edition), IS 7098 (Part 1) 1988 UnArmoured Cu conductor with XLPE Insulated: complete in all respect upto entire satisfaction of Engineer in charge of work 3C x 16 Sq. mm. Copper Armoured Cable Supply and fixing of innovative LED based well glass luminaire for direct replacement of 70W HPSV conventional fixtures. (above spectators gallery) complete in all respect upto entire satisfaction of Engineer in charge of work Make Philips make-BY200P LED 35S CW PSU S2 PC / Bajaj / Osram Supply and fixing of Surface/recessed/Suspended type luminaire, round. for 1 x 22W TR5 Lamp. with PMMA diffuser, opal Annular diffuser with distinctly flat contour and finely structured surface. Shielded to the room with a primary shield of white sheet steel. Characteristic lighting effect from interplay with annular enclosed secondary reflector of white sheet steel. Luminaire body of die-cast aluminium, Colour white, with electronic ballast. complete in all respect upto entire satisfaction of Engineer in charge of work Make: Trilux POLARON WD1 1TR 22 E / Novo Lighting / Osram

P/Mtr.

P/Mtr.

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 233 -

10.

50.00 Mtr.

Supply installation testing & Commissioning of Flexi LED Strip - 5 mtr. length, 5W/m, IP65 (IP20 Driver included) for cove complete in all respect upto entire satisfaction of Engineer in charge of work. Make: Bajaj / Philips / Osram

Mtr.

Part – 5 V)

Providing Sub Station

1.

2 Nos. 22 Nos. 1 No. 2.

100.00 Mtr. 3.

8 Nos. 162 Nos.

45 Nos.

(c) Moulded case Circuit breakers. (HSR 31.12) Supply and erection of moulded case circuit breakers on wall or on existing pedestal including bonding to earth and necessary connections. (HSR 31.12) 15 amp.to 60 amp. 415 V ,10 KA 3phase. (HSR 31.12 c (i)) 100 amp.to 220 amp.415 V,10 KA 3phase. (HSR 31.12 c (ii)) 300 amp. to 400 amp. 415 V , 35 KA 3phase. (HSR 31.12 c (iv)) Supply and erection of M.S. angle iron frame duly welded for housing M.S. sheet & main switches etc. on it, fixed on wall by means of suiteble size of rag bolts with cement concrete ,duly painted with three coats of approved paint including one coat of red oxide. (HSR 31.13) Size 50 mm x 50 mm x 6 mm. (HSR 31.13(I)) (L) Miniature Circuit Breaker and Isolator. (HSR 31.17) Supply and erection of miniature circuit breaker / isolator 240 /415 V in the existing distribution board including making necessary connections. (HSR 31.17) SP MCB of 9 KA breaking capacity 6 amp. to 32 amp. (HSR 31.17a) (ii)) TP MCB of 9 KA breaking capacity 6 amp. to 32 amp. (HSR 31.17(a) (ii)) TP MCB of 9 KA breaking capacity 40 amp. to 63 amp. (HSR 31.17(a) (iii)) TPN MCB of 9 KA breaking capacity 40 amp. to 63 amp. (HSR 31.17(a) (iii)) (P) Pipe Laying. (HSR 31.21)

Each Each Each

P/Mtr

Each Each Each Each

EE, AP-1

- 234 -

4.

20.00 Mtr. 50.00 Mtr. 5. 62 Nos.

8 Nos.

70 Nos. 48.00 Mtr. 372.00 Mtr. 160.00 Mtr.

1000.00 Mtr.

6. 50.00 Mtr.

Supply and erection of pipe for wiring purposes including bends inspection boxes etc. where necessary and painting as required. (HSR 31.21) Galvanised iron pipe 65 mm dia on surface. (HSR 31.21 (vii)) PVC pipe 120 mm dia. (HSR 31.21(xxx) (a)) (Q) Earthing (HSR 31.22) Earthing with GI earth plate 600 mm x 600 mm x 6 mm thick including accessories and providing masonry enclosures with cover plate having locking arrangement and watering pipe etc. ( but without charcoal or coke and salt ) complete as required. (HSR 31.22 (iii)) Earthing with tinned copper earth plate 600 mm x 600 mm x 3 mm thick including accessories and providing masonry enclosures with cover plate having locking arrangement and watering pipe etc. ( but without charcoal or coke and salt ) complete as required. (HSR 31.22 (iv)) Extra for charcoal or coke and salt for G.I. Plate or copper plate earth electrode. (HSR 31.22 (v)) Pdg. and fixing 25 mm x 5 mm copper strip in 40 mm dia G.I. pipe from earth electrode as required. (HSR 31.22 (x)) Pdg. and fixing 25 mm x 5 mm G.I. strip in 40 mm dia G.I. pipe from earth electrode as required. (HSR 31.22 (xi)) Pdg. and fixing 25 mm x 5 mm copper strip on surface or in recess for connections etc. as required with all labour and material. (HSR 31.22 (xiv)). Pdg. and fixing 25 mm x 5 mm G.I. Strip on surface or in recess for connections etc. as required with all labour and material. (HSR 31.22 (xv)) (R) Lightning conductor (a) Copper. (HSR 31.23) Supply and erection of copper tape 32 mm x 6 mm thick from earth electrode directly in ground and surface , fixed with suitable copper stapples of same size. (HSR 31.23 (vii))

P/Mtr. P/Mtr.

Each

Each

Each

P/Mtr.

P/Mtr.

P/Mtr.

P/Mtr.

P/Mtr.

EE, AP-1

- 235 -

7.

20.00 Mtr. 20.00 Mtr. 40.00 Mtr. 60.00 Mtr. 50.00 Mtr. 20.00 Mtr. 60.00 Mtr. 40.00 Mtr. 8.

80.00 Mtr. 130.00 Mtr. 860.00 Mtr. 940.00 Mtr. 2400.00 Mtr. 530.00 Mtr. 240.00 Mtr. 260.00 Mtr. 9.

18 Nos. 12 Nos.

Supply and erection of under ground cable 1 metre below ground level covered with sand and bricks including necessary connections, digging and refiling of trenches. (HSR 31.25) 25 Sq. mm 3.5 Core Cable. (HSR 31.25 (xxv) Ard.) 35 Sq. mm 3.5 Core Cable. (HSR 31.25 (xxvi) Ard.) 50 Sq. mm 3.5 Core Cable. (HSR 31.25 (xxvii) Ard.) 70 Sq. mm 3.5 Core Cable. (HSR 31.25 (xxvii) Ard.) 150 Sq. mm 3.5 Core Cable. (HSR 31.25 (xxxi) Ard.) 240 Sq. mm 3.5 Core Cable. (HSR 31.25 (xxxiii) Ard.) 300 Sq. mm 3.5 Core Cable. (HSR 31.25 (xxxiv) Ard.) 400 Sq. mm 3.5 Core Cable. (HSR 31.25 (xxxv) Ard.) Supply and erection of under ground cable, loose in existing pipe or trenches complete with necessary connections. (HSR 31.26) 25 Sq. mm 3.5 Core Armoured Cable. (HSR 31.26 (xxv)) 35 Sq. mm 3.5 Core Armoured Cable. (HSR 31.26 (xxvi)) 50 Sq. mm 3.5 Core Armoured Cable. (HSR 31.26 (xxvii)) 70 Sq. mm 3.5 Core Cable. (HSR 31.26 (xxviii)) 150 Sq. mm 3.5 Core Armoured Cable. (HSR 31.26 (xxxi)) 240 Sq. mm 3.5 Core Armoured Cable. (HSR 31.26 (xxxiii)) 300 Sq. mm 3.5 Core Armoured Cable. (HSR 31.26 (xxxiv)) 400 Sq. mm 3.5 Core Armoured Cable. (HSR 31.26 (xxxv)) Supply and erection of suitable compression type brass cable glands for underground Cable. (HSR 31.28) 25 Sqmm to 50 Sqmm Cable 2 to 4 Core. (HSR 31.28 (iii)) 70 Sqmm to 95 Sqmm Cable 3 to 3.5 Core. (HSR 31.28 (iv))

P/Mtr P/Mtr P/Mtr P/Mtr P/Mtr P/Mtr P/Mtr P/Mtr

P/Mtr P/Mtr P/Mtr P/Mtr P/Mtr P/Mtr P/Mtr P/Mtr

Each Each

EE, AP-1

- 236 -

18 Nos. 8 Nos. 18 Nos. 10.

4

11. 10 Nos. 3 Nos.

10 Nos. 20 Nos. 30 Nos. 24 Nos. 54 Nos. 8 Nos. 66 Nos. 6 Nos. 24 Nos. 36 Nos. 18 Nos.

120 Sqmm to 185 Sqmm Cable 3 to 3.5 Core. (HSR 31.28 (v)) 240 Sqmm Cable 3 to 3.5 Core. (HSR 31.28 (vi)) 300 Sq mm to 400 Sqmm Cable 3 to 3.5 Core. (HSR 31.28 (vii)) Street Light (HSR 31.30) Supply and erection of prestressed cement concrete pole as per IS : 16781960. (HSR 31.30 (VI)) 11 metres long 152 mm x 203 mm at top and 152 mm x 368 mm at bottom with working load of 360 Kg. burried 2.20 m in ground. (HSR 31.30 (VI) (iii)) (X) Miscellaneous. (HSR 31.35) Supply and erection of caution notice plate in three languages. (HSR 31.35 (iii)) Supply and erection of shock restoration chart in glass frame. (HSR 31.35 (iv)) Supply and erection of aluminium lugs heavy duty including crimping etc. upto the entire satisfaction of the Engineerin-charge of the work. (HSR 31.35 (ix)) 16 sqmm. (HSR 31.35 (ix) (d))

Each Each Each

Each

Job

Job

Each

25 sqmm. (HSR 31.35 (ix) (e))

Each

35 sqmm. (HSR 31.35 (ix) (f))

Each

50 sqmm. (HSR 31.35 (ix) (g))

Each

70 sqmm. (HSR 31.35 (ix) (h))

Each

120 sqmm. (HSR 31.35 (ix) (j))

Each

150 sqmm. (HSR 31.35 (ix) (k) )

Each

185 sqmm. (HSR 31.35 (ix) (l))

Each

240 sqmm. (HSR 31.35 (ix) (m))

Each

300 sqmm. (HSR 31.35 (ix) (n))

Each

400 sqmm. (HSR 31.35 (ix) (o))

Each

EE, AP-1

- 237 -

12.

230.00 Sqm

13.

575.00 Kg

Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Wall/ free standing flooor mounting dust & vermin proof compartmentalized cubical panel made out of 2 mm thick CRCA sheet, required hardware 3 mm thick bakelite sheet provided all along the bus bar and cable alley separating switches compartment and supporting suitable channel duly painted by 2 coat of Zinc/Red oxide primer followed by 2 coats of powder coating in grey or required shade after rinsing. The panel having PU/Neoprene rubber gasket of not less than 3 mm thicness seperate detacable gland plate MS base channel hinged door with inter locking arrangement for equipment/switch wear. Transparent acrylic sheet shall be provided in front of bus bar compartment to prevent direct access to bus bar bakelite sheet 3 mm thick for separately cable alley to BBC from switch chamber Extended solid copper bars up to cable cable alleys shall be provided for outgoing connection which shall be paid as extra items. Side walls and cable alley compartments shall be having bolted type doors withdetachable extension type structure. The panel will be complete with control wirring (copper) and fuse protection.(only outer area on all sides shall be measured). (HSR 31.63) Supply and fixing of copper bus bar duly tinned by means of SMC/DMC type insulator high tensile nuts and bolts spring washers fixing to same in existing panel including bending, cutting in required shape and size and insulation with colour coding heat shrinkable PVC insulation complete in all respect. (HSR 31.64)

P.Sqm

P.Kg.

EE, AP-1

- 238 -

14.

23 Set

15.

21 Nos. 4 Nos. 16.

500.00 Mtr. 1000.00 Mtr. 17.

150.00 Mtr.

Pdg. and fixing digital metering equipment for LT cubical panel consisting of 96mm x 96mm 0-500 V, volt meter with selector switch, Amo meter ( of required rato up to 600/5 amp.) with selector switch and required C.Ts 3 no., a Set of 3 no. phase indication lamps RYB LED. (HSR 31.65) Supply and fixing of rotary handle for on / off operation of existing MCCB in the LT panel including fixing the same in position with all labour and material required to complete the job in all respect. (HSR 31.66) Rotary handle upto 125 A, MCCB (HSR 31.66 (i)) Rotary handle above 125 A, MCCB (HSR 31.66 (ii)) S/E of mark double walled corrugated (DWC) HDPE pipe laid 1 Mtr. Below ground level including digging and refilling of earth including cost of suitable size socket / cuppler for HDPE pipe including cost of labour and material required to complete the job in all respect upto the entire satisfaction of Engineer in charge of work. (HSR 31.67) HDPE 63/50 mm outer dia / inner dia (HSR 31.67) (i) HDPE 90/75 mm outer dia / inner dia (HSR 31.67) (ii) S/E of XLPE (E)11 KV HT aluminum conductor armoured cable ISI mark laid in existing pipe /trenches/surface with all labour and material required to complete the job in all respect upto the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-incharge of the work. (HSR 31.71) 120 sqmm 3 core XLPE Cable (HSR 31.71) (v)

P.Set

Each Each

P/Mtr. P/Mtr.

P/Mtr.

EE, AP-1

- 239 -

18.

19.

300.00 Mtr. 1 No.

Supply & erection of cable tray made out of 2 mm thick galavanised perforated sheet steel including erection of the same on wall or ceiling with necessary fixture and other material required to complete the Job in all respect upto the Entire statisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge of the work. (HSR 31.81) 50 x 300 mm (HSR 31.81 (iii)) 11KV VCB PANEL (NS-1)

P/Mtr. Each

S.I.T.C. of 11 K V Vacuum Circuit Breaker (VCB) panel; indoor mounted, self-standing type (with 25KA/1Sec fault level) conforming to I S: 13327 / IEC 60298/60694 with degree of protection to IP4X as per I S: 3427. The VCB shall conform to I S: 13118 / IEC 62271-100/200 and have a continuous current capacity of 630 Amps (25KA/1 sec), IAC of 25 kA or better and shall be horizontally isolated, horizontally drawout type, three pole, trip free; complete with 24V D C trip-coil, Auxiliary contact for trip circuit, Spring Charging Motor, C T, P T, metering & protection as required. The electrical components shall be as follows: INCOMER VCB: : 1 No. 630 Amps (25KA/1 sec) drawout type, three pole, trip free motorised Vacuum Circuit Breaker BUS BARS: : 2 nos. aluminium bus bars having 630A current carrying capacity with unifrm cross section through out the panel length. OUT-GOING VCBs: : 2 Nos. 630A (25KA/1 sec) draw-out type, three pole, trip-free mo torised VCBs.

EE, AP-1

- 240 -

ACCORIES: : 1 No. 11 KV/110 V Bus Potential Transformer (P.T.) of class-1 accuracy, conforming to IEC: 186 (1987), complete with MCBs on both sides. P. T. shall have 100 VA (minimum) capacity sufficient for protection and measuring circuits. : Dual ratio C. Ts 150/5/5 Amps in the I/C VCB panel & 40/5/5 Amps in the out-giong VCB panels for metering and protection (0.2/5P10 accuracy) with suitable VA rating (15 VA minm) conforming to IEC: 44-1 (1996). : Cable end-box for cable in the I/C & O/G VCB panels up to 11KV, 240 sq. mm., 3 core XLPE type (E). PROTECTION & METERING for all VCB breakers: : Digital Multifunctional meter EM6400ng (V, A, KWH, KVA, F & P f) with MDI : Phase indication LED lamps Protection Relay -Numerical: NonCommunicable & other Auxilliary relays: : 1 No. Combined U/V, O/V and Frequency Relay with Numerical Communicable type (for I/C VCB). Make & Model : ABB( REF 615)/SIEMENS (7SJ62)/Schneider Electric ( Micom P127) : 1 No. 4-pole, non-directional, IDMTL 3 O/C+1 E/F with instantenous element relay (for O/G VCB).Make & Model ABB( REF -610)/SIEMENS (7SJ62)/Schneider Electric ( Micom P122) : 1 No. Master Trip Relay. : 1 No. Trip circuit healthy relay. Alarm & annunciation Schemes for each VCB: : Common Alarm Scheme. : Hooter with 'Accept' arrangement. : Annunciation panel with 6 annunciation windows. EE, AP-1

- 241 -

20.

2 Nos.

PARTICULAR REQUIREMENTS FOR VCB PANELS: : Heater 80W, 230V AC : 2 Nos. : Power socket, 230V AC : 1 No. : All the internal wiring and interlocks to the breaker panel shall be factory completed. The breaker and pane shall conform to relevant I S specifications (latest edition). POWER PACK: Power pack with 220 Volt AC input & 24 Volt DC continuous output suitable for closing/ tripping/ indication of the HT panel board with 3 VCBs; as required. 11kV HT Panels Make: ABB( ZS1) / Seimens( Nx-Air) / Schneider Electric ( PIX) TRANSFORMER: (NS-2)

Each

Supply, Installation, testing & commissioning of 630 KVA, 11 K V / 433 V, 50 Hz, 3 phase Delta / Star connected ONAN Transformer with Dyn-11 vector group suitable for outdoor, floor mounting. The transformer shall have 'OFF Load taps' in steps of ± 2.5% and ± 5%, complete with first fill of oil and shall conform to IS 1180 part 1 norms & I S: 2026, 1977 (latest edition). Ester Oil type transformer. H. T. & L. T. sides of the transformer shall be suitable for cable termination complete with cable end-boxes as follows: : H. T. Side : 1 x 3 C x 120 sq. mm. X LPE cable of 11KV grade. : L. T. Side : 3 x 3.5 C x 400 sq. mm. X LPE cable of 1.1KV grade.

EE, AP-1

- 242 -

: Transformer shall be provided with: - Winding Over temperature indication and trip devices. - Oil Over temperature indication and trip devices. - Marshalling box with all the wiring for safety, measuring and indicating devices wired and terminated in it.i) Standard: IS : 2026, IS 1800 part 1 ii) Indoor Installation, Iii) Vector group : Dyn11 iv) Rating : 630 KVA) Cooling System: ONAN) Winding: Copper, vi) Magnetic Core: Prime grade of M4 or better vii) High voltage : 11KV - 50 Z, viii) Low voltage: 415V-50HZ ix) System highest voltage : 12kV at the HV side x) Manufacturer to inspect the transformer at NABL acrrediated lab. xi) Insulation Level - H.V. Power Frequency (KV rms): 28 kV - H.V. Impulse withstand voltage (KV peak): 75 kVp. The Losses of Transformer should be as per IS 1180 part 1 norms. Transformers shall be designed for 110% continuous overfluxing withstand capability Tapping: as per IS 1180 part 1 Temperature : - Ambient temperature: as per 40 Degree C. - Winding temperature rise: 45 Degree C. Accessories: - OTI & WTI,Pressure relief valve (without auxiliary contacts),Skids,Earthing terminal,Lifting lugs,Rating plate,Dehydrating breather,Jacking Lugs (Transformers weighing above 3000 Kg),vent with diaphragm . 630 KVA Transformer shall bo of, Make : ABB/BHEL/ Schneider/ GE(Alstom)

EE, AP-1

- 243 -

21.

1 No.

D. G. AMF WITH LOAD MANAGEMENT (DG-AMF-LM) PANEL (NS-3) S.I.T.C of D G AMF-LOAD MANAGEMENT PANEL: Automatic mains failure panel with Synchronization & load management arrangement (AMF-LM) for 1x320 and 3x400 KVA DG sets and the Mains feeders. The Panel shall be self standing, made of Sheet steel (2 mm for doors & 1.6 mm other faces), surface treated with 7 tank process and painted with anticorrosion paint/powder coated. The enclosure shall be IP 52 protected as per I S: 2147. : The controls of the AMF panel and the load management sequence, as per the SLD, shall be PLC control based. The mains failure shall be sensed on incoming side of ACB (EDO) and initiate the starting cycle of D.G. set after an adjustable 0-6 sec delay. The switchover of power between the Mains power and the D G Power shall take place with suitably sized (EDO) ACBs in the A M F Panel. After the D.G. set has started, on restoration of mains power, D.G. set shall continue to run for an adjustable time of 0-10 minutes before switching back to mains power. The LV panel shall be of 'Total Type Tested. : The components in the AMF panel shall be as follows: All ACBs shall have: : Inbuilt TRIP LED indication. : Ics = Icu = Icw for 1 sec.for the breakers with built-in micro-processor based releases, : Adjustable over current with time setting, short circuit with time setting, earth fault with time setting. : R,Y,B phase indication lamps (LED Type) with Control MCB as per fault requirement. : Instantaneous short circuit

Each

EE, AP-1

- 244 -

All MCCBs shall have: : Ics = Icu = 100% for the MCCBs. : MCCBs upto 200A shall be with thermal - magnetic releases and beyond 200A shall be with microprocessor based releases. : MCCBs shall be with extended rotary handle. · INCOMERS : (EDO) ACBs shall be as per SLD as follows with required controls: : 415 V, 50 Hz, 1000 A, 4Pole (EDO) ACB : 3 Nos. : 415 V, 50 Hz, 630 A, 4Pole (EDO) ACB : 3 Nos. : 415 V, 50 Hz, 500 A, 4Pole (EDO) ACB : 1 Nos. BUS BARS: : 1000A TP + N Aluminium suitable for 1.1 K V with a fault level with-stand: 36 K A for 1 second in two parts as per SLD. The Earth Bus shall be of CU & run contnuously throughout the width of the panel. · OUTGOINGS : : 415 V, 200 A, 4Pole, 50 Hz, MCCB with Class B Surge Suppressor : 2 Nos. : 415 V, 400 A, 3Pole, 50 Hz, MCCB : 2 Nos. : 415 V, 50 Hz, 500 A, 4Pole Isolator (ON Load) : 1 Nos. : 415 V, 50 Hz, 630 A, 4Pole Isolator (ON Load) : 3 Nos. : Protection of the feeders as required.

EE, AP-1

- 245 -

22.

1 No.

: 2 Nos. of 185 KVAR TP Capacitor Bank, Delta connected in (2*50+2*25+2*12.5+2*5) KVAR units as per SLD, 440V, 50Hz complete with digital APFC Relay and automatic switching arrangement, suitably sized protection MCCBs/MCBs, Contactors, Auto / Manual selector switches and indicators for selecting the operating mode - all factory wired. Capacitor bank shall be suitable for heavy duty, 480V, 50 Hz, 3 Ph, 4 Wire system. : The digital APFC relay shall be connected to the In-coming side of the MAINS ACBs. · Metering and protection : Digital Ameter with selector switch (R, Y, B- PHASE) & indication for all Banks & as per SLD. : Class B type surge Arrestor with: : Discharge impulse current (Im as per IEC61643-1) 50KA (for 10/350ms) between phase to neutral & 125KA (for 10/350ms) between Neutral to earth. : Maximum continuous operating voltage shall be 320V. for Phase to neutral. : Response time (ta) shall be less than 25ns for phase to neutral & : Voltage protection level shall be less than 1.3 KV. (OBO Bettermann make or equivalent).: 1 No. LT Panel-1 (NS-4)

Each

S.I.T.C. LT Panel-1: Indoor, sheet steel metal clad, floor mounted, compartmentalized, non-draw-out type conforming to I S: 8623 (latest edition) with an enclosure protection of IP 52 as per I S: 2147. The panel shall be complete with bus Bars suitable for 1.1 kV with fault level with-stand capacity of 25 K A for 1 sec. The LV panel shall be of 'Total Type Tested. The panel shall have electrical components as per SLD as follows:

EE, AP-1

- 246 -

All MCCBs shall have: : Ics = Icu = 100% for the breakers. : MCCB's upto 200A shall be with thermal - magnetic releases and beyond 200A shall be with microprocessor based releases. : MCCB's shall be with extended rotary handle. · INCOMER: : 415 V, 500 A, 4Pole, 50 Hz, MCCB : 1 No. : 415 V, 100 A, 4Pole, 50 Hz, MCCB : 1 No. : Indication & digital metering as per SLD · BUS BARS: : 500A TP + N Aluminium suitable for 1.1 K V with a fault level with-stand: 25 K A for 1 second as per SLD. The Earth Bus shall be of CU & run contnuously throughout the width of the panel. · OUTGOINGS : : 415 V, 400 A, 4Pole, 50 Hz, MCCB : 1 Nos. : 415 V, 320 A, 4Pole, 50 Hz, MCCB : 2 Nos. : 415 V, 250 A, 4Pole, 50 Hz, MCCB : 2 Nos. : 415 V, 125 A, 4Pole, 50 Hz, MCCB : 1 Nos. : 415 V, 100 A, 4Pole, 50 Hz, MCCB : 5 Nos. : Class B+C surge arrester with: : Nominal discharge current(In as per IEC 61643-1) 30KA (for 8/20ms) & Impulse current 7KA(for 10/350ms) between phase to neutral & 50KA (8/20ms) impulse current for neutral to earth. : Maximum continuous operating voltage shall be 320V. Response time (ta) shall be less than 25ns for phase to neutral. : Voltage protection level shall be less than 900V at 5KA (8/20ms) for phase to neutral & 1.2KV for neutral to earth. (OBO Bettermann make or equivalent). : 1 No.

EE, AP-1

- 247 -

23.

1 No.

LT Panel-2 (NS-5)

Each

S.I.T.C. LT Panel-2: Indoor, sheet steel metal clad, floor mounted, compartmentalized, non-draw-out type conforming to I S: 8623 (latest edition) with an enclosure protection of IP 52 as per I S: 2147. The panel shall be complete with bus Bars suitable for 1.1 kV with fault level with-stand capacity of 25 K A for 1 sec. The LV panel shall be of 'Total Type Tested. The panel shall have electrical components as per SLD as follows: All MCCBs shall have: : Ics = Icu = 100% for the breakers. : MCCB's upto 200A shall be with thermal - magnetic releases and beyond 200A shall be with microprocessor based releases. : MCCB's shall be with extended rotary handle. · INCOMER: : 415 V, 630 A, 4Pole, 50 Hz, MCCB : 1 Nos. : Indication & digital metering as per SLD · BUS BARS: : 630A TP + N Aluminium suitable for 1.1 K V with a fault level with-stand: 25K A for 1 second as per SLD. The Earth Bus shall be of CU & run contnuously throughout the width of the panel. · OUTGOINGS : : 415 V, 160 A, 4Pole, 50 Hz, MCCB : 9 Nos.

EE, AP-1

- 248 -

:

24.

1 No.

Class B+C surge arrester with: : Nominal discharge current(In as per IEC 61643-1) 30KA (for 8/20ms) & Impulse current 7KA(for 10/350ms) between phase to neutral & 50KA (8/20ms) impulse current for neutral to earth. : Maximum continuous operating voltage shall be 320V. Response time (ta) shall be less than 25ns for phase to neutral. : Voltage protection level shall be less than 900V at 5KA (8/20ms) for phase to neutral & 1.2KV for neutral to earth. (OBO Bettermann make or equivalent). : 1 No. LT Panel-3 (NS-6)

Each

S.I.T.C. LT Panel-3: Indoor, sheet steel metal clad, floor mounted, compartmentalized, non-draw-out type conforming to I S: 8623 (latest edition) with an enclosure protection of IP 52 as per I S: 2147. The panel shall be complete with bus Bars suitable for 1.1 kV with fault level with-stand capacity of 25 K A for 1 sec. The LV panel shall be of 'Total Type Tested. The panel shall have electrical components as per SLD as follows: All MCCBs shall have: : Ics = Icu = 100% for the breakers. : MCCB's upto 200A shall be with thermal - magnetic releases and beyond 200A shall be with microprocessor based releases. : MCCB's shall be with extended rotary handle. · INCOMER: : 415 V, 630 A, 4Pole, 50 Hz, MCCB : 1 Nos. : Indication & digital metering as per SLD · BUS BARS: : 630A TP + N Aluminium suitable for 1.1 K V with a fault level with-stand: 25K A for 1 second as per SLD. The Earth Bus shall be of CU & run contnuously throughout the width of the panel. EE, AP-1

- 249 -

25.

1 No.

· OUTGOINGS : : 415 V, 160 A, 4Pole, 50 Hz, MCCB : 9 Nos. : Class B+C surge arrester with: : Nominal discharge current(In as per IEC 61643-1) 30KA (for 8/20ms) & Impulse current 7KA(for 10/350ms) between phase to neutral & 50KA (8/20ms) impulse current for neutral to earth. : Maximum continuous operating voltage shall be 320V. Response time (ta) shall be less than 25ns for phase to neutral. : Voltage protection level shall be less than 900V at 5KA (8/20ms) for phase to neutral & 1.2KV for neutral to earth. (OBO Bettermann make or equivalent). : 1 No. LT Panel-4 (NS-7)

Each

S.I.T.C. LT Panel-4: Indoor, sheet steel metal clad, floor mounted, compartmentalized, non-draw-out type conforming to I S: 8623 (latest edition) with an enclosure protection of IP 52 as per I S: 2147. The panel shall be complete with bus Bars suitable for 1.1 kV with fault level with-stand capacity of 25 K A for 1 sec. The LV panel shall be of 'Total Type Tested. The panel shall have electrical components as per SLD as follows: All MCCBs shall have: : Ics = Icu = 100% for the breakers. : MCCB's upto 200A shall be with thermal - magnetic releases and beyond 200A shall be with microprocessor based releases. : MCCB's shall be with extended rotary handle. · INCOMER: : 415 V, 630 A, 4Pole, 50 Hz, MCCB : 1 Nos. : Indication & digital metering as per SLD · BUS BARS:

EE, AP-1

- 250 -

26.

1 Nos.

: 630A TP + N Aluminium suitable for 1.1 K V with a fault level with-stand: 25K A for 1 second as per SLD. The Earth Bus shall be of CU & run contnuously throughout the width of the panel. · OUTGOINGS : : 415 V, 160 A, 4Pole, 50 Hz, MCCB : 9 Nos. : Class B+C surge arrester with: : Nominal discharge current(In as per IEC 61643-1) 30KA (for 8/20ms) & Impulse current 7KA(for 10/350ms) between phase to neutral & 50KA (8/20ms) impulse current for neutral to earth. : Maximum continuous operating voltage shall be 320V. Response time (ta) shall be less than 25ns for phase to neutral. : Voltage protection level shall be less than 900V at 5KA (8/20ms) for phase to neutral & 1.2KV for neutral to earth. (OBO Bettermann make or equivalent). : 1 No. 6 KVA INVERTER : (NS-8)

Each

S.I.T.C. 6KVA Inveter shall be of specification as under: : In-put power supply : 415 V (+ 10 % 20 %), +/- 3%), 3 phase : Output power supply: 230 V (+/-1 %) 1 phase, (+/- 0.5%) : Sinusoidal waveform : Overload capacity of 110% for 15 minutes. : Out-put regulation shall be +/- 1 % against input and load variation. : The Inverter shall be natural /forced air-cooled as required, : The Inverter shall be suitable to work at 45-degree C temperature and relative humidity of 95 %. : Battery pre-exhaust alarm at-least two minutes before ‘DC Low’ tripping. : Protected against Out-put Over-load, D C input, Low/High In-put Voltage,

EE, AP-1

- 251 -

27.

28.

1 No.

20 Nos.

:battery bank shall be suitable to supply the specified power for 1/2 Hr. to the Unit. The batteries shall be “Sealed Maintenance Free Lead Acid” type of 12v/42AH x 16 Nos. out-put to be connected as a D.C. bus system for the Unit with Open Battery Rack & Interlinks 1 KVA INVERTER : (NS-9) S.I.T.C. 1KVA Inveter shall be of specification as under: : In-put power supply : 230 V (+ 10 % 20 %), +/- 3%), 1 phase : Output power supply: 230 V (+/-1 %) 1 phase, (+/- 0.5%) : Sinusoidal waveform : Overload capacity of 110% for 15 minutes. : Out-put regulation shall be +/- 1 % against input and load variation. : The Inverter shall be natural /forced air-cooled as required, : The Inverter shall be suitable to work at 45-degree C temperature and relative humidity of 95 %. : Battery pre-exhaust alarm at-least two minutes before ‘DC Low’ tripping. : Protected against Out-put Over-load, D C input, Low/High In-put Voltage, :battery bank shall be suitable to supply the specified power for 1/2 Hr. to the Unit. The batteries shall be “Sealed Maintenance Free Lead Acid” type of 12v/42AH x 2 Nos. out-put to be connected as a D.C. bus system for the Unit with Open Battery Rack & Interlinks Supply & Erection of Rubber mat of size 2mX1m & 12 mm thick suitable for 11 KV complete in all respect upto the entire satisfaction of the Engineer in Charge of work (NS -10)

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 252 -

29.

2 Set

30.

10 Nos.

31.

4 Nos.

32.

2 Nos. 1 No.

Supply & Erection MS bucket stand including cost of 6 nos. buckets of 9 liter capacity each with sand filling including cost of welding & painting of complete stand & buckets with one coat of red oxide and two coats of approved paint of red colour with all labour & petty material to complete the job in all respect upto the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge of work. (NS -11) Supply & eraction fo fire extingusher ISI marked Co2 type 4.5 Kg. Capacity as per ISI 7285 duly erected on wall with hook including the cost of hook, Screw etc. with all the labur and material required to complete the job in all respect upto the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge work. Make- Ajay, Zenith, Minimax. (NS -12) Supply and Erection of Heat Shrinkable jointing kit / HT terminal box with tapex joint M-seal make including making necessary connections on transformer and HT Metering panel with all required material thimbles lugs and soldering compound tape etc. upto the entire satisfaction of Engineer-inCharge of the work. (NS -13) Indoor for 120 Sqmm. 3 Core (End termination tapex model). ((NS – 13 (i))) Outdoor for 120 Sqmm. 3-core (End termination tapex model). (NS – 13 (ii)) Supply, Erection, Testing, commissioning of 11 Kv Indoor type Dual Reading HT Metering Panel complete with CT 's,PT cubical and Electronic meter with accuracy class0.5 as per required/approved by UHBVN required to complete the job in all respect upto the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge of work. (NS-14)

Each

Each

Each

Each Each

EE, AP-1

- 253 -

33.

2 Nos.

34.

2 Set

35.

100.00 Kg

36.

90.00 Kg

37.

2 Nos.

S/E of 11KV gang operated switch ‘Jayshree make’ conforming to IS with latest amendment including suitable size of copper blade erection of same on the existing ‘H’ pole with the help of 3 No. channels of size 75mm×40mm×6mm,1.8m long fixed with suitable size of MS clamp, nuts & bolts including cost of 6 No. 11 KV insulator with GI pin, RD fuses and painting with 2 coat of approved paint and one coat of red oxide material required to complete the job in all respect upto the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge of work. (NS-15) Supply & erection of lightening Arrestor model SDU ALPRO make suitable for11KV 3 phase 50 HZ grounded neutral system comprising of Speek gap type (Quench gap type) in series with non liner resister element housesd in horizontally Scale porcelain bushing with line and ground terminal along with mounting clamps Conforming to ISS 3070 (Part-I) of 1985 with latest amendment with all labour and Material required to complete the job in all respect upto the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge of work. (NS-16) Supply and erection of MS flat 50x6mm including cutting bending to the required shape drilling hole carriage Painting loading unloading complete in all respect upto the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge of work. (NS-18) Supply and erection of MS channel 100x50x6mm including cutting bending to the required shape drilling hole carriage Painting loading unloading complete in all respect upto the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge of work. (NS-19) Supply, Commissioning, Testing of Stey Set complete with stey wire & disc insulator as per specification complete in all respect upto the entire satisfaction of Engineer -in - charge of work. (NS-20)

Each

Each

P.Kg

P.Kg

Each

EE, AP-1

- 254 -

38.

4 Nos.

Supply and erection of Disc insulator Rashtriya / Jayshree / BHEL make with Disc fitting T&C type complete in all respect with erection of the same upto the entire satisfaction of the Engineer in Charge of work (NS-21)

Each

Part –6 VI) Providing External Light 1.

20.00 Mtr. 90.00 Mtr. 60.00 Mtr. 2.

180.00 Mtr. 680.00 Mtr. 930.00 Mtr. 505.00 Mtr. 3.

60 Nos. 90 Nos. 4 Nos. 4.

240 Nos.

Supply and erection of under ground cable 1 metre below ground level covered with sand and bricks including necessary connections, digging and refiling of trenches. (HSR 31.25) 35 Sq. mm 3.5 Core Cable. (HSR 31.25 (xxvi)) 10 Sq. mm 4 Core Cable. (HSR 31.25(xxxix)) 6 Sq. mm 4 Core Cable. (HSR 31.25(xxxviii) Supply and erection of under ground cable, loose in existing pipe or trenches complete with necessary connections. (HSR 31.26) 25 Sq. mm 3 ½ Core armoured Cable. (HSR 31.26 (xxv)) 10 Sq. mm 4 Core armoured Cable. (HSR 31.26 (xxxix)) 6 Sq. mm 4 Core armoured Cable. (HSR 31.26 (xxxviii)) 2.5 Sq. mm 3 Core unarmoured Cable. (HSR 31.26 (ix)) Supply and erection of suitable compression type brass cable glands for underground Cable. (HSR 31.28) Upto 6 Sq mm cable 2 to 4 Core (HSR 31.28 (i)) 10 Sq mm to 16 Sq mm cable 2 to 4 Core (HSR 31.28 (ii)) 25 Sq mm to 50 Sq mm cable 2 to 4 Core (HSR 31.28 (iii) Supply and erection of aluminium lugs heavy duty including crimping etc. upto the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge of the work. (HSR 31.35) 4 sqmm to 6 sqmm. (HSR 31.35 (ix) (b))

P/Mtr P/Mtr P/Mtr

P/Mtr. P/Mtr. P/Mtr. P/Mtr.

Each Each Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 255 -

360 Nos. 16 Nos. 5.

1500.00 Mtr. 6. 16 Nos.

16 Nos. 4 Nos.

4 Nos. 50.00 Mtr. 1610.00 Mtr.

10 sqmm. (HSR 31.35(ix) (c))

Each

25 sqmm. (HSR 31.35 (ix) (e))

Each

S/E of mark double walled corrugated (DWC) HDPE pipe laid 1 Mtr. Below ground level including digging and refilling of earth including cost of suitable size socket / cuppler for HDPE pipe including cost of labour and material required to complete the job in all respect upto the entire satisfaction of Engineer in charge of work. (HSR 31.67) HDPE 63/50 mm outer dia / inner dia (HSR 31.67 (i)) (Q) Earthing (HSR 31.22) Earthing with GI earth pipe 4.5 m long and 40 mm dia with masonry enclosure on the top etc. as required. (HSR 31.22 (i)) Extra for using salt and charcoal / coke for pipe earth electrode as required. (HSR 31.22(ii)) Earthing with GI earth plate 600 mm x 600 mm x 6 mm thick including accessories and providing masonry enclosures with cover plate having locking arrangement and watering pipe etc. (but without charcoal or coke and salt) complete as required. (HSR 31.22(iii)) Extra for charcoal or coke and salt for G.I. Plate or copper plate earth electrode. (HSR 31.22 (v)) Pdg. and fixing 25 mm x 5 mm G.I. strip in 40 mm dia G.I. pipe from earth electrode as required. (HSR 31.22(xi) Pdg. and laying earth connections from earth electrode with 4.00 mm dia G.I. wire in 15 mm dia G.I. pipe from earth electrode as required. (HSR 31.22(xii))

P/Mtr.

Each

Each

Each

Each

P/Mtr.

P/Mtr

EE, AP-1

- 256 -

7.

35 Nos. 8.

45 Nos.

Supply and erection of Galvanised Iron pipe (B-Class) pole welded with M.S base plate of size 15 cm x 15 cm x 3.00mm thick, erection of the pole in ground surrouneded with 15 cm dia of 1:3:6 cement concrete and a plateform 10 cm thick to the size of base plate at bottom. (HSR 31.30 (II)) 3.5 metres long 50 mm dia pole duly embeded 0.7 m below ground level. (HSR 31.30 (II) (i)) Supply & errection of Hot Dip Galavnized octagonal pole of 3mm thickness, with base plate including cost of nut and bolts and all accessories as supplied by manufacture including cost of foundation accessories etc. The foundation bolts as per manfacturer design should be hot dipped galvanized pole to complete with door locking arrangement. Terminal plate consisting of 2 nos. 100 A, 4 pole natural links including connection etc. with suitble connecting arrangement for 2 no. MCBs/ kit kat including cost of R.C.C 1:1. 5:3 for foundation size 0.7M x 0.7M x 1.8M with minimum of 8 nos 12 mm dia longitudinal MS reinforcement rods with rings of 8mm dia not more than 200mm C.C for fixing the pole with all labour & material required to complete the job in all respect upto the entire satisfaction of Engineer in Charge of work. (HSR 31.68) 8 Mtr. Long pole with top dia 70mm and bottom dia 135mm with base plate of size 225x225x16mm.(HSR 31.68 (i))

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 257 -

9.

45 Nos.

SITC of Modular family LED luminaire 90 Watt, an IP66 LEDSafe© optic compartment, a separate IP 66 control gear compartment with an impact resistance of IK08, an extruded aluminium painted housing, a toughened glass protector, permanently sealed with a robotically dispensed silicone sealant, closed at one end by an end cover and the other end by a frame and door assembly (to access control gear) both made of injection moulded polycarbonate, a removable control gear plate, safety plug and socket system, a high pressure die cast aluminium painted mounting spigot suitable for horizontal mounting (Ø 32 – 42mm) with tilt flexibility of (+)(-) 10 degrees, with LensoFlex2® technology, PMMA lenses with wide photometry for increased pole spacing, lifetime residual flux @ Tq 35oC @ 50,000 hours = 70%, Ta = 50 C,surge protection of 10kV (in differential and common mode), Power Factor > 0.90, Colour Rendering Index > 65 and neutral white light (4,250oK). Model: BRIKA-90W-CW 20875 Schreder / BRP322 LED 100 CW HE NR PC S3 XT - Philips / BRTFG 90W LED – Bajaj. (NS-1)

Each

EE, AP-1

- 258 -

10.

35 Nos.

11.

20 Nos.

12.

20 Nos.

SITC of post top luminaire in a contemporary design consisting of a high-pressure powdercoated die-cast aluminium housing, a canopy made of Plastamid and a UVresistant high impact polycarbonate protector. The luminaire emits a pleasant, glare-free light due to the highly efficient white reflector (Assymetric / symmetrical light distribution). The complete luminaire is sealed toIP 66 & Impact resistance of IK08. Electronic temperature monitoring prevents overheating of LEDs and power supply within the LED compartment (ThermiX®). It is designed for LED light sources of 37W having a neutral white light. Surge protection of 10kV. Model: ZELA-40W-NW-SYM - Disano / BGP151 LED2000/WW PSU 220-240V 7043 - Philips / BGCP 45W LED WW – Bajaj. (NS-2) SITC of concrete/ ground embedded 5 W LED luminaire, ww, housing stainless steel. Make: BBG 150 LED50/WW PSU 220240V IP67, Philips / Bajaj / Wipro / Havells. (NS – 3) SITC of Bollard 10 W LED luminaire, ww, housing stainless steel. Make: BCP150 LED150/WW PSU 220240V 7043, IP67, Philips / Bajaj / Wipro / Havells. (NS – 4)

Each

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 259 -

13.

2 Nos.

Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of outdoor type feeder pillar for External Street Lighting (Double door type IP 65) of suitable size not less than 30 cm and up to 45 cm deep made out of 16 SWG thick steel sheet duly compartmentalised having 4 strip busbar of 100 amp capacity, double door with spring loaded allen key type locking arrangement for inner compartment and separate coupboard type concealed locking arrangement for outer door. (Panel will have separate compartment for electric supply co.) duly rain and dust protected. The panel shall be fixed on M S angle iron frame work of size 50mmX50mmX6mm (NS) 90 cm long legs out of which 45 cm duly grouted in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement, 2 sand and 4 stone aggrigate 20 cm) and having following accessories mounted inside the cubicle panel i/c connections, inter connections, earth studs, painting etc. as reqd. (NS-5)

Each

: 415 V, 63 Amps, 4P, (16 KA) MCCB : 1 Each : 415 V, 63 Amps TP + N + E (4 strip) Al. Busbar (20 KA): 1 set. : Voltmeter 0-500 Volt 96 sqmm flush type with selector switch : 1 Each : Ammeter, 96 sqmm flush type with selector switch & 250/ 5 Amp CTs : 1 Set : Indicating lamps (RYB) with control HRC fuse with fuse fitting. : 1 Set : 32 Amp. 4 pole, 10 KA, 415V, 50 Hz MCB : 10 Nos. : Power contractor 4 pole, 40 Amp., 415V, 50 Hz. : 10 Nos. : Contact multiplier : 10A, NO/NC as required : 02 Nos. : Selector / Test switches as required in control circuit Surge arrestor : B/C type - obo make : Danger notice plate. : Outdoor Feeder Pillers shal be of Size: 1500mm (L) x 600mm (W) x 1800mm (H) approx.

EE, AP-1

- 260 -

14.

45 Nos.

Note: The contactors shall be controlled by a Time switch / Digital with adjustable time of switching 'ON' and 'Off' the lamps throughout the year; mounted inside the Feeder pillar. Supply & Fixing of single arm bracket 0.5 M long for pole having top 70mm A/F & suitable for 90 Watt Led Light Fixture with nut bolt etc. complete in all respect. (NS-6)

Each

Part – 7 VII) Providing External flood light Supply, installation, 223 1. Nos.

testing & commissioning of IP66/IK08 Metal Halide Flood Light (Short Beam), Fixture should be in die-cast aluminum with cooling fins. Reflector should be 99.98 aluminum, anodized and polished, with fin for recovery of unused light. Diffuser should be tempered glass, 5 mm thick, resistant to thermal shocks and impacts. (UNI7142 tests, 3193 British standard). Lamp holder should be of ceramics with silver-plated contacts. Colour Rendering >90. Electrical gear should have silicone wire terminated with clamps in admiralty brass, with fiberglass braid, about 2.5 sqmm cross section, Nylon 2P+T terminal block with maximum allowed lead cross section of 6 sqmm. Lamp should be of 2kW with maximum transverse opening beam of 2x4.5° and maximum longitudinal beam of 2x5.5°. The product should have maximum height of 600 mm and side width of maximum 300 mm, adjustability with maximum 25° angle provision, compliant to EN60598-1 CEI 34-21 standards, IP66IK08 degree of protection according to EN 60529 standards. Fixture should be made in Europe. Country of Origin should be required at the time of execution. Fixture should have an external Control gear box of Aluminium box containging ballast and capacitor complete in all respect upto entire satisfaction of Engineer in charge of work. Make: Bajaj-Disano 1156 Forum FS, Bega 88598, Thorn Champion ( 96261239+ 96012190) / Osram-Siteco- Sicompact R2 Maxi 1xhit DE 2000W / Schreder / Philips-RVP 501 1XMHNLA 2000W (Note: Qty may vary based on actual design as per site). (NS – 1)

Each

EE, AP-1

- 261 -

2.

85 Nos.

Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of IP66/IK08 Metal Halide Flood Light(Long Beam), Fixture should be in die-cast aluminum, with cooling fins. Reflector should be 99.98 aluminum, anodized and polished, with fin for recovery of unused light. Diffuser should be tempered glass, 5 mm thick, resistant to thermal shocks and impacts. (UNI7142 tests, 3193 British standard). Lampholder should be of ceramics with silver-plated contacts. Colour Rendering >90. Electrical gear should have silicone wire terminated with clamps in admiralty brass, with fiberglass braid, about 2.5 sqmm cross section, Nylon 2P+T terminal block with maximum allowed lead cross section of 6 sqmm. Lamp should be of 2kW with maximum transverse opening beam of 2x11.5° and maximum longitudinal beam of 2x12.5°. The product should have maximum height of 600 mm and side width of maximum 300 mm, adjustability with maximum 25° angle provision, compliant to EN60598-1 CEI 34-21 standards, IP66IK08 degree of protection according to EN 60529 standards.Fixture should be made in Europe. Country of Origin should be required at the time of execution. Fixture should have an external Control gear box of Aluminium box containging ballast and capacitor complete in all respect upto entire satisfaction of Engineer in charge of work. Make: Bajaj-Disano 1156 Forum FL, Bega 88599, Thorn Champion (96261239+ 96012190) / Osram-SitecoSicompact R2 Maxi 1xhit DE 2000W / Schreder / Philips-RVP 501 1XMHNLA 2000W (Note: Qty may vary based on actual design as per site) (NS – 2)

Each

EE, AP-1

- 262 -

Part – 8 VIII) Providing Audio Conference System 1.

1 No.

2.

1 No.

3.

1 No.

4.

2 Nos.

SITC of LCD Multimedia Projector System of True Resolution of XGA (1024 X 768 ), Minimum 4200 Lumens brightness, Zoom Ratio 1.6, Throw ratio 1.4:1 to 2.27.1, Ultra high Pressure mercuary Lamp of wattage 225 w, long lasting lamp life upto 10000 hours, auto light dimming mode, turn-off projector function without waiting to cool-down, Network Presentation from tablet or smartphone upto four users, UBB Media Viewer for display photos, minimum two hdmi ports, Remote Control app for ios/Android for control projector from anywhere in the room, Customised input naming lables of Make: VPL-340-Sony / Panasonic-PTVX425N / 195W Epson SITC of Motorised Ceiling Mount Lift with all Connectivity upto 15 Mtrs and able to control via Switch and Remote of Motorised Ceiling Mount Lift Make: Zerone / SSVP / AVC / Suvira SITC of Motorised Projection Screen 120*96. 16:9 and 16:10 aspect ratio. high gain matt white italian fabric , superb picture Quality, Manual and RF remote control, Gain is 1.2 of Make: SSVP / AVC / Suvira SITC of Cable Management System with Push to open and all Connectivity of LAN, Power, VGA, HDMI and should match the interior of the room. Make: Gigatron / SSVP / Custom

Each

Each

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 263 -

5.

1 No.

6.

2 Nos.

SITC of High-Definition video Conferencing System, able to provide upto 1080p60 resoulution, supports svc for enhanced layouts, dual display, high-definitaion content sharing upto 1080p30 resolution, OBTP to start meeting, H.323 and SIP upto 6 Mbps, Should Support Video Standards H.263, h.263+, H.264, One HDMI and One DVI1 Video Inputs, Two HDMI Video Outputs, High Quality 20 Khz streo audio, Two accoustic Echo cancellers, AGC, Integration with third party audio system, Activ Lip Synchronisation, Minimum Two microphonees, 4- Pin minjack, Minijack for Line-in/Line Out (Stereo), Audio In/Audio Out from Camera, H.239 dual Stream, Should Support h.323, SIP, ISDN Protocols, The Camera should have minimum 12 x optical zoom, Should have Motorised + 15/25 degree tilt and +90 degree pan or better, 43.5 degree or more vertical field of view, 72 degree or better horizontal field of view, automatic, manual focus, brighness and white balance, camera have HDMI, HD-SDI output and daisy chain, able to mount upside and picture flips automatically of Make: Cisco sx 20 + Precison HD 12 X Camera / Polycom G 500 / Avaya Scopia 4300 SITC of Full HD Projessional LED Dual Display System of 700 cd2 brightness, works on 24 x7 application of Size Minimum 48" of Make: Samsung DM 48 / Sony / LG SM 5KB

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 264 -

7.

1 No.

8.

7 Nos.

9.

1 No.

10.

1 No.

SITC of Wireless presentation and Collaboration device which uses external wifi or LAN connections for presenting wirelessly with IOS, Android based Tablets or PC, having IOS mirroring, Video streaming , 4 participants can collaborate and share content simultaneously on one display, whiteboard annotation feature and having USB, LAN HDMI/ Mini Dislayport and audio ouput ports. The lan port to support Gigabit LAN connection of Make: Krammer Office Pro / Crestron AM100 / Extron Sharelink 200N SITC of Table Microphone of Make: AKG CGN 99HL / sennheiser MEB114S / shure MX 418/ Beyerdynamic GM 115Q SITC of UHF Wireless Lapel Microphone System, Receiver: Frequency range 506 - 530 MHz, 668 - 692 MHz, Switching bandwidth 24 MHz, Output level 1.2 V, SN ratio >110 dB(A), T.H.D. < 0.5% at 1 kHz, Transmitter: Frequency Range 506 - 530 MHz, 668 - 692 MHz, Modulation FM, Nominal deviation ± 40 kHz, Radiated transmitter power 20 mW, SN ratio >110 dB, T.H.D. < 0.5% at 1 kHz, Frequency response 50 Hz - 18,000 Hz, Gain 10 mV - 0.3 V adjustable, at nominal deviation with 4-pin mini XLR plug lavaliere microphone etc of Make: AKG WMS-420 / sennheiser XSW35 / Beyerdynamic OPUS 650 SITC of UHF Wireless Handheld Microphone System, Receiver: Frequency range 506 - 530 MHz, 668 692 MHz, Switching bandwidth 24 MHz, Output level 1.2 V, SN ratio >110 dB(A), T.H.D. < 0.5% at 1 kHz, Transmitter: Transducer type: Dynamic, Polar pattern: Supercardioid, Frequency Response: 95 - 14,000 Hz, Nominal Impedance 290 ohms, Load Impedance 1K ohms etc of Make: AKG WMS-420 / sennheiser XSW 12 / Beyerdynamic OPUS 669

Each

Each

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 265 -

11.

1 No.

12.

8 Nos.

13.

1 No.

14.

1 No.

15.

1 No.

SITC of Dual channel amplifiers of Channels 2 Sensitivity (for full rated power at 8 ohms) 1.4V Rated Power Output (per channel @ 4 ohms) 500W Stereo Signal to Noise Ratio (below rated 1 kHz power at 8 ohms) 100 dB (A-weighted) THD < 0.5%Damping Factor (20 Hz to 400 Hz) > 500 Frequency Response (at 1W, 20 Hz - 20 kHz) + 0 dB, -1 dB, Crosstalk (below rated power) 20 Hz to 1 kHz >70 dB, Input Impedance (nominal) 20k ohms balanced, 10k ohms unbalanced of Make: Apart Revamp4120T / Crown XTI 4000 / BOSE 4250 SITC of Ceiling mount 16 watts, full rang speaker with built in 100 volt line transformer. For use on a 70.7V or 100V Distributed Line. Taps are 6W, 3W and 1.5W of Make: Bose DS 16 F / Apart CM20T / JBL 19CT SITC of 16 Channel digital auido Mixer of 12 mono mic inputs ,4 line inputs ,Frequency Response Mic Input to Line Output +0/-1dB, 20Hz – 20kHz Stereo Input to Master Output +0.5/-0.5dB, 20Hz – 20kHz T.H.D. and Noise Mic Input (Min Gain) to Bus Output 0.006% @ 1kHz Mic Input (Max Gain) to Bus Output 0.008% @ 1kHz Residual noise, Master Output, no inputs routed, mix fader @0dB <-88dBu Mic Input E.I.N. (maximum gain) -126dBu (150Ω source) Mix noise, masters at unity < 86dBu 1 input to mix at unity gain 84dBu of Make: Apart - Audio Control 12.8 / Soundcraft Empression / Allen & Heat SITC of Full HD PTZ Camera for recording and its all accessories complete in all respect of Make: Hikvision DS2DE4582-AE3+ PC / Bosch (NEZ-5130-IRCW4 ) / Impulse (IMP-LXPTZ-130-1800) / Axis (Q6035-E ) SITC of Blue Ray Player of Make: BD H 4500 Sony / BD-H4500 Samsung / Panasonic

Each

Each

Each

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 266 -

16.

1 No.

17.

1 No.

18.

1 No.

19.

1 No.

SITC of Presentation Switcher 11 x 4 Pro Scale matrix switch, Should support analog, digital, and embedded audio, 6hdmi inputs,4 hdbaseT inputs and four x one usb switcher, microphone input, stereo audio output, Monitor ouput, amplifier speaker output, audio DSP features, Should support upto 230 ft inputs/outputs, output resolution upto 1080 p/WUXGA, 2 zx 10 watt built in power amplifier of Make: Krammer VP558 + K-touch software / CrestronDMPS-300C / Extron-IN1606 SITC of 10" or better IPS Multitouch panel with 1280 x800 resolution, 16: 10 aspect ratio- RGB Pixel, backlit display with 5 multitocuch points, able to mount on wall, table, lectern and VESAmount complaint, fully customizable and control UI Panals, High Processing and Memory Performance for upgrade and operation, builtin bluetooth wireless and usb ports, Full HD Video and Audio Media Player, Aesthetic Design for any environment and room application, 2 x 1.5 w speaker, one omnidirectiona microphone, CPU of Quard core 1.6 Ghz, 2 GB RAM, 2Mega pixel front Camera, aNDROID 4.4.4 Kitkat software of Make: Krammer KT-10 / Creston-TSW-1052-B-S + PWE-4803RU +TSW-1050-TTK-B-S / AMX SITC of Floor Mount Audio Equipment Rack of 32U with fans on top complete with power socket strip & glass door with Lock and Key Operation of Make Comrack / Vallrack / Custom SITC of all accessories / ferulling / hardware and required Cables etc complete for the system installation as above. Make: Chetan/Krystal/Neutrik/MX

Each

Each

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 267 -

20.

1 No.

Providing, testing & commissioning of Outdoor LED Video Wall Score Board Dimensions (W x H) 8 x 4 mtr (Approx.) with Pixel Density 3906 Pix / Sq-Mtr, Pixel Configuration 1Red+1Green+1Blue - DIP 346, Brightness ≥7500 cd/m2, Chip Size 13 mil (Blue & Green) 12 mil (Red), Red LED Wavelength 615 - 635nm, Blue LED Wavelength 469 - 474nm, Green LED Wavelength 523 - 538nm, White Balance X = 0.33 Y = 0.33 5600°K (Adjustable up to 9000°K) , Viewing Angle Horizontal 120(+60/-60) deg, Vertical 60 (+30/-30) deg., Refresh Frequency 4800 Hertz, Driving Mode Dynamic scan constant current driving, Input power frequency 50 or 60 Hertz, Input Voltage 110 ˜ 240 / 420 Volts 50 Hz, Lifetime at 50% brightness 100000 Hours, Ingress Protection Front IP65, Operating Temperature Operating 0° to 50°C, Operating Humidity 10 to 90% provide along with the display, Interface –cat5 /RJ 46 wih controller/ LED Video processor with inputs: DVI,HDMI, VGA, RCA, Scaler + Switcher Controller with digital signage and Software to update score, show replay etc. Signal Input: DVI, Control System: Linsn/Nova, Intensity Control: Based on Ambient light / Time Manual, Software: XM Player Ver 6.1.0, File formats: JPEG, MPEG, BMP, SWF, GIF, DAT, Supported Networking: Through LAN/WAN, including cables and connectors required for commissioning the same including Structure for fixation of board -upto 8 Mtr height only. Make: Xtreme - XWALL-10TO-DIPMS+XVP605S) / Delta - TX 16M + Video Processor Software / Barco - V 16 + Video Processor Software / Mountxross Blue 470

Each

EE, AP-1

- 268 -

Part – 9 IX)

Providing CCTV System

1

2

1000.00 Mtr. 1600.00 Mtr.

3

2 Nos.

4

35 Nos.

5

35 Nos.

6

35 Nos.

7

5 Nos.

Supply and erection of PVC conduit pipe ISI marked (Medium) recessed in wall / ceiling etc. including cost of PVC bends, inspection box and all other material required to complete the job in all respect to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge of work. (HSR item 31.44) 25 mm dia (HSR item 31.44 (b)) Supply , Installation , Testing and commissioning of CAT 6 UTP cable 23 AWG solid copper conductors Approved Make : Molex/Panduit/Siemon Supply , Installation , Testing and commissioning of loaded 24 port CAT6 jack panel for CAT6 cable termination Approved Make : Molex/Panduit/Siemon Supply , Installtion , Testing and comissioning of CAT6 information outlet (I/O) for Data , Voice & CCTV Approved Make : Molex/Panduit/Siemon Supply , Installtion , Testing and comissioning of 1 or 2 port face plate white for I/O fixing at user side Approved Make : Molex/Panduit/Siemon Supply , Installation , Testing and commissioning of CAT6 patch cord 3 feet for rack side switch termination Approved Make : Molex/Panduit/Siemon Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 15 U Network Rack with 19''PDU 6 points 5 amp, Stationary shelf, Mounting Hardware (pac. Of 10) , Cable manager Horizontal 1U , Fan 230 vac 90 cfm top mounted . Approved Make : APW , Rittal , MTS

P/Mtr. P/Mtr.

Each

Each

Each

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 269 -

8

1 Nos.

9

20 Nos.

10

6 Nos.

11

1 Nos.

12

4 Nos.

Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of 42 U Network Rack with 19''PDU 6 points 5 amp, Stationary shelf, Mounting Hardware (pac. Of 10) , Cable manager Horizontal 1U , Fan 230 vac 90 cfm top mounted . Approved Make : APW , Rittal , MTS Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of UL Listed ONVIF Profile S Compliant 3MP Fixed Dome Camera ,3.6mm Lens Triple Streams 1/3" progressive scan CMOS , IR cut filter , IR Distance -30Mtrs or more , Digital wide dynamic Range , Digital noise reduction,IP66.. Approved Make :Bosch (FLEXIDOME IP indoor 5000) / Impulse(IMP-LX-DOMF-300-3600) / Axis (AXIS P3346 ) / GE Interlogix (TVD1106) Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of UL Listed ONVIF Profile S Compliant 3MP Fixed Bullet Camera ,3.6mm Lens Triple Streams 1/3" progressive scan CMOS , IR cut filter , IR Distance -30Mtrs or more , Digital wide dynamic Range , Digital noise reduction,IP66 Approved Make : Bosch( (NWC-0800) / Impulse (IMP-LX-BLTF-300-3600 - UW) / Axis (P1346-E ) / GE Interlogix (TVB1105) Supply, installation, Testing and Commissioing of Open Platform ONVIF Compliant Network Video Recorder, Intel based, Windows 7 OS, Full Rack, RAID 0/1/5/10, Upgradeable to 32ch, @ 2M/30FPS, 1*2.5" SATA + 8 * 3.5" SATA, Throughput: 640 Mbps. Total capacity: 16 TB per box. Includes 32CH VMS License. Approved Make: Bosch( DIVAR IP 3000) / Impulse (IMP-LX-NVR-265-3204) /Axis (AXIS 262+ ) GE Interlogix. Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Full HD 42" LED Professional Display Panel. Approved Make: Samsung / Sony / LG

Each

Each

Each

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 270 -

13

1 No.

14

6 Nos.

15

2 Nos.

16

24 Nos.

17

1000 Nos.

18

4 Nos.

Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Workstation PC: Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-3770 Processor (8M Cache, up to 3.90 GHz); Memory: 4GB, NON-ECC, 1600MHZ; RAM: 4GB (1x4GB) Non-ECC DDR3 1600MHz SDRAM Memory; Keyboard: 12 function keys; Chassis: Tower/Workstation; DVD: 8X Slimline DVD+/-RW, Data Only; 20" TFT Monitor; Dual Graphics Card; Network interface card: Integrated Intel(R) 82579LM Gigabit1 Ethernet LAN 10/100/1000; Hard disk: 250GB, 7200 RPM 3.5" SATA 6Gb/s Hard Drive; Operating system: Windows 7 Professional 64 Bit. Approved Make: Dell, Lenovo, HP Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Intelligent 1U 12 Port Loaded with LC MM Fiber Patch Panel. Approved Make : Molex , Panduit , Siemon Supply, Installtion, Testing and comissioning of 24 port loaded LIU for core switch to access switch connectivity over fiber Approved Make : Molex/Panduit/Siemon Supply , Installtion , Testing and comissioning of SC-LC multimode fiber patch cordApproved Make : Molex/Panduit/Siemon Supply , Installtion , Testing and comissioning of armoured 6 core multimode OFC cable for interfloor switch connectivity Approved Make : Molex/Panduit/Siemon Supply ,installation , testing and comissioning of managed IE switch, compact; 4 X 10/100/1000MBIT/S for RJ45 ports electrical with POE; 2 X 100/1000MBIT/S for 2-port- media modules, electrical or optical; LED diagnosis;fault signal contact; select set button; profinet IO device; networkmanagement; integrated redundancymanager. Approved Make: Extreme/Siemens/Planet

Each

Each

Each

Each

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 271 -

19

15 Nos.

20

1 No.

21

2 Nos.

22

1 No.

1GBASE-SR SFP+, LC Connector, transmission on SMF Approved Make: Extreme/Entrasys Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Core Switch 24 port 100/1000BASE-X unpopulated SFP, 8 10/100/1000BASE-T (4 10/100/1000BASE-T ports shared with SFP ports), 4 1000/10GBaseX unpopulated SFP+ ports, Approved Makes : Extreme/Ericsson/Enterasys Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Access Switch 24 port 10/100/1000BASE-T PoE-plus, 4 1000BASE-X unpopulated SFP (4 SFP ports shared with10/100/1000BASE-T ports), Approved Makes : Extreme/Ericsson/Enterasys 3 KVA INVERTER :

Each

Each

Each

Each

S.I.T.C. 3KVA Inveter shall be of specification as under: : In-put power supply : 415 V (+ 10 % 20 %), +/- 3%), 3 phase : Output power supply: 230 V (+/-1 %) 1 phase, (+/- 0.5%) : Sinusoidal waveform : Overload capacity of 110% for 15 minutes. : Out-put regulation shall be +/- 1 % against input and load variation. : The Inverter shall be natural /forced air-cooled as required, : The Inverter shall be suitable to work at 45-degree C temperature and relative humidity of 95 %. : Battery pre-exhaust alarm at-least two minutes before ‘DC Low’ tripping. : Protected against Out-put Over-load, D C input, Low/High In-put Voltage,

EE, AP-1

- 272 -

23

1 No.

24

1 No.

:battery bank shall be suitable to supply the specified power for 1/2 Hr. to the Unit. The batteries shall be “Sealed Maintenance Free Lead Acid” type of 12v/42AH x 2 Nos. out-put to be connected as a D.C. bus system for the Unit with Open Battery Rack & Interlinks Supply, Installation, Testing and comissioning of ONVIF Profile S compliant Outdoor IP67 IK10 Weatherproof and Vandalproof IP PTZ Camea with 1/3” progressive scan color CMOS sensor, 3MP Resolution or better, H.264 / Motion-JPEG - Triple streams, Full HD 1080p, 1.3Mp(1280x960), HDTV 720p to 320x176 at 30/25fps, Auto-iris, Autofocus, 30x Optical zoom and 10x Digital zoom or better,Sensitivity: Color - 0.03 lux; B/W 0.01 lux, 360° endless pan, 0~90° tilt with auto flip, presets, patrol tour, Audio-In, Alarm-In/Out, microSD card Slot, PoE+ as per the technical specifications complete as required UL / CE / FCC / RoHS compliant. Approved Make : Bosch (NEZ-5130IRCW4 ) / Impulse (IMP-LX-PTZ-1301800) / Axis (Q6035-E ) / / GE Interlogix (TVP-1122) Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of USB / Networked PTZ Keyboard Approved Make : Bosch / Impulse / Axis/ GE Interlogix.

Each

Each

Part – 10 X)

Providing Fire Alarm System

1

2250.00 Mtr.

(P) Pipe Laying. Supply and erection of pipe for wiring purposes including bends inspection boxes etc. where necessary and painting as required. (HSR Item 31.21) Heavy guage welded conduit pipe 25 mm dia 1.60 mm thickness flushed. (HSR 31.21 (xxii))

P/Mtr.

EE, AP-1

- 273 -

2

100 Nos.

3

10 Nos.

4

16 Nos.

5

10 Nos.

Supply, installing, testing and commissioning of UL listed addressable intelligent Photothermal (Multitech) detector with floating sensitivity (Acclimate type) with mounting base, dual LED, & shall be polarity Insensitive, Complete as required conforming to NFPA 72 standards and duly approved by UL& FM complete with base as required. Approved Makes : Notifier (FAPT/851) / BOSCHFAP-OT 420, Siemens HFP-11, Edwards-SIGA PHS, GST-I-9101. Supply, installing, testing and commissioning of UL listed addressable fixed temperature type heat detector with mounting base, address switch & shall be polarity Insensitive, Complete as required conforming to NFPA 72 standards and duly approved by UL& FM complete as required. Make: Notifier (FST/851H) / BOSCH FAH-T 420, Siemens HFPT-11, Edwards SIGA PHS + SIGA, GST-I-9103. Supply, installing, testing & commissioning of of intelligent Analog Addressable type Manual Call Point having Surface or flush mounting option with back box for mounting as required conforming to NFPA 72 standards and duly approved by UL & FM required to complete the job in all respect up to the entire satisfaction of Engineer – in Charge of work. ). Make: Notifier (F/MCP/GLASS) / BOSCH FMC210DM-G-R / Siemens HMS-S / Edwards SIGA 278, GST-DI-9204. Supply, installing, testing and commissioning of addressable type Fault Isolators for isolating shorted, de wired and loose circuits between two successive fault isolators with automatic resetting arrangement. Make: Notifier (ISO/X) / Bosch / Siemens / Edwards/GST-C-9503.

Each

Each

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 274 -

6

16 Nos.

7

16 Nos.

8

10 Nos.

Supply, installing, testing and commissioning of addressable and automatic commandable control modules for Hooter . Make: Notifier (FCM/1) / Bosch / Siemens / GST / Edwards. Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Directional Sounders with 20 hz to 20 khz operating frequency with minimum 8 distinct sound patterns to indicate corridors, Exit doors, Move upward, move down ward etc. to direct Occupants for fast & safe Evacuation as specified in NFPA 72 - 2007 edition. (UL 9th Edition Approved and NFPA compliant) complete as required. Make: Notifier (PF24V) / Bosch / Siemens / GST / Edwards. Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Response indicator Make: Bosch / Siemens / GST

Each

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 275 -

9

1 Nos.

SITC of FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL Microprocessor based intelligent and analougue addressable, modular, expandable, 2 Loop (each loop consist of 159 detector & 159 devices) Fire Alarm Control Panel with minimum 6 inch / 640 character LCD display, multiple access levels, event history file in nonvolatile memory (EEPROM). The panel shall support programmable relays for controlling lifts, staircase pressurizations fans, lift shaft and lift lobby pressurization fans, AHU's, ventilation fans, fire pump, monitoring of fire sprinkler and fire hydrant pump controlled by powerful Boolean logic equation. The panel shall have inbuilt qwerty keypad for field programming and shall have the capability to record 4000 event logs, networkable type fire alarm. The panel shall be able to give location of all fire / fault conditions of addressable units via the address codes. Further, the panel shall be able to automatically switch ON/OFF respective control module when ever any alarm is triggered. The panel shall have retifier loop cards with address and analog output, external/inbuilt printer to log all fire or fault events complete in all respects. The Panel Shall be sheet Steel power coated, sealed to IP30. The Panel shall have 20 Zones with individual LED Indicators, expandable to 80LED Indicators. The Panel shall have 3 Serial Ports. The panel shall have a built in power supply and battery charger along with maintenance free 24 AH,2 x 12 volt SMF lead acid batteries capable of running for a minimum of 24 hours with battery charger complete as required and conforming to NFPA 72 standards and Duly Approved by UL & FM as per specifications complete in all respect up to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in – charge of work. Makes: BOSCH-FPA-5000 / Siemens Desigo FC 2005/ Edwards-EST-3 / Notifier NFS2-3030 / GST-200.

Each

EE, AP-1

- 276 -

10

1 Nos.

11

1 Nos.

12

1 Nos.

13

38 Nos.

14

1 Nos.

Supply, installing, testing and commissioning of Repeator panel with minimum 6 inch / 640 character LCD Display complete with accessories as required.Approved Makes : Notifier / Bosch / Siemens / GST / Edwards. SITC of PA CONTROLLER 6 zone IP based / Analog, digital Voice Alarm controller expandable upto 128 zones. The voice alarm controller should be able to connect directly over Ethernet. It should have functions like the audio playing, zone control, fault monitoring, log recording, volume control and amplifier switchover. The Voice alarm controller should also have the following functions: . 255 Priorities . Time schedule broadcasts . Capable of amplifier redundancy . 4 trigger inputs/outputsApproved Makes : Honeywell - X618 / Bosch Plena/ Ateis / Siemens / Edwards / GST /DBX. SITC of 1X480W Amplifier with 1 independent channel and can provide automatic re-settable overcurrent, overload, overheating, overvoltage, under-voltage and DC protection Approved Makes : Honeywell - X618 / Bosch Plena/ GST / JBL. Supply, installing, testing and commissioning of Fire panel supervised 78db-90db Ceiling / Wall Mounted Speakers as specified & same make as of panel. Speakers shall be 6 Watt with multi taps of 2W.Approved Makes : Notifier (MHR1) /JCI, Kidde fenwal / Siemens / Morley / Edwards / JBL SITC of selection of zones, supervision of system status, setting of scheduled broadcasts with the following functions: . Built-in monitoring loudspeaker . Detachable goose-neck microphone . Button keypad . Audio input Approved Makes : Bosch Plena / Honeywell - X618/ Ateis / Siemens / Edwards / GST / DBX.

Each

Each

Each

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 277 -

15

2410.00 Mtr.

Supply & laying of Fire Survival Armoured cable (HPSR) High Performance Silica Rubber, size 1.5 sq mm x 2 core Copper, as per BS 7629 code, LPCB certified, 950°C rating for three hours for fire alarm system

P/Mtr.

Part – 11 XI)

Providing LAN System

1

2

1200.00 Mtr. 1500.00 Mtr.

3

30 Nos.

4

30 Nos.

5

6 7

30 Nos. 30 Nos.

Supply and erection of PVC conduit pipe ISI marked (Medium) recessed in wall / ceiling etc. including cost of PVC bends, inspection box and all other material required to complete the job in all respect to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge of work. (HSR item 31.44) 25 mm dia (HSR item 31.44) (b)) Supply, erection, testing & Commissioning of UTP Cat-6 cable in existing pipe / channel complete in all respect up to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge of the work Make: AMP / Lucent / Schneider / Dlink Supply, erection, testing & Commissioning of UTP Cat-6 information outlet complete in all respect up to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge of the work AMP/ Schneider Dlink make. Supply, erection, testing & Commissioning of Face plate (Single / Dual) complete in all respect up to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-inCharge of the work AMP/ Schneider Dlink make. Supply, erection, testing & Commissioning of UTP Cat - Mounting Patch Cords complete in all respect up to the entire satisfaction of Engineerin-Charge of the work AMP/ Schneider Dlink make. 3 ft length 7 ft length

P/Mtr. P/Mtr.

Each

Each

Each Each

EE, AP-1

- 278 -

8

1 No.

9

1 No.

10

1 No.

11

30 Nos.

12

80 Mtr.

13

2 Nos.

14

1 No.

Supply, erection, testing & Commissioning of 42 U rack including power distribution kit complete in all respect COMRACK/D-LINK / APW / Rittal make . Supply, erection, testing & Commissioning of 15 U rack including power distribution kit,complete in all respect COMRACK/D-LINK / APW / Rittal make . Supply, erection, testing & Commissioning of 24 port jack panel Cat-6 with key stones and back side cable manager complete as per specification up to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge of the work AMP / Schneider Dlink make. Supply, erection, testing & Commissioning of Penta scaner report for getting 25 years certification with project implementation. Supply and erection of MK / AKG Channel NCT 1050 (100mm x 50mm) complete the job in all respect upto entire satisfaction of the Engineer-incharge of work. Supply, errection, testing & Commissioning of access switch 24 port 10/100/1000 Mps and 421000 basex SFP(2 SFP port shared with 10/100/1000 base por ) ports 10/100/1000 layer 2 manageable auto sense entire switch make Cisco-Model No.WSC-2960-24-T/Juniper-Model No.-Ex-4300-24P /Extreme-Model No.A Series ALH124-24FX complete in all respect upto entire satisfaction of the Engineer -in-charge of work. Supply, errection, testing & Commissioning of Core switch L-3 24 port 100/1000x unpopulated SFP 8 C 10/100/1000 x unpopulated SFP Port make Cisco-Model No.- WSC-3750-24T/Juniper-Model No.-Ex-8216 /Extreme-Model No.-Summit-X670-G2 Series complete in all respect upto entire satisfaction of the Engineer -incharge of work.

Each

Each

Each

Each

P/Mtr.

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 279 -

15

3 No.

16

1 No.

Supply, erection, testing & Commissioning of Cable Manager with PVC casing make Comrack, D-Link, President complete in all respect upto entire satisfaction of the Engineer -incharge of work. Supply, erection, testing & Commissioning of Single Phase 240v Online UPS 3 KVA with battery backup of 2 Hours make Microtec, APC, LIEBERT complete in all respect upto entire satisfaction of the Engineer -incharge of work.

Each

Each

Part – 12 XII) Providing EPABX 1

2

1200.00 Mtr. 1 No.

Supply and erection of PVC conduit pipe ISI marked (Medium) recessed in wall / ceiling etc. including cost of PVC bends, inspection box and all other material required to complete the job in all respect to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge of work. (HSR item 31.44) 25 mm dia (HSR 31.44(b)) Supply, Erection, testing and commissioning of Non Blocking 32 Bit Microprocessor Hot swappable and Hot Stand by IP-PABX system expandable up to 200 ports and system components as per specifications / features:Make :NORTEL-Model-CS-1000 / MATRIX/-Model-Eternity /AVAYA-ModelCommunication Server /EMYGI-ModelTDQX-200. EPABX system should be configured for: 8 Trunk Lines 8 Digital Extensions 124 Analog Extensions DISA with Greeting Message - System should equipent with PRI (cost of card should including). - System should have DOT-TEC approval certificate- System should have call billing software and CTI applications for extension vise call billing facility with UPS, PC, Printer of make HP / Compaq / IBM HD

Per Mtr. Each

EE, AP-1

- 280 -

1TB / RAM 1GB / window 2000 / XP profesional withcertificate Keyboard and mouse.- System should have a system memory of minimum 600names & number.System should have Dial by Name facility through builtin keyboard in digital key phone instruments- System should have UPS / inbuilt charger Power backuparrangement with tubular battery suitable for 4 hoursbackup (Exide / Panasonic make batteries)- -. The system shall have the inbuilt auto-attendant facility.-The system should support megnato phones also.- The PRI card should be software programmable for TE/NT .- The system should have in-skin GSM card so that the multiple SIMs can be inserted on the GSM card plugged on to the PBX platform. Hence, the calls on GSM mobile can be routed through this SIMs and contribute in reduction of overall telecom bill. - The system shall have at least 2 RS232 ports for SMDR/PMS/CAS Interface.- EPABX should have built-in one number of public address port and external music port.- The system shall support flexible 1 digit, 2 digits and up to 6 digits numbers as well as in combination of all.GSM Trunk Connectivityemergency message as well as request for confirmation.- IP functionality of the system shall be in the form of in-skin interface card - The video IP users should support Video Calling between video endpoints (Video IP Phones, Smartphone with soft phone Operator Console with DSS:Wide graphical LCD displaySocket for headsetMin. 16 Programmable keysSoft Keys, personal keys with LED status indicationNavigator keys

3

4 Nos.

4

15 Nos. 15 Nos.

5 6

1 Nos.

IP Key Telephone Wide graphical LCD display Socket for headset Min. 16 Programmable keys Soft Keys, personal keys with LED status indication Make Nortel/Avaya/Matrix Telephone instrument make Beetal /Panasonic Without Caller ID Telephone instrument make Beetal /Panasonic CLI Supply and erection of IDF/MDF with Krone Make module on Krone Make MS Box duly painted and having lock facilities with integrated Protections. 100 Pair

Each

Each Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 281 -

2 Nos.

Each

Supply and Laying of multicore Telephone cable conductor size 0.51mm bright annealed copper conductor PVC insulated and shealed in existing pipe / Channel etc. (excluding the cost and laying of pipe / channel) and making necessary connection complete in all respect . Make:- Delton / Finolex / Plaza.

7

8

50 Pair

1500.00 Mtr. 200.00 Mtr. 200.00 Mtr. 150.00 Mtr. 1500.00 Mtr.

9

1 No.

10

40 Nos.

11

2 Nos.

12

1 No.

2 Pair

Per Mtr.

5 Pair

Per Mtr.

10 Pair

Per Mtr.

50 Pair

Per Mtr.

Supply, Erection, Testing & Commissioning of UTP Cat -6 cable in existing pipe / channel complete in all respect upto the entire satisfaction of Engineer in Charge of work. D-Link/ AMP / Schneider Supply, Erection, testing and commissioning of 12 U rack including power distribution kit, cable Manager complete in all respect D-Link / COM Rack make. Supply, Erection, testing and commissioning of Face plate (Single / Dual) complete in all respect up to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-inCharge of the work AMP/ Dlink /Anchor make. Supply, Erection, testing and commissioning of cable manager complete in all respect up to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge of the work. Supply, Erection, testing and commissioning of Surge Protection module complete in all respect up to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-inCharge of the work.

Per Mtr.

Each

Each

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 282 -

Part – 13 XIII) Providing HVAC A) 1.0

a)

b)

c)

d) e)

i)

4 Nos.

AC SPLIT SYSTEM Ductable Split Units Supply, installation testing & commissioning of split Air-conditioning ductable unit complete in all respect as required, comprising of following: Air cooled condensing unit consisting of copper tube aluminium finned condenser coil, scroll/rotary compressor, air cooled by suitable size of low speed fan, all mounted in heavy gauge sheet steel enclosure with protective painting. Evaporating Unit consisting of copper tube aluminium finned high transfer cooling coil, refrigerant distributor and thermostatic expansion Valve along with blower, filters and insulated drain pan all in heavy gauge sheet steel metal enclosure with protective painting. Suitable corded digital remote control with necessary wiring/cabling etc. Microprocessor based controller Providing and fixing M.S. structural support stand(With two or more coat of enamel paint over a coat of red oxide primer) for condensing unit with vibration isolator pad in-between support and structure and vibration isolation suspender and pads for evaporating units. Selected 5.5 TR, 2200 CFM Make: Bluestar (DSA661R1A) / Voltas (ACDEU55CZGIM) / Hitachi (TAKUMI 5.5)

Each

EE, AP-1

- 283 -

ii)

1 No.

iii)

1 No.

2.0

a)

b)

c) d) e)

Selected 11.0 TR, 4400 CFMMake: Bluestar (DSA2042R1A) / Voltas (ACDEU110CZGIM) / Hitachi (TAKUMI 11.0) Selected 8.5 TR, 3400 CFM Make: Bluestar (DSA1021R1A) / Voltas (ACDEU85CZGIM) / Hitachi (TAKUMI 8.5) Hi Wall Split Units Supply, installation testing & commissioning of split Air-conditioning Hi wall unit complete in all respect as required, comprising of following: Air cooled condensing unit consisting of copper tube aluminium finned condenser coil, rotary/scroll compressor, air cooled by suitable size of low speed fan, all mounted in heavy gauge sheet steel enclosure with protective painting. Evaporating Unit consisting of copper tube aluminium finned high transfer cooling coil, refrigerant distributor and thermostatic expansion Valve along with blower, filters and insulated drain pan all in heavy gauge sheet steel metal enclosure with protective painting. Suitable cordless digital remote control Microprocessor based controller Providing and fixing M.S. structural support stand(With two or more coat of enamel paint over a coat of red oxide primer) for condensing unit with vibration isolator pad in-between support and structure and vibration isolation suspender and pads for evaporating units.

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 284 -

i)

3 Nos.

ii)

5 NBos.

iii)

5 Nos.

3.0

Capacity 2.0 TR Make: Bluestar (3HW241YC) / Voltas (243 CYa) / Hitachi (RAU323KWD) capacity 1.5 TR Make: Bluestar (3HW181YC) / Voltas (183 CYa) / Hitachi (Neo RAS318HWDD) capacity 1.0 TR: Bluestar (3HW121YC) / Voltas (123 CYa) / Hitachi (RAU312HWDS) Supply, Fixing and Interconnecting refrigerant copper pipes including all necessary fittings with closed cell elastomeric nitrile rubber tubular insulation between indoor & outdoor units as per specifications, The piping shall run embeded in wall inside the rooms and with covered perforated type cable GI cable tray in the corridors or as required as per site condition. The cost for wall chiseling & mortar back filling(1:4, cement: sand),GI cable tray with GI cover, GI slotted channel, GI threaded rods, fasteners, nuts & bolts etc. shall also be included. All exposed pipe shall be considered with wrapping of polyshield coating of at least two coat of resin and hardener(Poly Bond Make or equi.) Also fibre glass tap shall be helically wound with adequate overlap & coated with two coat of resin with hardener to give smooth and plain finish. The qouted price shall be inclusive of topping up of extra refrigerant. Note: The measurement shall be done based on two run of pipes (Liquid+ Gas) as a single run.

Each

Each

Each

EE, AP-1

- 285 -

i

45.00 RMt.

Liquid line and Gas line for 2.0 TR Hiwall unit with 25 MM Dia copper pipe

ii

80.00 RMt.

Liquid line and Gas line for 1.5 TR Hiwall unit with 20 MM Dia copper pipe

iii

60.00 RMt.

Liquid line and Gas line for 1.0 TR Hiwall unit with 20 MM Dia copper pipe

iv

65.00 RMt.

v

20.00 RMt.

vi

15.00 RMt.

Liquid line and Gas line for 5.5 TR Ductable unit with 32 MM Dia copper pipe Liquid line and Gas line for 11.0 TR Ductable unit with 40 MM Dia copper pipe Liquid line and Gas line for 8.5 TR Ductable unit with 40 MM Dia copper pipe Providing & fixing uPVC industrial grade drain piping with all required fittings & accessories confirming to IS:13592-1992 type B covered with 9mm/ 6mm polyethylene insulation for following sizes having fabricated & subsequently hot dip galvanized clamps / MS structural steel supports, threaded rods, fasteners as required / directed at site including cutting chiseling and filling back the same with cement mortar(1:4) as required on site. 25mm. Dia with 6mm thick insulation.

4.0

a)

170.00 RMt.

b)

25.00 RMt.

5.0

i

45.00 RMt.

ii

80.00 RMt.

32mm. Dia with 9mm thick insulation.

Supply, laying, drawing and terminating of PVC flexible copper conductor control cable with PVC conduit including terminations. For 2.0 TR Hi-wall Unit

For 1.5 TR Hi-wall Unit

Per Rmt. (Per Running Metre) Per Rmt. (Per Running Metre) Per Rmt. (Per Running Metre) Per Rmt. (Per Running Metre) Per Rmt. (Per Running Metre) Per Rmt. (Per Running Metre)

Per Rmt. (Per Running Metre) Per Rmt. (Per Running Metre)

Per Rmt. (Per Running Metre) Per Rmt. (Per Running Metre)

EE, AP-1

- 286 -

iii

65.00 RMt.

For 5.5 TR Ductable Unit

iv

20.00 RMt.

For 11.0 TR Ductable Unit

v

15.00 RMt.

For 8.5 TR Ductable Unit

B) 1.0

a)

VENTILATION FANS

5 Nos.

2.0

a) b) c) C) 1.0

Per Rmt. (Per Running Metre) Per Rmt. (Per Running Metre) Per Rmt. (Per Running Metre)

12 Nos. 11 Nos. 19 Nos.

In-line Fan Supply, installation, testing, and commissioning of in-line fans comprising of Class I construction complete with TEFC induction motor fitted with ball type bearings, metal clad MCB & Starter switch, 15m length cable, earthing all complete as required. The motor shall be suitable for 1 phase, 220 volts, 50 Hz supply. 150 CFM @ 8mm external static

ach

Propeller Fan Supply, installation, testing, and commissioning of propeller comprising of Class I construction complete with TEFC induction motor fitted with ball type bearings, suitable MCB & 15 m length cable, earthing all complete as required. The motor shall be suitable for 1 phase, 220 volts, 50 Hz supply. 150mm dia.

Each

300mm dia.

Each

450mm dia.

Each

DUCTING & AIR DISTRIBUTION ACCESSORIES Sheet Metal Rectangular Duct- Factory Fabricated :

EE, AP-1

- 287 -

a)

228.00 Sqmtr.

b)

70.00 Sqmtr.

2.0 4.00 Sqmtr.

3.0 1.00 Sqmtr.

4.0

25.00 Sqmtr. 5.0

Supplying, fabricating, installing and testing of factory fabricated sheet metal ducts of following thicknesses including necessary supports, flexible hangers with isolators, nut bolts, gasket, splitter dampers and vanes etc. complete as per specification in accordance with the approved shop drawings and required as per specifications. GSS Ducting(IS:655): 24 gauge galvanised sheet

22 gauge galvanised sheet

Flexible Connection: Supplying, fabricating, installing and testing of double canvas flexible connection constructed of fire resistant material as per the drawings/ specifications. Volume Control Damper: Supplying, installing, and testing of GI volume control damper within ducts to be provided with suitable links, levers and quadrants for manual control of volume of air flow and for proper balancing of the air distribution system as per approved shop drawings. Grilles: Supplying, installing, testing and balancing of grilles of various sizes. Each grill shall be with fixed horizontal front bar, air distribution grid for straightening the air flow through the collar complete as per specification & drawings. Powder Coated linear Aluminium grilles

P.Sqmtr (Per Square Metre) P.Sqmtr (Per Square Metre) P.Sqmtr (Per Square Metre)

P.Sqmtr (Per Square Metre)

P.Sqmtr (Per Square Metre)

Exhaust Air Louvers:

EE, AP-1

- 288 -

0.50 Sqmtr. 6.0 7.00 Sqmtr.

Supplying, installing and testing of exhaust air Aluminium outlet louvers with bird screen complete as per specification & drawings. Exhaust Air louvers:

Key Operated Volume control damper Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning of key operated volume control damper for control of air flow on supply air and exhaust air grill and diffuser. TOTAL CARRIED OVER TO SUMMARY

D)

INSULATION & ACOUSTIC

1.0

Acoustic Lining of Ducts:

40.00 Sqmtr. 2.0

a)

222.00 Sqmtr.

Supplying & apllying of acoustic lining within supply and return air ducts as per the specifications & dwg. All ducts showing cross hatched on the approved shop drawings shall be provided with acoustic lining of fibre glass insulation as per the specifications. Acoustic shall be provided upto 2.5-3.0 mtr length of duct from the mouth of the unit. 25mm thick acoustic lining 32 kg/cum.

Thermal Insulation: Supplying & applying of external thermal insulation on ducts with approved sample of cross linked polyethylene (with Al. face wherever visible & UV protected Mechanical protection on terrace) complete as per specifications. Thermal Conductivity ≤ 0.032 W/mK Coefficient of Surface Emisivity ≥ 12.7 W/m²K 19 mm thick insulation for supply Duct

P.Sqmtr (Per Square Metre) P.Sqmtr (Per Square Metre)

P.Sqmtr (Per Square Metre)

P.Sqmtr (Per Square Metre)

EE, AP-1

- 289 -

Part – 14 XIV) Providing 3 Nos. Lift 1.

2 Nos.

2.

1 No.

Supply, erection, testing and commissioning of electric traction passenger Elevator of Kone / OTIS / SCHINDLER / Hitachi / Mitsubhishi / Kinetic Hyundai Make suitable for 8 persons (544 Kgs. Weight) having speed @ 1.00 meters per second to travel from Ground to third floor with 4 stops, 4 opening with ARD system and Full height Infrared safety and as per technical specifications attached complete including cost and erection of extra steel items if required, upto the entire satisfaction of the Engineer – in – Charge of work. (NS – 1) Supply, erection, testing and commissioning of electric traction passenger Elevator of Kone / OTIS / SCHINDLER / Hitachi / Mitsubhishi / Kinetic Hyundai Make suitable for 8 persons (544 Kgs. Weight) having speed @ 1.00 meters per second to travel from Ground to third floor with 2 stops, 2 opening with ARD system and Full height Infrared safety and as per technical specifications attached complete including cost and erection of extra steel items if required, upto the entire satisfaction of the Engineer – in – Charge of work. (NS – 2)

Each

Each

Part – 15 XV) Providing Solar power 60 KW 1.

1 No.

Design, Engineering, Supply, Installation and Commissioning of 60KW on Grid Rooftop Solar (SPV) Power Plant. Solar power plant comprises of the main equipment and components listed below: : Solar PV Module of 300 Wp – 200 No. (approx) Make Enkay / Jakson / Ravin / Solan) : Solar Inverter 60 KWp / 650 – 700 V DC to 0.380 KV Ac Voltage – 1 No. Make SUNGROW / SMA / DELTA : DC Cable from string to SMB 4 sq mm – 1 LOT Make : Bonton / KEI / Skytone / Havells

Lot

EE, AP-1

- 290 -

: SITC of String Monitoring Box (SMB). With Support – 3 Set Make : Onexix or equivalent : SITC of DC Cable 1 c x 150 sq mm – 600 Mtr. Make : Bonton / KEI / Skytone / Havells : SITC of Termination of DC Cable 1c x 150 sq mm with Double Comp. gland (SMB and Inverter end) – 16 Nos. Make : Comet / dowell : Supply & laying of 1 C x 150 sqmm XLPE 1.1 KV Rated Aluminum Cable (Invertar to LT panel, 2 Runs per phase) – 120 Mtr. Make : Bonton / KEI / Skytone / Havells : Ring Type Light Duty Bi Metallic Lugs for 50 Sqmm, AL cable with M12 Hole & M12 SS Nut Bolt 35mm with two plain washer & Metallic jel, high grade heat shrinkable sleeves on each cable termination [make : HEX / Any reputed make as per Client team Approval] LT CABLE @ TERMINATION Inverter and Panels – 100 Nos. Make : Dowells Comet. : Double compression, metal gland for 1C x 50Sq.mm AL armoured power cable with proper sized copper Earthingclamp and flexible cu cable for gland earthing – 24 Nos. Make : Comet / Dowell : Room ACDB – 1 IN 10 OUT [ without metering unit] with proper Indication lamps and earthing, mounting arrangements as per Auxiliary SLD. 1 Nos. Make Vidyut Control / Adlec / Tricolite : Supply & Installation of GI – 25 x 3mm strip for component earthing like LDB, SCADA panel etc. – 1 Lot : Supply and installation of Conventional / Chemical Earth pit with 40mm dia, 3.0 mtrs. Length, 13mm thickness Cast iron Pipe with earth Pit chamber (Civil Chamber with metal cover) and identification marking numbers – 6 Nos. Make : OBO / JMV : Supply of GI / Cu lightning Spike rod at each ITC Room with mounting accessories and earthing provision – 1 Lot : 3 Nos. of Sand Muckets with Mounting stand arrangements – 1 Lot : CO2 Fire Extinguishers – 10 Kg – 6 Nos. Make : Agni / Ceasfire / Fire Safety : Foam type Fire Extinguishers – 5 Kg – 6 Nos. Make : Agni / Ceasfire / Fire Safety EE, AP-1

- 291 -

: Safety Rubber Mat in front of All Electrical Components – 1 Lot : Land or space required for structure mounting, Electricity, water and permission for work and approval from CEG, MNRE : Module Mounting Structure – 1 Lot (as required) : Cables & connectors (from solar panels to inverter & Panles) – 1 Lot complete in all respect upto entire satisfaction of Engineer – in – Charge of work.

NOTE :2. In case of any difference in the unit & nomenclature of any of the HSR items of Civil, PH & EI works depicted in this DNIT and that given in HSR, the unit and nomenclature given in HSR shall be applicable. 3. The lowest quoted rate by the agency for same items of HSR as well as NS items exhibited in different part of DNIT will be considered for allotment of work.

H.D.M.

S.D.E. P-5

Executive Engineer, Provincial Division No.1, PWD B&R Br; Ambala Cantt.

EE, AP-1

- 292 -

LIST OF APPROVED MAKES OF ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES / ITEMS AS ON /W.E.F. DATED: 10-12-2015 Sr. Name of Items

1

Name of the Brand

2

Electrical accessories, Button Holder, (A) Anchor (Penta), SSK (Top Line), Pendent Holder, Ceiling Rose, Bell Precision, push, Switches and sockets, Call bell/buzzer etc. (I.S.I. Marked). (D) Modular Accessories. (B) Anchor (Wood), ABB (Classiq), Legrand (Mosaic), North West, Precision, Great White (Fiana), SSK ( ZEN, Elegance, (C) Exhaust Fan Heritage series), Indo Asian, C&S Electric (DIVINO), Polycab (SELENE) (C) ORPIC Bakelite Sheet (Only White in colour) Hylem, Greenlame (ISI marked)

3

MS Conduit Pipes (I.S.I. Marked)

4

PVC Wires Marked)

5

6

7 8

(C)

Copper

BEC, NIC, Steel Krafts, M.Kay

Conductor

(I.S.I. Grandlay, Havell’s, Plaza, Ecko, Polycab. Delton, R.R. Kabel, HPL, DIATRON, Great white. Bonton LT-PVC/ XLPE Underground cables with A) All sizes:- CCI, Grandlay, Havell’s, Aluminum Conductor (I.S.I. Marked) Plaza, Polycab, Delton, DIATRON, Suraj, KEI, RR Kabel, CIRTINA B) Upto 25 sq. mm 2 to 4 core :- Paragon, Pymen, Kent, Indane, Incab, Gemscab (i) HT-XLPE cables with aluminum CCI, Gloster, Havell’s, Incab, Plaza, Conductor DIATRON. Gemscab, Suraj, KEI, (I.S.I. Marked) (As approved by UHBVNL/DHBVNL) (ii) Arial Bunch cable/ACSR PVC Conduit pipe with accessories and 6 AAKG, Diplast, Kalinga, Polypack, PKS, Kg. Pressure PVC pipe and its accessories Ravindra, APEX,

9

GI Pipe & M.S. Pipe (medium) (I.S.I. Marked) I.C. Switches/SFU/FSU/Changeover switch

10

MCBs & Enclosure, ELCB/RCCB.

11

MCCBs & Enclosures

Jindal, Parkash, Ravindra, Tata. Category-A (All sizes):- GE, L&T , Siemens, Category-B (All sizes): Havell’s, SSK, C&S, Standard, HPL. Indo Asian, Asco A) GE, Havell’s, L&T, Legrand, Standard, Siemens, C&S, ABB, Schneider Electric, HPL, Indo Asian , AXIOM, Asco, AECO MEFA, BCH.(Makes of enclosures shall be as per MCBs) , Adhunik Prewired -DB’s and enclosure with MCB/ MCCB/ VCCB GE, Havell’s, L&T, Siemens, Schneider Electric, ABB, C&S, Standard, Legrand, BCH, HPL.Indo Asian EE, AP-1

- 293 -

12

13 14 15

16

17

18

19 20 21

POLES

i) M.S. Pole:-

- Manufactured by any firm as per I.S.I. Marked sectional lengths strictly according to ii) G.I. Pole:IS specifications. -Philips, Bajaj, Surya Roshni, Paruthi Engineers (PE), Volmont, GE India, iii) High Mast :Crompton Greaves, Skipper, Vipin S.T.poles , UTKARSH - Philips, Bajaj, Surya Roshni, Volmont, iv) Decorative Paruthi Engineer (PE), Crompton Greaves, Poles:Skipper, Vipin S.T.poles, UTKARSH Twinkle, Mayfair (Sumaglli) PVC Casing & Trunking AKG, MK Ceiling Fans (Double ball Bearings) Bajaj, Crompton, Khaitan, Orient, Usha. Indoor light fittings A.) LED:- Bajaj, Crompton, GE, Philips, Wipro, Mayfair, Surya Roshni, HPL, Halonix, Havell’s, Ecolite, C&S Electric, Polycab, SESangwan Energy, Legero B) CFL:- Bajaj, Crompton, GE, Philips, Wipro Halonix, Twinkle, Surya Roshni, HPL, Havells ,Ecolite. C&S Electric, Legero C) T-5:- Bajaj, Crompton, GE, Philips, Wipro Halonix, Twinkle, Mayfair, Surya Roshni, HPL, Havells, Ecolite, C&S Electric, Polycab, ORPIC 1X28W, 2X28W Mirror Optic (with Philips Choke), Legero Outdoor Street Light A) LED:- Bajaj, Crompton, GE, Philips, Wipro, Mayfair, Surya Roshni, HPL, Halonix, Havell’s , Ecolite . C&S Electric, Polycab,, SE-Sangwan Energy, Legero B) CFL:- Bajaj, Crompton, GE, Philips, Wipro, Halonix, Ecolite, Twinkle, Surya Roshni, HPL , C&S Electric, Legero C) T-5:- Bajaj, Crompton, GE, Philips, Wipro, Halonix, Twinkle, Mayfair, Surya Roshni, Ecolite, HPL C&S Electric, Legero Flood Light Fittings, Sodium/ M.H./LED Bajaj, Crompton, GE, Philips, Twinkle, HPL, Havell’s, Halonix, C&S Electric , Mayfair and Fumagalli, Polycab, Surya L.T. Panel/ Load Bank/APFC/Bus Bar Schneider, C&S, ABB, Siemens, Standard, Trunking (OEM or their TTA) Havell’s, BCH, Nitya Electrocontrol (NEC), (Applicable for Electrical works more than L&T, AVON, Adhunik, Indo Asian, Dhillon Rs. 50.00 lacs and all sub stations works of Fabricators and Engineers, 500 KVA and above) ACBs GE, L&T, Siemens, Schneider Electric, ABB, C&S. Havell’s, HPL OCBs and VCBs Alstom, Crompton, Siemens. TRANSFORMERS Alstom, Bharat Bijlee, Kirloskar, Crompton, NGEF, Voltamp, ABB, Siemens, Schneider

EE, AP-1

- 294 -

22

GENERATORS :

23

CSSU

Engines: Cummins, Greaves Cotton, Kirloskar, Ruston, Eicher (upto 125 KVA) Alternators : Crompton, Jyoti, Kirloskar, NGEF, Stamford. Schneider Electric, ABB, Siemens, C&S

Note:- The makes are approved by committee are listed in total as above:The Executive Engineers should ensure that at least three makes & models having comparable specifications and net market rates should be purposed in the nomenclature of items taken in Estimate / DNIT’s keeping in view the importance of building.

EE, AP-1

- 295 -

TECHANICAL CONDITION FOR E.I. WORK 1. The recovery of the pipe already laid will be made on measurement rate basis or point rate basis or on actual expenditure basis which ever is on high side. In case of Departmental work, 10% supervision charges shall also be added. 2.

Conduit pipe where already laid for wiring purpose will be delivered to the contractor in absolutely clean condition with round inspection boxes duly painted, covered and whole system tested. After the conduit system is handed over to the contractor to whom the work is allotted, he will be responsible for its upkeep. 3. During execution of work, if the contractor does not lay pipe and its accessories in the slab within time prescribed by the Engineer-in-Chief of the work, the Deptt. can then lay the said pipe-departmentally at contractors risk and cost without operating the clause 2 and 3 of the contract agreement.

6.

4.

Separate conduit pipe for power plug with independent circuit wires shall be laid.

5.

Multi plugs shall be provided in all the buildings.

C-Series MCB will be provided for air conditioner wiring and no extra payment will made and only one make of MCB’s will be used in whole work. 7. Vertical type of MCB distribution boards will be provided wherever required as design.

be

per

8.

The contractor is also allowed to use MCBs duly ISI marked of more then 9 KA breaking capacity.

9.

For HSR item no.31.12 (D), 31.15 the make of enclosure will be same as that of MCB of standard size having thickness 1.6 mm and 1.2 mm in case of TPN and SPN enclosure respectively.

10. All MCCBs upto 220 Amp will have 25 KA minimum breaking capacity instead of 10KA and above 220 amp. MCCBs will have 50 KA minimum breaking capacity instead of 35KA. All MCCBs will have magnetic thermal release and rotary operating mechanism duly interlocked and only one make of MCCBs shall be used in whole work. 11.The thickness of M.S. Sheet of switch boxes should be of 16 gauges . 12.The fan boxes sheet should be 16 gauge and anodized .

EE, AP-1

- 296 -

13.The contractor shall install the material from the list of approved electrical material appended in the NIT. Material not covered in the list will be used as per HSR-1988, and PWD Specifications-1990. 14. The contractor must ensure preparation and submission of pipe diagram, wiring diagram, diagram etc. as required vide PWD Specifications Chapter No. 31.6. 15. Where ISI recommends multi stranded conductor of cable, cable with multiconductor only will be used on work.

key

stranded

16. Rates should be quoted by the tenderer both in word and in figure, in case of any difference between the two; the lowest of the same shall be considered as final rate. 17. The rates of bus bar include the cost of all Labour and material required to complete the job in all respect including thimbles etc. of the same material as that of bars. The support for bars will be made of porcelain. 18. The tenderer must either be ‘A’ Class Electrical contractor enlisted with Haryana PWD B&R or he must sublet the electrical work to a sub contractor possessing the above qualification. The Tenderer/Bidder for building/road/Bridge work will intimate name of agency from whom the firm will get E.I./Street Light work done. The electrical contractor should be enlisted in appropriate category with Haryana PWD B&R for electrical works. The above details are to be submitted along with the technical bid. 19. A Sub contract agreement will be made with Executive Engineer Electrical for Electrical part of the contract, in which all the terms and conditions of the main contract will become a part, the Executive Engineer Electrical will operate this sub agreement with the Electrical contractor nominated by the bidder. 20. This sub agreement will be treated as in-dependent contract for all purposes such as execution, time extension, enhancement, approval, rate analysis, payment, penalties and deductions etc. as per the conditions of DNIT / Main agreement.

EE, AP-1

- 297 -

21. Payment, deductions, recoveries for electrical work etc. will be done to/from the electrical contractor (specified by Bidder) by XEN Electrical. Alongwith the technical bid for the work, the bidder will submit the following information:1. Name of electrical contractor/firm. 2. Detail of enlistment of electrical contractor with Haryana PWD B&R (attach copy of enlistment). 3. Affidavit of consent of electrical contractor to carry out the work under sub contract/sub agreement (attach copy) as per Annexure AF-I. 4. Affidavit of consent of the bidder to Executive Engineer Electrical to make payment/deduction etc. for electrical work to the electrical sub contractor. (attach copy) as per Annexure AF-II. 22. The contractor must employ the following staff while carrying out work:i) When any work costing More than Rs.50000/- to Diploma holder JE Rs. 2 Lacs is under execution ii) From 2 Lacs up to 5 lacs Diploma holder JE with 5 year experience iii) Above 5 lacs Degree holder Engineer 23. The Electrical part of bill of quantity of the agreement will be got executed by and under the supervision of Executive Engineer, Elect. Divn. PWD B&R Br., (concerned division) and all the running payment of electrical works will be made by him. However copy of final bill will be sent to Executive Engineer (Civil) to include in the final bill. The over all technical supervision of electrical work shall be of Superintending Engineer Elect. Circle PWD B&R Br., Karnal and any technical instructions given by him will have to be adhered to strictly by the contractor. 24. All the street light fittings, bulbs and cables will be got inspected by the contractor at the works/Godown of the manufacturer before installation at site. A certificate will also be produced/ submitted by the contractor about the authenticity of purchase of above material from the authorized source.

EE, AP-1

- 298 -

25. Only HYLAM make ISI make (I.S.2036-1995) white Bakelite sheet will be used on the work . 26. The rates mentioned in the DNIT are for complete item including cost of all accessories, material, labour, tool plants, water electricity bills etc. Unless otherwise specified. 27. The minimum size of MS control switch boards for controlling one fan point and one point shall not be less than 20cm x 25cm x 10cm. 28.

light

The MS box for telephone, Intercom and Bell push shall be installed of size 100mm x 100mmx 60mm in place of 75mm x 75mm x 60mm.

29. The tender having ambiguous/confusing rates and conditions shall be summarily rejected. 30.

The quantity/amount of NIT can be increased or decreased.

31.

No Road cut charges shall be paid.

32. The contractor shall install two number check nuts and one No. PVC threaded Bush for each pipe in MS inspection boxes. The contractor shall also install PVC flanged bush in the junction boxes for each pipe. 33. “Labour cess and service tax as applicable from time to time will be deducted from the Gross amount of the bill” of the contractor. 34.The contractor should quote the rates keeping in view above Conditions/specifications. 35. If the agency does not quote/fill the rate of any item then it will be considered as nil and the same item will be executed by the agency free of cost and it will be contingent to the work. the agency will have to given an undertaking on account of above otherwise earnest money will be forfeited. In addition to this Engineer-in-charge of work may also black list the agency.

Executive Engineer Elect. Divn. PWD B&R Br., Ambala Cantt

EE, AP-1

- 299 -

L.T. panel shall be as per following specifications: General: - This distribution board shall be fabricated out of 14-gauge sheet steel cubical type suitable for floor mounting end or dead front type. Suitable rubber gaskets shall be provided between all opening and joint to make the distribution board dust, moisture and vermin proof. The distribution board shall be suitable for indoor location and shall consist of the bus bar chambers both vertically and horizontally and the cable entry for the distribution shall be from bottom. Distribution board will consist of a number of vertical sections. Each vertical section shall be divided in to a few standard sizes of the compartment. The equipment for the various incoming and out going feeders shall be housed in a separate compartment. Each compartment door of distribution board shall be provided with inter locking arrangement with the handle of the respective switches/ MCCB such that the door can not be opened unless the switches are in the off position. Vertical cable entry shall be provided on each section of the distribution board for cabling purpose. Continues bus bar of copper shall be provided at the bottom along the entire length, cable compartment with concealed hinged front door will be fully segregated from the main horizontal/ vertical bus bar of equipment module. The distribution board shall be painted in powder quoted shade after necessary primary treatment. The distribution board shall be suitable for operation on 415 volts 3 phase 50 cycles per second A.C. supply system.

B us B a r : - T he h i gh c on d u c ti vi t y c op p e r b u s ba r pr o vi d e d i n t h e c h am b e r s sh a l l be d u l y ti n ne d a n d i n su l at e d a n d r i g i d l y s u p p or te d at t he s h or t i n ter va l s b y st r o n g 1 2 m m t hi c k n on i n f la m m a bl e h yl a m pa r ti ti on s . T h e par ti t i o n s s h al l be s o de si gn e d s o a s t o wi t h st a n d t he str es s, wh ic h c a n n or m al l y oc c u r on s h or t c ir c uit s. Fu rt h er , T h e b u s bar s a n d li n ks s ha ll b e of f la t c op per d ul l y t i n ne d so t h at th e c on t r a ct b et we e n b u s ba r s s h al l be eas il y ac c e ssi b l e f r om f r on t f o r a n y c on n e c ti on s a n d i n s pe c ti on et c .

The bus bars chamber should have of strong metal having no possibility of any dents, due to accidents and damage, which could result into electrical fault. Bus bars chamber shall be of unit type construction and have standard flanges opening at the top and bottom on both side so that any modification, extension can be easily effected at the site.

Test Certificate: - A test certificate from the manufacturer shall be handed over to the department before installation of the panel specifying that the panel conform to relevant ISS/ PWD specifications.

Wiring Diagram:- After completion of the work complete diagram showing connections to the various equipment on the board is to be prepared by the contractor and to be submitted to

EE, AP-1

- 300 -

the department along with final bill of the work. In case contractor fails to supply the diagram amount @ 0.5% of the work executed shall be deducted from the contractor’s final bill.

Connection: - Inter connections from bus bar chamber to the different molded case circuit breaker / air circuit breaker should be through solid copper bars of the required capacity duly tinned and insulated for which no extra payment will be made.

Executive Engineer Elect. Divn. PWD B&R Br., Ambala Cantt

EE, AP-1

- 301 -

Annexure AF-I AFFIDAVIT (from Electrical Contractor) I ________________ s/o ________________________ R/o __________________ do hereby solemnly declare undertake and affirm as under:-

1. That I am enlisted as class ___ contractor in PWD B&R Haryana vide letter No. ______ dated___________ of _____________ in _________ category. 2. That I undertake to execute the electrical part of the work ___________ as a independent sub contractor. 3. I undertake that I will be responsible for quality, specification, timely completion and labour liabilities etc. as per terms & conditions of DNIT / Agreement and PWD specifications. 4. I undertake that all the rates terms, condition, specifications of the agreement for this work for execution, payment, deduction and penalties are acceptable to me. 5. I undertake that all material, labour and other requirement for the work under this agreement for electrical part will be my responsibility.

Date: Place:

DEPONENT

VERIFICATION: Verified at ______________ that the contents of above said affidavit are true and correct to the best of my knowledge belief and nothing has been cancelled there from. Date: Place:

DEPONENT

EE, AP-1

- 302 -

Annexure AF-II AFFIDAVIT (from Bidder) I ________________ s/o ________________________ R/o _________________ do hereby solemnly declare undertake and affirm as under:-

1. That I have been allotted ____________ work by ________________ vide No. ______ dated___________. 2. That I undertake to completely sublet and get the electrical part of the work done from M/s ________________ who is enlisted contractor of PWD B&R Haryana vide No. ________ dated ____________ of____________ in ____ category. 3. That electrical contractor is authorized on my behalf to enter into independent agreement with Executive Engineer Electrical ____________ as per rates, terms and conditions of main agreement for this work 4. That all payment, deduction and penalties may be paid / deducted from electrical contractor.

Date: Place:

DEPONENT

VERIFICATION: Verified at ______________ that the contents of above said affidavit are true and correct to the best of my knowledge belief and nothing has been cancelled there from.

Date: Place:

DEPONENT

EE, AP-1

- 303 -

BILL OF QUANTITIES 1.

Preamble The Bill of Quantities shall be read in conjunction with the Instructions to Bidders, Conditions of Contract, Technical Specifications and Drawings.

2.

The quantities given in the Bill of Quantities are estimated and provisional, and are given to provide a common basis for bidding. The basis of payment will be the actual quantities of work ordered and carried out, as measured by the Contractor and verified by the Engineer-in-Charge and valued at the rates and prices tendered in the priced Bill of Quantities, where applicable, and otherwise at such rates and prices as the Engineer-in-Charge may fix within the terms of the Contract.

3.

The rates and prices tendered in the priced Bill of Quantities shall, except in so far as it is otherwise provided under the Contract, include all constructional plant, labour, supervision, materials, erection, maintenance, insurance, profit, taxes cess and duties, together with all general risks, liabilities and obligations set out or implied in the Contract.

4.

The rates and prices shall be quoted entirely in Indian Currency.

5.

The cost of Items against which the Contractor has failed to enter a rate or price shall be deemed to be covered by other rates and prices entered in the Bill of Quantities.

6.

The whole cost of complying with the provisions of the Contract shall be included in the items provided in the priced Bill of Quantities, and where no Items are provided the cost shall be deemed to be distributed among the rates and prices entered for the related Items of Work.

7.

General directions and descriptions of work and materials are not necessarily repeated or summarized in the Bill of Quantities. References to the relevant sections of the contract documentation shall be made before entering rates or prices against each item in the Bill of Quantities.

8.

The method of measurement of completed work for payment shall be in accordance with the specification of Haryana PWD (B&R)

9.

Errors will be corrected by the Employer for any arithmetic errors pursuant to Clause 29 of the Instructions to Bidders.

10.

Rock is defined as all materials which, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, require blasting, or the use of metal wedges and sledgehammers, or the use of compressed air drilling for its removal, and which cannot be extracted by ripping with a tractor of at least 150 kw with a single rear mounted heavy duty ripper.

EE, AP-1

- 304 -

Notes for Public Health items 1.

Any items of work not provided in the contract schedule of rates if required to be executed will be paid as per Haryana PWD schedule of rates 1988 plus ceiling premium as applicable in DNIT subject to the premium tendered by the contractor. In case of non schedule item, these will be paid by the Engineer-in-Charge based on market rates of that time after getting approval from the competent authority and will be binding upon the contractor.

2.

The work will be carried out strictly in accordance with the PWD book of specification 1990 edition and that will form part and parcel of this contract agreement.

3.

The Engineer-in-charge shall be entitled to order work against any item or work shown in this contract schedule of rates hereinafter called the “Schedule” to any extent and without any limitation whatsoever as may be required in his opinion for the purpose of work irrespective of the fact the quantities are omitted altogether in the “Schedule” or shown more or less than the work ordered to be carried out.

4.

In this contract schedule of rates only essential portion of items has been written, but it will deem to cover the entire items as fully described in Haryana PWD schedule rates 1988 till the date of opening of tender and will be applicable on this contract schedule of rates.

5.

All the items in this contract schedule of rates 1988 subject to the foot notes given in the Haryana PWD schedule of rates 1988 till the date of opening of tender and will be applicable on this contract schedule of rates.

6.

Approximate quantities are given in this contract schedule of rates and may very at the time of execution of works done at site by the contractor.

7.

The condition regarding this agreement of bricks & tiles by the departments be accepted & tagged with this condition is liable or rejection will be issued from the department. The bricks will be arrangement by the contractor himself.

8.

All amendments issued to the Haryana PWD schedule of rates will be applicable on the contract schedule of rates.

9.

As and when contractor gives condition that arrangement of water shall be made by the department, it shall be deemed that all the charges incurred thereon shall be borne by the department and recovery on the total work done shall be made from him.

10.

No claim will be entertained from the contractor in case of any mistake in description, rate or unit occurred on account of typing or comparison or over sight. If there is any mistake, the same shall be rectifiable by the Engineer-In-Charge at any stage as per Haryana PWD schedule of rates 1988 and all the amendments received from time to time.

11.

The premium should be quoted above or below the contract schedule or rates and no condition should be given. In case any conditions is tendered, this will be considered as null and void and only the premium or discount quoted by the tenderer small be accepted. In case any tendered refused to accept the above afterwards, his earnest money will be forfeited.

12.

Tender premium will not be allowed on N.S. item.

13.

Rate to be quoted by the contractor for each N.S. item for complete job including all taxes, carriage etc. Nothing extra on any account shall be paid.

14.

The payment will be made according to the actual work done by the contractor.

15.

Towel rails and bottle traps will be fitted after written approval of Engineer-in-Charge. EE, AP-1

- 305 -

SECTION-8 SECURITIES AND OTHER FORMS

EE, AP-1

- 306 -

BID SECURITY (BANK GUARANTEE) WHEREAS, _______________________________ [name of Bidder] (hereinafter called “the Bidder”) has submitted his Bid dated _________________ [date] for the construction of __________________ [name of Contract hereinafter called “the Bid”].

KNOW ALL PEOPLE by these presents that We __________________________________________ [name of Bank] of _____________________________ [name of country] having our registered office at __________________________________________ (hereinafter called “the Bank”) are bound unto _____________________________ [name of Employer] (hereinafter called “the Employer”) in the sum of ___________________________* for which payment well and truly to be made to the said Employer the Bank itself, his successors and assigns by these presents.

SEALED with the Common Seal of the said Bank this _____________ day of ___________, 20____. THE CONDITIONS of this obligation are : (1)

If after Bid opening the Bidder withdraws his bid during the period of Bid validity specified in the Form of Bid; OR (2) If the Bidder having been notified to the acceptance of his bid by the Employer during the period of Bid validity : (a) fails or refuses to execute the Form of Agreement in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders, if required; or (b) fails or refuses to furnish the Performance Security, in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders; (c) does not accept the correction of the Bid Price pursuant to Clause 27. We undertake to pay to the Employer up to the above amount upon receipt of his first written demand, without the Employer having to substantiate his demand, provided that in his demand the Employer will note that the amount claimed by him is due to him owning to the occurrence of one or any of the three conditions, specifying the occurred condition or conditions. This Guarantee will remain in force up to and including the date _______________________** days after the deadline for submission of Bids as such deadline for submission of Bids as such deadline is stated in the Instructions to Bidders or as it may be extended by the Employer, notice of which extension(s) to the Bank is hereby waived. Any demand in respect of this guarantee should reach the Bank not later than the above date.

DATE ______________________

SIGNATURE ______________________

WITNESS __________________ SEAL _____________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ [Signature, name and address] * **

The Bidder should insert the amount of the guarantee in words and figures denominated in Indian Rupees. This figure should be the same as shown in Clause 16.1 of the Instructions to Bidders. 45 days after the end of the validity period of the Bid. Date should be inserted by the Employer before the Bidding documents are issued.

EE, AP-1

- 307 -

PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE To ______________________________ [name of Employer] ______________________________ [address of Employer] ______________________________

WHEREAS ________________________________ [name and address of Contractor] (hereafter called “the Contractor”) has undertaken, in pursuance of Contract No. __________ dated __________ to execute ____________________________ [name of Contract and brief description of Works] (hereinafter called “ the Contract”).

AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said Contract that the Contractor shall furnish you with a Bank Guarantee by a recognized bank for the sum specified therein as security for compliance with his obligation in accordance with the Contract;

AND WHEREAS we have agreed to give the Contractor such a Bank Guarantee: NOW THEREFORE we hereby affirm that we are the Guarantor and responsible to you on behalf of the Contractor, up to a total of ___________________________ [amount of guarantee]* _______________________ (in words), such sum being payable in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, and we undertake to pay you, upon your first written demand and without cavil or argument, any sum or sums within the limits of _____________________________ [amount of guarantee] as aforesaid without your needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons for your demand for the sum specified therein.

We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the contractor before presenting us with the demand.

We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the Contract or of the Works to be performed thereunder or of any of the Contract documents which may be made between your and the Contractor shall in any way release us from any liability under this guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any such change, addition or modification.

This guarantee shall be valid until 28 days from the date of expiry of the Defect Liability Period.

Signature and Seal of the guarantor _____________________ Name of Bank ______________________________________ Address ___________________________________________ Date ____________

*

An amount shall be inserted by the Guarantor, representing the percentage the Contract Price specified in the Contract including additional security for unbalanced Bids, if any and denominated in Indian Rupees.

EE, AP-1

- 308 -

BANK GUARANTEE FOR ADVANCE PAYMENT To ______________________________ [name of Employer] ______________________________ [address of Employer] ______________________________ [name of Contractor] Gentlemen : In accordance with the provisions of the Conditions of Contract, sub-clause 51.1 (“Advance Payment”) of the above-mentioned Contract, ______________________________ [name and address of Contractor] (hereinafter called “the Contractor”) shall deposit with __________________________ [name of Employer] a bank guarantee to guarantee his proper and faithful performance under the said Clause of the Contract in an amount of _______________________ [amount of Guarantee]* _______________________ [in words]. We, the ______________________ [bank of financial institution], as instructed by the Contractor, agree unconditionally and irrevocably to guarantee as primary obligator and not as Surety merely, the payment to __________________________________ [name of Employer] on his first demand without whatsoever right of obligation on our part and without his first claim to the Contractor, in the amount not exceeding _________________________ [amount of guarantee]* _________________________________ [in words]. We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of terms of the Contractor or Works to be performed thereunder or of any of the Contract documents which may be made between _______________________ [name of Employer] and the Contractor, shall in any way release us from any liability under this guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any such change, addition or modification. This guarantee shall remain valid and in full effect from the date of the advance payment under the Contract until _______________________________ [name of Employer] receives full repayment of the same amount from the Contractor. Yours truly,

Signature and Seal of the guarantor _____________________ Name of Bank ______________________________________ Address ___________________________________________ Date ____________

*

An amount shall be inserted by the Bank or Financial Institution representing the amount of the Advance Payment, and denominated in Indian Rupees.

EE, AP-1

- 309 -

INDENTURE FOR SECURED ADVANCES FORM 31 (for use in cases in which the contract is for finished work and the contractor has entered into an agreement for the execution of a certain specified quantity of work in a given time). This indenture made the ___________________ day of __________________, 20___ BETWEEN ______________________(hereinafter called the contractor which expression shall where the context so admits or implies be deemed to include his executors, administrators and assigns) or the one part and the Employer of the other part. Whereas by an agreement dated _______________________ (hereinafter called the said agreement) the contractor has agreed. AND WHEREAS the contractor has applied to the Employer that he may be allowed advanced on the security of materials absolutely belonging to him and brought by him to the site of the works the subject of the said agreement for use in the constructions of such of the works as he has undertaken to executive at rates fixed for the finished work (inclusive of the cost of materials and labour and other charges). AND WHEREAS the Employer has agreed to advance to the Contractor the sum of Rupees __________________________________________________ on the security of materials the quantities and other particulars of which are detailed in Accounts of Secured Advances attached to the Running Account bill for the said works signed by the Contractor on_________ and the Employer has reserved to himself the option of making any further advance or advances on the security of other materials brought by the Contractor to the site of the said works. Now THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH that in pursuance of the said agreement and in consideration of the sum of Rupees ___________________ on or before the execution of these presents paid to the Contractor by the Employer (the receipt where of the Contractor doth hereby acknowledge) and of such further advances (if any) as may be made to him as a for said the Contractor doth hereby covenant and agree with the President and declare as follows: (1)

That the said sum of Rupees _______________________ so advanced by the Employer to the Contractor as aforesaid and all or any further sum of sums advanced as aforesaid shall be employed by the Contractor in or towards expending the execution of the said works and for no other purpose whatsoever.

(2)

That the materials details in the said Account of Secured Advances which have been offered to an accepted by the Employer as security are absolutely the Contractor’s own propriety and free from encumbrances of any kind and the contractor will not make any application for or receive a further advance on the security of materials which are not absolutely his own property and free from encumbrances of any kind and the Contractor indemnified the Employer against all claims to any materials in respect of which an advance has be made to him as aforesaid.

(3)

That the materials detailed in the said account of Secured Advances and all other materials on the security of which any further advance or advances may hereafter be made as aforesaid (hereafter called the said materials) shall be used by the Contractor solely in the execution of the said works in accordance with the directions of the Engineer-in-Charge.

(4)

That the Contractor shall make at his own cost all necessary and adequate arrangements for the proper watch, safe custody and protection against all risks of the said materials and that until used in construction as aforesaid the said materials shall remain at the site of the said works in the Contractor’s custody and on his own responsibility and shall at all times be open to inspection by the Engineer-in-Charge or any officer authorized by him. In the event of the said materials or any part thereof being stolen, destroyed or damaged or becoming deteriorated in a greater degree than is due to reasonable use and wear thereof the Contractor EE, AP-1

- 310 -

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9) (10)

will forthwith replace the same with other materials of like quality or repair and make good the same required by the Engineer-in-Charge. That the said materials shall not be any account be removed from the site of the said works except with the written permission of the Engineer-in-Charge or an officer authorized by him on that behalf. That the advances shall be repayable in full when or before the Contractor receives payment from the Employer of the price payable to him for the said works under the terms and provisions of the said agreement. Provided that if any intermediate payments are made to the Contractor on account of work done than on the occasion of each such payment the Employer will be at liberty to make a recovery from the Contractor’s bill for such payment by deducting there from the value of the said materials than actually used in the construction and in respect of which recovery has not been made previously, the value for this purpose being determined in respect of each description of materials at the rates at which the amounts of the advances made under these presents were calculated. That if the Contractor shall at any time make any default in the performance or observance in any respect of any of the terms and provisions of the said agreement or of these presents the total amount of the advance or advances that may still be owing of the Employer shall immediately on the happening of such default be repayable by the Contractor to be the Employer together with interest thereon at twelve per cent per annum from the date or respective dates of such advance or advances to the date of repayment and with all costs, charges, damages and expenses incurred by the Employer in or for the recovery thereof or the enforcement of this security or otherwise by reason of the default of the Contractor and the Contractor hereby covenants and agrees with the Employer to reply and pay the same respectively to him accordingly. That the Contractor hereby charges all the said materials with the repayment to the Employer of the said sum of Rupees ____________________________________ and any further sum of sums advanced as aforesaid and all costs, charges, damages and expenses payable under these presents PROVIDED ALWAYS and it is hereby agreed and declared that notwithstanding anything in the said agreement and with- out prejudice to the power contained therein if and whenever the covenant for payment and repayment here-in-before contained shall become enforceable and the money owing shall not be paid in accordance there with the Employer may at any time thereafter adopt all or any of the following courses as he may deem best : (a) Seize and utilize the said materials or any part thereof in the completion of the said works on behalf of the contractor in accordance with the provisions in that behalf contained in the said agreement debiting the contractor with the actual cost of effecting such completion and the amount due to the contractor with the value of work done as if he had carried it out in accordance with the said agreement and at the rates thereby provided. If the balance is against the contractor, he is to pay same to the Employer on demand. (b) Remove and sell by public auction the seized materials or any part there of and out of the moneys arising from the sale retain all the sums aforesaid repayable or payable to the Employer under these presents and pay over the surplus (if any) to the Contractor. (c) Deduct all or any part of the moneys owing out of the security deposit or any sum due to the Contractor under the said agreement. That except in the event of such default on the part of the contractor as aforesaid interest on the said advance shall not be payable. That in the event of any conflict between the provisions of these presents and the said agreement the provisions of these presents shall prevails and in the event of any dispute or difference arising over the construction or effect of these presents the settlement of which has not been here-in-before expressly provided for the same shall be referred to the Employer whose decision shall be final and the provision of the Indian Arbitration Act for the time being in force shall apply to any such reference.

EE, AP-1

- 311 -

Letter of Acceptance (Letterhead paper of the Employer)

_________________________(Date) To ______________________________ (Name and address of the Contractor) ______________________________ ______________________________

Dear Sirs,

This is to notify you that your Bid dated _________________ for execution of the ____________________________________ (name of the contract and identification number, as given in the Instructions to Bidders) for the Contract Price of Rupees _________________ ____________________ (______________________) (amount in words and figures), as corrected and modified in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders¹ is hereby accepted by our agency.

We accept/ do not accept that __________________ be appointed as the Adjudicator² . You are hereby requested to furnish Performance Security, in the form detailed in Para 34.1 of ITB for an amount equivalent to Rs._____________ within 21 days of the receipt of this letter of acceptance valid up to 28 days from the date of expiry of defects Liability Period i.e. up to ______________ and sign the contract, failing which action as stated in Para 34.3 of ITB will be taken.

Your faithfully,

Authorized Signature Name and title of Signatory Name of Agency

¹

Delete “corrected and” or “and modified” if only one of these actions applies. Delete as corrected and modified in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders, if corrections or modifications have not been affected.

²

To be used only if the Contractor disagrees in his Bid with the Adjudicator proposed by the Employer in the “Instructions to Bidders”.

EE, AP-1

- 312 -

Issue of Notice to proceed with the work (Letterhead of the Employer)

_________________________(Date)

To ______________________________ (Name and address of the Contractor) ______________________________ ______________________________

Dear Sirs,

Pursuant to your furnishing the requisite security as stipulated in ITB Clause 34.1 and signing of the Contract for the construction of __________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________________ at a Bid Price of Rs._________________________________________________________.

You are hereby instructed to proceed with the execution of the said works in accordance with the contract documents.

Your faithfully,

(Signature, name and title of signatory authorized to sign on behalf of Employer)

EE, AP-1

- 313 -

Agreement Form Agreement This agreement, made the _____________ day of __________________ between _________________________(name and address of Employer) [hereinafter called “the Employer] and _______________________________________________________________ (name and address of contractor) hereinafter called “the Contractor” of the other part. Whereas the Employer is desirous that the Contractor execute ___________________________________________________________________________ (name and identification number of Contract) (hereinafter called “the Works”) and the Employer has accepted the Bid by the Contractor for the execution and completion of such Works and the remedying of any defects therein, at a cost of Rs. _______________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH as follows: 1.

In this Agreement, words and expression shall have the same meanings as are respectively assigned to them in the conditions of contract hereinafter referred to and they shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this Agreement.

2.

In consideration of the payments to be made by the Employer to the Contractor as hereinafter mentioned, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer to execute and complete the Works and remedy any defects therein in conformity in all aspects with the provisions of the contract.

3.

The Employer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of the execution and completion of the Works and the remedying the defects wherein Contract Price or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.

4.

The following documents shall be deemed to form and be ready and construed as part of this Agreement viz. i) Letter of Acceptance ii) Notice to proceed with the works; iii) Contractor’s Bid iv) Condition of Contract: General and Special v) Contract Data vi) Additional condition vii) Drawings viii) Bill of Quantities and ix) Any other documents listed in the Contract Data as forming part of the Contract. In witnessed whereto the parties there to have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first before written.

The Common Seal of ___________________________________________________ Was hereunto affixed in the presence of: Signed, Sealed and Delivered by the said ____________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________ in the presence of: Binding Signature of Employer ________________________________________________ Binding Signature of Contractor _________________________________________________ EE, AP-1

- 314 -

UNDERTAKING I, the undersigned do hereby undertake that our firm M/s _______________________________________ agree to abide by this bid for a period _____ days for the date fixed for receiving the same and it shall be binding on us and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period.

_____________________________________ (Signed by an Authorised Officer of the Firm)

____________ Title of Officer

___________ Name of Firm

______ DATE

EE, AP-1

- 315 -

SECTION-9 DRAWINGS

Drawings can be seen in the office of in the office of Superintending Engineer, Haryana PW(B&R) Deptt. ____________ or Executive Engineer, Provincial Division, PW(B&R) Deptt. _____________.

EE, AP-1

- 316 -

EE, AP-1

- 317 -

EE, AP-1

- 318 -

EE, AP-1

- 319 -

EE, AP-1

- 320 -

EE, AP-1

- 321 -

EE, AP-1

- 322 -

EE, AP-1

- 323 -

EE, AP-1

- 324 -

EE, AP-1

- 325 -

EE, AP-1

- 326 -

EE, AP-1

- 327 -

EE, AP-1

- 328 -

ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS 1.

2. 3. 4.

5.

Item for which no rate or price have been entered in, will not be paid for by the employer when executed and shall be deemed covered by the other rates and prices in the bill quantities (Refer: ITB Clause 13.2 and conditions of contract Clause 43.3). Units rate and prices shall be quoted by the bidder in Indian Rupee (ITB Clause 14.1). Where there is a discrepancy between unit rate and the line item total resulting from multiplying the unit rate by quantity, the unit rate quoted shall govern (ITB clause 27.1(b)). The agency to whom the work is allotted will have to produce original voucher for all quantities in lieu of purchase of bitumen, steel and cement from the original manufacture or the authorized dealer/ distributors to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge for ascertaining the genuineness of material. Attested copy of such voucher will have to be submitted along with the bills. The documentary proof of procurement of cement & steel from the reputed source and test result from CRRI or Sri Ram Test House, New Delhi will be produced by the agency.

QUALITY CONTROL LAB: 7. The contractor shall have to provide a field laboratory fully equipped at work site before starting the execution of works for conducting all the relevant tests mentioned in the Haryana PWD specification subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge-in-charge or his representative. The record of such tests is to be maintained in proper register duly signed by the Contractor or his representatives, which will become the property of the department. The Contractor will bear all the running expenses for conducting such tests. All the tests will be carried in the presence of S.D.E.in-charge of the work. All the entries are to be signed by the contractor, S.D.E. and J.E.-in-charge. 8. The quality control tests which are carried out by the department and the material for such tests will be supplied by the contractor free of cost. In case the material is not found up to the requirement, the same will be rejected. 9. Contractor shall provide suitable measuring arrangement and leveling instruments latest quality duly approved by Engineer-in-Charge-in-charge at the site of work. 10. No extra payment on account of quality control measures shall be paid to the contractor. 11. The Engineer-in-Charge-in-charge at his discretion can get any type/Nos. of tests carried out any other approved laboratory for his satisfaction for which all the expenses incurred would be borne by the agency. The results so obtained from the laboratory would be acceptable and binding to the agency. 12. The Contractor shall be required to provide all such materials/equipment’s at site to conduct field tests and to ensure that the quality of aggregate shall be according to the prescribed specification and no payment for material required for sample for such tests shall be made to him. In case, the material is not found up to mark, the same will be reject. 13. For cement, steel and similar other material, the essential tests are to be carried out at the manufacturer’s plants or at laboratories other than the site laboratory, the cost of samples, testing and furnishing of test certificates shall be born by the contractor. He shall also furnish the test certificates to the Engineer-in-Charge. PROFORMA FOR CEMENT/STEEL REGISTER RECEIPT Date of Receipt 1. Qty. of issued 5.

Qty. Received. 2. Total issued. 6.

Progressive Total

Date of issue

3. Balance in hand. 7.

4. Contractor’s initial 8.

EE, AP-1

- 329 -

Daily comparison of issue with requirements 9 Item of work for Which issued 10. SDE/JE Remarks 13.

App. Qty. of work done on each day. 11

Theoretical requirement for work done On each day. 12

Ex. Engineer-in-Charge. 14.

14.

Tenderers are advised to visit the site sufficiently in advance of the date fixed for submission of the tender. A tenderer shall be deemed to have full knowledge of all the relevant document/samples and site etc. whether he inspects them or not.

15.

The acceptance of the tender will rest with the Employer who does not bind himself to accept the lowest tender and reserves to himself the authority to reject any or all the tenders received without assigning any reasons.

16.

Deleted.

17.

Deleted.

18.

The liquidated damages can be deferred/reduced/waived (whole or part) by the SE concerned for contract(s) upto Rs.1.00 cr., CE(Buildings) from Rs.1.00 cr. to Rs.10.0. cr. and E-In-C of Haryana PW(B&R) Deptt. for contract(s) above Rs.10.00 cr. This will be done on the written request of the contractor and written recommendations of EE/SE as the case may be.

19.

Upon completion and before offering the work for acceptance, the contractor shall remove all false work, excavated and useless materials, rubbish, temporary building constructed by him and shall leave the site and adjacent area in a neat and clean condition to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. The Engineer-in-Charge, reserves the option to take away any item of work or any part there of at any time during the currency of the contract and reallocate it to any other agency with due notice to the contractor without liability of any kind or payment of any compensation. Extra amount if incurred will be recovered from the agency.

20.

The contractor has to make his own arrangements for water, bricks, wood and every item required directly or indirectly for completion of work.

21.

No claim shall be entertained on account of increase in price of labour and material due to any cause whatsoever.

22.

In case of emergency the Contractor shall be required to pay his labour every day and if this is not done, the Engineer-In-Charge will make the requisite payment and recover the same from the contractor.

23.

Actual quantities of completed and accepted work shall only be paid.

24.

No pits shall be dug by the contractor near the site of work or within Govt. land for taking out earth for use on the works. In case of default the pits so dug will be filled in by the department at the cost of the contractor plus fourteen percent departmental charges.

25.

The rates to be quoted by the contractor shall be inclusive of octroi terminal tax, royalty, cess and all other taxes and charges. These are for complete work in all respects

26.

The Contractor shall not be entitled for any payment on account of work done untill he signs the agreement.

27.

Nothing extra shall be paid for any lead and if unless otherwise specified for any material required directly or indirectly and the rates to be given in the tender shall include all leads in the contract schedule.

EE, AP-1

- 330 -

28.

The Contractor shall be responsible for any /all losses of material, damage done to unfinished work as a result of floods and other acts of God. The Govt. will not be responsible for any compensation as a result of such damage or loss to the Contractor and the Contractor shall be liable to set right such damage at his own cost to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.

29.

The royalty, sales tax, cess and any other taxes, if any shall be paid by the contractor direct to the respective department in accordance with their rules and regulations in force from time to time without intervention of the Public Works Department.

30.

Amount of work may be increased or decreased and any item committed and substituted in accordance with the requirement of the department and no claim on this amount shall be entertained. The contractor will have to complete the whole building as per architectural plans submitted by the Chief Architect Haryana.

31.

Contractor shall be responsible to provide to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge at his own expenses the following amenities for the labour employed by him.

(i) (ii)

Suitable temporary huts accommodation. Trench latrines, bathing enclosures platforms separately for men and women and their regular cleanliness. Clean drinking water.

(iii)

In the event of his failure to provide any or all of the amenities the same shall be provided by the Govt. and cost thereof shall be recovered from the contractor. Any dispute regarding above points shall be settled by the Engineer-in-Charge and his decision shall be final. 32.

The contractor shall be responsible for housing, sanitation and medical treatment of laborers employed by him and shall abide by all the rules and regulations made by Govt. in this behalf from time to time.

33.

For Contractor’s labour regulations, fair wage clause, and rules for protection of health and sanitation arrangements for workers employed by the public works department or its contractor’s reference be made to chapter 7,8 and 9 respectively.

34.

The jurisdiction of the Court will be at Ambala.

35.

Apprentice Act- The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Apprentice Act, 1961 and the rules and orders issued there-under from time to time. If the Contractor fails to do so his failure will be breach of the contract the Employer may at his discretion cancel the contract. The Contractor shall also be liable for any peculiary liability arising on account of any violation by him of the provision of the Act.

36.

If during the execution of the work, the contractor will engage imported labour, he shall immediately inform the local health authorities entrusted.

37.

Imported labour means Labour belonging to a state other than Haryana State.

38.

All material left at site by the contractor for a period of more than one month after the completion of work shall become the property of the public works department and Contractor shall have no claim whatsoever for such material.

39.

The Contractor shall maintain at site of work full details of specification of the work fixed by the Engineer-in-Charge and approved drawing of the work.

40.

Nothing extra shall be paid to the Contractor for diversion of water in the channels stream if it becomes necessary for the execution and completion of the work.

41.

The Contractor will not have any claim in case of delay by the Department for removal of tree or shifting, raising, removing of telegraph, telephone or electric lines (Over head or under ground) and other structure, if any, which comes in the way of the work.

42.

The items rate should be quoted by the Contractor and no condition should be given. In case any condition is tendered this will be considered as null and void and only item rates quoted by the tenderer shall be accepted. In case any tenderer refuses to accept this his earnest money will be forfeited.

43.

Relation with Public Authorities:

EE, AP-1

- 331 -

The Contractor shall comply with all legal orders and directions given from time to time by any local or public authorities and shall pay out of his own money the fees or charges to which he may be liable. 45 (i) (ii)

The contractor will be held strictly responsible to the true intent of the specification in regard to quality of materials, workmanship and the diligent execution of the contract. All materials and each part of detail of the work shall be subject at all times to inspection by the Engineer-in. Departmental Representative or other authorized subordinate who shall be furnished with reasonable facilities and assistance by the contractor for ascertaining whether or not the work as performed or the materials used are in accordance with the requirements and intent of the plans and specifications.

(iii)

The contractor shall furnish written information to the Engineer-in-Charge stating the original source of supply and dates of manufactures of all materials manufactured away from the actual site of work. The information shall be furnished at least two weeks (or such other period as may be directed by Engineer-in-Charge in advance of the incorporation of any such materials in the works.

(iv)

Any work done or materials used without supervision or inspection by the Engineer-inCharge/Departmental Representative is liable to be ordered to be removed and replaced at the contractor’s expenses.

(v)

If so directed the Contractor shall at any time before the acceptance of the work, remove or uncover such portion of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the contractor shall restore the said portion of the work to the standards required as per specifications. The work shall not be considered to have been completed in accordance with the terms of the contract until the Engineer-in-Charge-in-charge shall have certified in writing that it has been completed to his satisfaction. No approval of materials or workmanship or approval of part of the work during the progress of execution shall bind the Engineer in any way or effect his power to reject the work when alleged to be completed or to suspend the issue of his certificate of completion until such alterations or modifications or reconstructions have been affected as shall enable him to certify that the work has been completed to his satisfaction.

(vi)

The inspection of the work or materials shall not relieve the Contractor any of his obligation to fulfill the terms of the contract as herein prescribed by the plans and specifications.

(vii)

Failure to reject any defective work or material will not in any way prevent later rejection when such defect is discovered or obligate the department to make final acceptance.

46.

Canvassing in connection with a tender in any form renders the tender liable to rejection.

47.

If there are varying or conflicting provisions made in any documents forming part to the contract the accepting authority shall be the decision authority with regarded to the intension of the documents.

48.

If, however, the contractor seeks to some assistance from the department in connection with arranging water/electric connection from the public utility service authorities for the purpose of Govt. work such assistance only to the extent of writing a letter from the Engineer-in-Charge to the authority concerned for giving such connection may be provided. All charges etc. shall be borne by the contractor. The contractor may, on application of the contractor, issue essentiality certificate for Diesel/Petrol (if it becomes a controlled commodity) required for materials to be used on the work but the department will not undertake any responsibility for the arrangement of such Petrol/Diesel, Non availability of any such materials will not absolve the contractor of his contractual obligation.

49.

MAINTAINENCE-CUM-DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD 50

The defect liability-cum-maintenance period shall be three years from the date of completion in case of original works. For maintenance and S/R works, defect liability period will be one year and re-painting /white wash/snowcem/distempering will not be required. The date of completion shall be considered as the date certified by the Engineer-In-Charge. EE, AP-1

- 332 -

50.1

The Engineer shall give notice to the contractor of any defects before the end of the effects Liability-cum-Maintenance Period. The Defects Liability-cum-Maintenance period shall be extended for as long as defects remain to be corrected.

50.2

The Contractor shall correct the notified Defect / Defects within the length of time as specified by the Engineer’s, notice.

50.3

The contractor will be fully responsible for the quality and workmanship of the works executed by him. The liability on account of shortcomings in executed items found by any investigating agency during the defect liability period or afterwards shall be born by the agency.

50.4

The Contractor shall do the routine maintenance of building to the required standards in the manners as per Haryana PWD specifications latest edition, DNIT, agreement conditions and keep the whole building in defect free condition during defect liability period as defined above.

50.5

The routine maintenance standards shall meet the following minimum requirements to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge.:i)

ii)

iii) iv)

Plaster work and flooring work to be repaired soon after these appear or brought to his notice either during contractor’s monthly inspection or by the Engineer or otherwise. Repair shall be carried out in a manner which does not affect the aesthetics. Defective joinery such as door, window, cup-board shutters, chowkhats, wire gauge, glass panes, fitting, fixtures etc. to be rectified / replaced immediately after the defects appear. Any structural damage / fault / defect to be rectified to the satisfaction of Engineer-InCharge as soon as the same appears. Defective or incomplete/improper white washing / colour washing, distempering, painting etc. to be rectified immediately on notice by the Engineer-in-charge.

v)

All rain water pipes, sun-shades and the like components to be inspected every fortnightly and cleaned as and when required.

vi)

Leakage of water of any kind in the building to be set right immediately on priority.

vii)

All electrical / Public Health installations including wiring, pipelines etc. made in the building to be repaired / rectified / replaced as soon as any defect has appeared / notice. The agency shall make good all the items / works damaged during the repair being done by him and bring the same in original form.

viii)

ix) x)

Any other maintenance operation required to keep the building use worthy at all the time during the maintenance period. He shall maintain a register in the building for daily recording the defects, damages, shortcomings noticed by user and address the problem within three days or else he will approach the Engineer-in-charge for extension of this time.

xi)

50.6

Before the end of defect-cum-maintenance period is completed, painting, snowcem, white washing, distempering, Providing and fixing broken window panes, door /window fittings, Public Health fixtures, taps etc. of the whole building as per original work will be carried out by the contractor to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-In-Charge and nothing extra will be paid. To fulfill the objectives laid down in above sub clauses, the Contractor shall undertake detailed inspection of the building at least once in a month. The Engineer-in-charge can reduce this frequency in case of emergency. The Contractor shall forward to the Engineer-in-charge the record of inspection and rectification every month. The contractor shall pay particular attention on the maintenance of building during rains and rainy season.

EE, AP-1

- 333 -

50.7

The Engineer may issue notice to the Contractor to carry out maintenance or remove defects, if any, notice in his inspection, or brought to his notice. The contractor shall remove the defects within the period specified in the notice and submit to the Engineer-in-charge a compliance report. By not giving notice, will not absolve the contractor from his responsibility.

50.8

In case the Contractor fails to make good the defects, the Executive Engineer may employ any other person to make good such defects and all expenses consequent and incidental there to shall be borne by the Contractor.

50.9

The contract shall not be considered as completed until a defect liability-cum-maintenance certificate has been signed by the Executive Engineer and delivered to the contractor stating that the works have been completed and maintained to his satisfaction. The defect liability-cummaintenance certificate shall be given by the SE or the recommendations of XEN. SE will send copy of such certificate to CE(Bldgs) alongwith CD.

51.

Department shall not be responsible for any depreciation in the value of securities, not for any loss of interest thereon. There will be double lock system for the cement store. One Key of the lock will be with the representative of the department and other key of the lock will be with the agency. If the agency does not fill/quote the rates of any items then it will be considered as NIL and same will be executed by the agency free of cost and it will be contingent to work. The agency will have to give an undertaking on account of above, other wise earnest money will be forfeited; in addition, Engineer-in-Charge my also blacklist the agency.

52. 53.

54.

A FOR EXCESS CONSUMPTION OF MATERIALS FROM THE THEORETICAL CONSUMPTION (i)

No Claim for Excess Consumption of material other than those specified shall be entertained by the department. FOR SHORT CONSUMPTION OF CEMENT

(i)

Upto 5%, the recovery of cost of material thus saved shall be made from the contractor at the base price as applicable on the date of tender. Less consumption by more than 5% (i.e. above 5 %) the rates of items of work involved shall be reduced. If it is not possible to determine the exact items on which less material has been used, the cost of the material so saved shall be recovered from the contractor at double the issue rate. The Executive Engineer reserves the right to take any other deterrent action which he deems fit against the contractor. It shall be at the discretion of the department to determine whether the stability of the structure is affected adversely due to less consumption of materials and in case it is felt that it is likely to be so, the Executive Engineer-in-charge shall reject the work and the decision of Superintending Engineer in such matter shall be final. No claim of any kind what-so-ever shall be entertained for any and all the losses or damages to the contractor due to the completion of the work getting delayed due to the failure or delay on the part of the public works department under the terms and conditions of the contract. The contractor shall supply at his own cost and expenses all labour materials etc. for labour and checking of any portion of the work during construction. Whosesoever required by the Engineer-inCharge or his representative and nothing extra shall be paid for same. Occupation of Additional Lands: In case, when it becomes necessary for due fulfillment of the contract for the contractor to occupy land outside the P.W.D. limits the contractor shall make his own arrangement with the land owners and pay such amount, as may be mutually agreed upon by them.

B.

(ii)

55

56.

57.

58

No claim by the contractor for additional payment will be allowed on the ground of any misunderstanding or misapprehension in respect of any such matter or otherwise on the ground of any allegation or fact that incorrect information was given to him by any person whether in the employ of the Govt. or not or of the failure on his part to obtain correct information nor shall the contractor be relieved from any risk or obligations imposed on or undertaken by him under the contract on any such ground or on the ground that he did not or could not fore-see any matter which may in fact, effect or have affected the execution of the work.

EE, AP-1

- 334 -

59.

During the absence on work of the Engineer-in-Charge he shall be represented by one of his subordinate whose duties are to watch and supervise the works, to test and examine any materials to be used or workmanship employed to ensure that the works are performed in conformity with the plans, estimates and specifications in all respects and to keep Engineer-in-charge informed of the progress of the works and the manner in which they are done. The Engineer-in-charge may from time to time delegate any of the powers and authorities vested in him to the departmental representative in writing.

60.

The Departmental representative shall have no authority to alter or waive the provisions of plans and estimates and specifications or to relieve the contractor or any of his duties or obligations under the contract. He shall however, have the authority to inform the contractor in writing to replace any materials considered defective and to suspend, to do, or rectify the work improperly performed or not according to plans and estimates or specifications in his judgment and the contractor shall comply.

61.

Failure of the Departmental Representative to disapprove any work of materials shall not prejudice the power of the Engineer-in-Charge thereafter to disapprove such work or materials and to order the pulling down, removal or breaking up thereof. If the contractor shall be dissatisfied by reason of any decision of the Departmental representative, he shall be entitled to refer the matter to the Engineer-inCharge. Who shall thereupon confirm or reverse such a decision. The contractor shall also inform the Engineer-in-Charge in writing when any portion is ready for inspection giving him sufficient notice to enable him to inspect the same without retarding the further progress of the work. Unless otherwise provided in the contract document materials such as rubble, gravel sand, murrum, kankar earth, soil, etc. obtained from excavation and materials obtained by dismantling any existing structures shall remain the property of the Government. Any tress branches, bushes, crops etc. which may be required to be cut during the execution of the work shall be handed over to the Public Works Department or disposed of as directed. The contractor will submit the design of temporary structure scaffolding to department in advance without any cost. The contractor will remain responsible for design and safety of scaffolding irrespective of approval by the Engineer-in Charge The contractor shall use canal water for construction of building or water from any other sources as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Water should be got tested at regular intervals i.e. maximum of 2 (two) months from the laboratory approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and no extra cost will be paid for the same. Water to be used shall meet latest IS standard as per IS 456/other relevant codes.

62.

63.

64. 65.

66.

EE, AP-1

- 335 -

Additional condition / specification for Synthetic Athletic Track

Appendix ‘A’ (Refer t Para 8 of Invitation of quotations)

SPECIFICATION 1. SPECIFICATION FOR SYNTHETIC ATHLETIC TRACK (a) IAAF approved pre-fabricated synthetic ATHLETIC track with a uniform thickness of 13.5mm thick and weight should be 12.6 Kg. per Sqm, reaching the required minimum value of shock absorption (KA%) as per IAAF standards, supported by test reports certified by IAAF and with Class 1 track certificates, not earlier than 1998, after in-situ test on a completed track. (b) The synthetic surface shall be of the impermeable type, prefabricated two layers surface in rolls based on calendared , vulcanized and stabilized polysoprene rubber, made from homogeneous material, two-colours throughout, with special honeycomb structure enabling a differentiated biomechanical response between top surface and base. (c) Suitable for all field events, training, national & international meetings, competitions such as World Championship and Olympic Games etc. (d) The surface should meet the specifications laid down in IAAF performance specifications for Synthetic Surfaced Athletic Tracks (outdoor) updated version 2003. (e) The Synthetic Surface shall comply with the following broad specifications: Technical data

Test Method

Unit of Measurement

Thickness

IAAF

mm

13.5

Force reduction at 23o C

IAAF

%

35-50

Modified vertical deformation at 0 23 C

IAAF

mm

Friction

IAAF

Sliding Coefficient

Tensile strength

IAAF

N/mm2

Elongation at break

IAAF

%

ISO 7619

Shore A

DIN 18035/6

rV

Hardness Wearing resistance

Requirements

0.06-108

wet

0.5

_

Resistance to spike elements DIN 18035/6 Class Class1 (f) Adhesive: As the synthetic surfacing comprises wholly prefabricated sheet material, this shall be bonded to the substrate using only the materials and technique stated by the material supplier.

EE, AP-1

- 336 -

(g) Warranty: The contractor shall provide a warranty for seven (07) years issued by Manufacturer for any defects in materials and workmanship. (h) Laying to be executed by expert technicians of OEM. (i) Supply line marking hypalon pain in various colours as recommended by IAAF. (j) Setting out, surverying, measuring and preparation of the drawing and measurement according to IAAF regulations. This need to be submitted along with the Technical bid. (k) Execution of line marking done by an expert engineer of company in conformity with rules and specification of IAAF. (l) The track should be from a company who has supplied in atleast two Olympic games in last 15 years. (m) Certificate for custom duty exemption for import of synthetic track will be supplied by the department. Contractor should quote the rate accordingly.

2. SPECIFICATIONS FOR ATHLTETIC TRACK

SUB

SURFACE

FOR

SYNTHETIC

(a) Construction of the sub-base in accordance with specification laid down in IAAF Performance Specification for Synthetic Surfaced Athletic Track (outdoor) updated version 2003 and the prescribed by the OEM of the synthetic surface to achieve the ‘Class I’ certification. (b) Technical assistance by OEM engineer during the preparation of the sub-base for maximum 8 days and assistance for drawing preparation. (c) Construction of Drainage system meeting the specification as laid out in IAAF Performance Specifications for Synthetic Surfaced Athletic Tracks (outdoor) updated version 2003. (d) Setting out, surveying, measuring and preparation of the drawing and measurement according to IAAF regulations. This need to be submitted along with the Technical bid.

EE, AP-1

- 337 -

CHAPTER-7 Contractor’s Labour Regulation

1.

Short Title These regulations may be called Haryana Public Works Department Contractor’s Labour Regulations.

2.

Definition In these regulations, unless otherwise expressed or indicated the following words and expressions shall have the meaning hereby assigned to them respectively that is to say : (1)

Labour means workers employed by a Public Works Department contractors directly or indirectly through a sub-contractor or other persons of by an agent on his behalf.

(2)

Fair wages means, whether for item or place work, notified at the time of inviting tenders for the work and where such wages have not been so notified the wages prescribed by the Public Works, Department for the district in which the work is done.

(3)

“Wages” shall have the same meaning as defined in the payment of Wages Act 1936 and includes time and place rate wages.

3.

Display of notice regarded wages etc. The contractor shall before he commences his work on contract display and correctly maintain & continue to display and correctly in a clean and legible condition in conspicuous places on the work notice in English and in the Local Language spoken by the majority of the Workers giving the fair wages notified or prescribed by the Haryana Public Works Department and the hours of work for which such wages are earned.

4.

Payment of Wages (i)

Wages due to every worker be paid to him directly.

(ii)

All wages shall be paid in current coin or currency or in both.

5.

6.

Fixation of Wages Periods (i)

The contractor shall fix the wage periods in respect of which the wages shall be payable.

(ii)

No wage period shall exceed one month.

(iii)

Wages of every workman employed on the contract shall be paid before the expiry of ten days after the last day of the wage period in respect of which the wages are payable.

(iv)

When the employment of any worker is terminated by or on behalf of the Contractor, the wages, earned by him shall be paid before the expiry of succeeding the one on which his employment is terminated.

(v)

All payment of wages shall be made on a working day.

Wages Book and Wages Slip etc. EE, AP-1

- 338 -

(i)

The contractor shall maintain a wage book of each worker in such form as may be convenient but the same shall include the following particulars (a)

Rate of daily or monthly wages.

(b)

Name of work on which employed.

(c)

Total numbers of days worked during each wage period.

(d)

Total amount payable for the work during each wage period.

(e)

All deductions made from the wages with an indication in each case of the ground for which the deduction is made.

(f)

Wages actually paid for each wage period.

(ii)

The contractor shall also maintain a wage slip for each worker employed on the work.

(iii)

The authority competent to accept the contract may grant an exemption from the maintenance of Wages book and Wage Slips to a contractor who in his opinion may not directly or indirectly employ more than 100 persons in the work.

7.

Fines and deductions which may be made from wages (1)

The wages of a worker shall be paid to him without any deduction of any kind except the following : (a)

Fines.

(b)

Deductions for absence from duty i.e. from the place or places where by the terms of his employment he is required to work. The amount of deduction shall be in proportionate to the person for which he was absent.

(c)

Deductions for damage to or loss of goods expressly entrusted to the employed person for custody or for loss of money for which he is required to account where such damage or loss is directly attributable to his neglect or default.

(d)

Any other deductions which the PWD may from time to time allow.

2.)

No fine shall be imposed on a worker and no deduction for damage or loss be made from his wages until the worker has been given an opportunity of showing cause against such fines or deductions.

3.).

The total amount of fine which may be imposed in any one wage period on a worker shall not exceed an amount equal to 50 paisa in a rupee of the wage payable to him in respect of that wage period.

4.)

No fine imposed on any worker shall be recoverable from him by installments or after the expiry of 60 days from the date on which it was imposed.

8.

Register of Fine etc. 1.

The contactor shall maintain a register of fine and of all deductions for damage or loss such Register shall maintain the reason for which fine was imposed or deduction for damage or loss was made.

EE, AP-1

- 339 -

2.

9.

The contractor shall maintain, a list in English and local Indian Language clearly defining acts and commissions for which penalty of fine can be imposed. He shall display such list and maintain it in a clean and legible condition in conspicuous places on the work. Preservation of Books The wage book, the wage slips and the Register of lines, deductions required be maintained under these regulations shall be preserved for 12 months after the date of last entry made in them.

10.

Power of Labour Welfare Officer to make Investigation of Enquiry The Labour Welfare Officer or any person authorized by the Government on their behalf shall have power to make enquiries with a view to ascertaining and enforcing due and proper observance of the wage clause and provisions of their regulations. He shall investigate into any complaint regarding the default made by the Contractor or sub-Contractor in regard to such provisions.

11.

Report of Labour Welfare Officer The Labour Welfare Officer or any other person authorized aforesaid shall submit a report of the result of his investigations enquiry to the Executive Engineer concerned indicating the extent, if any, to which the default has been committed and the amount of fine recoverable in respect of the acts or commission and omission of the labourer with a note that necessary deduction from contractor’s will be made and the wages and other dues be paid to the labourers concerned.

12. Appeal against the decision of Labour Welfare Officers Any person aggrieved by the decision and recommendation of the Labour Welfare Officer or other person so authorized may appeal against decision to the Labour Commissioner but subject to such appeal the decision of the officer shall be final and binding upon the Contractor. 12A-

No party shall be allowed to be represented by a lawyer during any investigation, enquiry appeal or any other proceedings under these regulations.

13. Inspection of Register The contractor shall allow inspection of the Wage Book. Wage Slips to any of his workers or to his agent at a convenient time and place after due notice is received, or to the Labour Welfare Officer or any other person authorized by the Haryana Government in his behalf. 14. Submission of Returns The contractor shall submit periodical as may be specified from time to time.

15. Amendment The Haryana Government may, from time to time and to amend these regulations, the decision of the Labour Commissioner, Haryana Government or any other person authorized by the Haryana Government in that behalf shall be final.

EE, AP-1

- 340 -

CHAPTER-8 III-FAIR WAGES CLAUSES FAIR WAGE CLAUSES (a)

The Contractor shall pay not less than the fair wage to labourers engaged by him on the work. EXAMINATION :- Fair Wage’ means wage whether fo r time o f p iece wo rk no tified fro m time to time fo r the area and where su ch wages h ave not b een so no tified th e wages sp ecif ied b y the Pu blic Wo rks (B&R) Dep tt. Haryana fo r th e d istric t in wh ich the wo rk is do n e. (b)

The Contractor shall not withstanding the provisions of any agreement to the contrary, caused to be paid fair wages to labour, indirectly engaged on the work including any labour engaged by his sub-contractors in connection with the said work, as if the labourers had been directly employed by him.

(c)

In respect of labour directly or indirectly employed on the works for the performances of the contractor’s part on this agreement the contractor shall comply with or cause to be complied with the Haryana PWD Contractor’s Labour’s Regulations made by the Government from time to time in regard to payment of wages wage period deductions from wages recovery of wages not paid and deductions unauthorized made maintenance of wage register wage book, wage slip, publication of wages and other terms of employment inspection and submission of periodical returns and all other matters of a lime nature.

(d)

The Executive Engineer or Sub Divisional Engineer concerned shall have the rights to deduct, from the moneys due to the Contractor, any sum required or estimated to be required for making good the loss suffered by a worker or workers by reason of nonfulfillment of the conditions of the contract for benefit of the workers, non payment of wages or deductions made from his or their wages, which are not justified by terms of the contract for non observance of the regulations referred to in clause (c) above.

(e)

Vis-à-vis the Haryana Government, the Contractor shall be primarily liable for all payments to be made under and the observance of the regulations aforesaid without prejudice to his right to claim indemnity from his sub Contractors.

(f)

The regulations shall be deemed to be a part of this contract and any branch there shall be deemed to be branch of this contract.

Executive Engineer, Provincial Division, Hr. PW (B&R), Deptt.________ Phone : Email:

EE, AP-1

- 341 -

CHAPTER-9 RULES FOR PROTECTION OF H EALTH & SANITARY ARRANGEMENTS Rules for the Protection of Health and Sanitary Arrangements for Workers Employed by the Haryana Public Works Department or its Contractors The Contractor shall at his own expense provide or arrange for the provision of foot wear for any labour doing cement mixing work (the Contractor has undertaken to execute under this contract) to the satisfaction of the Engineer – in – charge and on his failure to do so Government shall be entitled to provide the same and recover the cost thereof from Contractor. The Contractor shall submit by the 4th and 19th of every month to the Executive Engineer a true statement showing in respect of the second half of the proceeding month and the first half of the current month respectively (i) the number of labourers employed by him on the work (ii) their working hours (iii) the wages paid to them (iv) the accident that occurred during the said forthright showing the circumstances under which they happened and the extent of damage and injury caused by them and (v) the number of female workers who have been allowed Maternity benefit according to clause 19-F and the amount paid to them failing which the Contractor shall be liable to pay to Government a sum not exceeding Rs. 50/- for each default or materially incorrect statement. The decision of the Executive Engineer shall be final in deducting from any bill due to the contractor the amount levied as fine. Maternity benefit for female workers employed by the Contractor, leave and pay during leave shall be regulated as follow: 1. LEAVE (i) in case of delivery/maternity leave not exceeding 8 weeks (4 weeks up to and including the day of delivery and 4 weeks following that day) (ii) in case of miscarriage : up to 3 weeks from the date of miscarriage. 2. PAY (i) In case of delivery, leave pay during maternity leave will be at the rate of the woman’s average daily earning calculated on the total wages earned on the day when full time work was done during a period of 3 months immediately preceding the date of which she gives notice that she excepts to be confined or at the rate of Rs. 12/- per day which ever is greater. (ii)

In case of miscarriage, Leave pay at the rate of average daily earning calculated on the total wages earned on the days when full time work was done during a period of 3 months immediately proceeding the date of such miscarriage.

(iii)

Conditions for the grant of Maternity leave :- No Maternity leave benefit shall be admissible to a woman unless she produces a certificate of confinement and excepted delivery within 4 weeks proceeding the date on she proceeds on leave.

3.

FIRST AID (a) At every work place, there shall be maintained in readily accessible place first aid appliances including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing and cotton wools. The appliances shall be kept in good order and in large workplaces it shall be placed under the charge of a responsible person who shall be readily available during the working hours.

(b) All large work places where hospital facilities are not available within easy distance of the work, first aid post shall be established and be run by a trained compo under. (c) Where large work places are remote from regular hospital an indoor ward shall be provided with one bed for every 250 employees. (d) Where large work places are situated in cities, towns in their suburbs and no beds are considered necessary owing to the proximity of city or town hospitals a suitable transport shall be provided to facilitate removal of urgent cases to these hospitals.

EE, AP-1

- 342 -

At other work place, the conveyance facilities such as car shall be kept readily available to take injured or persons suddenly taken seriously ill, to the nearest hospital. SCALES OF ACCOMMODATION IN LATRINES URINALS

These shall be provided within the precinct of every work places, Latrines and Urinals in an accessible place and the accommodation separately for each of them shall not be less than the following scales : No. of Shades (a) Where the number of persons does not exceed 50

2

(b) Where the number of persons exceeding 50 but does not exceeds 100

3

(c) For every additional 100

3 per 100

In particulars cases the Executive Engineer shall have the powers to very the scale where necessary. La trines a nd Urinals for wo men If women are employed, separate latrines and urinals screamed from these for men and marked in vernacular in conspicuous letters ‘FOR WOMEN ONLY’ shall be provided on the scale laid in rules, Similarly those for men shall be marked ‘FOR MEN ONLY’ A poster showing the figures of a man and women shall also be exhibited at the entrance of latrine for each sex. There shall be adequate supply of water close to latrines.

LATRINES AND URINAL Except in work places provided with flush latrines concerned with a water borne sewerages systems all latrines shall be provided with receptacies order earth system which shall be in working order and kept in strictly sanitary conditions. The receptacles shall be tarried inside and outside at least once a year. The inside walls shall be constructed of masonry or some suitable heat resisting non absorbent material and shall be cement washed inside and outside at least once a year. The dates of cement shall be noted in register maintained for this purpose and kept available for inspection. DISPOSAL OF EXCRETA Unless otherwise aggranged for by the local sanitary authority arrangements for proper disposal and a sanitary of excreta by incineration at the work place shall be made by means of a suitable incineration approved by the Asstt. Director of Public Health or Municipal Medical Officer of Health, as the case may be, in whose jurisdiction the work place is situated. Alternately excreta may be disposed of by putting a layer of night soil at the bottom of pucca tank prepared for the purpose and covering it with 9 inches layers of earth for a fortnight when it will turn into a manure. CRECHE: At every work place these shall be provided free of cost two suitable sheds one main and the other for the use of labour. The height of the shelter shall not be less than eleven feet from the floor level to the lowest part of the roof.

EE, AP-1

- 343 -

PROVISION OR SHELTER DURING REST: At every work place at which 50 or more women workers are ordinary employed, these two huts for use of children under the age of six years belonging to such women. One hut shall be used for infants “Games and to play” and the other as their bed room. The hut shall not be constructed on a lower standard then the following :(i)

Thatched roofs.

(ii)

Mud floors and walls.

(iii)

Plants spread over mud floor and covered with mating.

The huts shall be provided with suitable and sufficient opening for light and ventilations. There shall be adequate provision of sweepers to keep the place clean. There shall be two day attendant. Sanitary, utensils shall be provided to the satisfaction of Health Office of the area concerned. The use of the hut shall be restricted to children, their attendant and mothers of the children. CANTEEN: A cooked food canteen on a moderate scale shall be provided for the benefit of workers where over it is considered expedient. GENERAL RULES AS TO SCAFFOLDS : (i)

Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for all workmen for all works that cannot be safely done from a ladder or by other means.

(ii)

A scaffolds shall not be constructed taken down or substantially altered except.

(a)

Under the supervision of a competent and responsible person, and

(b)

As far as possible by competent workers possessing adequate experience in this kind of work.

(c)

All scaffolds and appliances connected there with and ladder shall :1. be of sound material.

2. be of adequate strength having regard to the load and strains to which they will be subjected and. 3. be maintained in proper condition. 4. scaffolds shall not be overloaded and so far as practicable, the load shall be evenly distributed. 5. scaffolds shall be so constructed that no part there of can be displaced in on normal use. 6. Before installing, lifting gear on scaffolds special precautions shall be taken to ensure the strength and stability of the scaffolds.

EE, AP-1

- 344 -

7. scaffolds shall be periodically inspected by the competent person.

8. before allowing a scaffold to be used by the workman, every care shall be taken to see whether the scaffolds have been erected by his workmen and steps taken to ensure that it complies fully with the requirement of the articles. 9. Working platforms gangways and stairways shall. (a) be so constructed that no part of the road is covered. (b) Be so constructed and maintained, having regard to the prevailing condition as to reduce as for as practicable. (c) Be kept free from any unnecessary obstruction. (d) In case of working platforms gangways place and stairways at a height exceeding that to be prescribed by a national laws and regulations :(i) Every working platform and every gangway shall be closely boarded unless other adequate measures are taken to ensure safety. (ii) Every working platform and every gangway shall have adequate width, and. Every opening in the floor of a building or in working platforms shall except for the time and to the extent required to allow the access of persons or the transport or shifting of material be provided with suitable means to prevent the fall of persons or materials. When persons are employed on a roof where there is a danger of failing from a height exceeding that to be prescribed by national laws of regulations suitable precautions shall be a taken to prevent the fall of persons or materials. Suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent persons being struck by articles which might fall from scaffolds or other working places. 1. Soft means of access shall be provided to all working platforms an other working places. 2. Every place where work is carried on the means approach there to shall be adequately lighted. 3. Every ladder shall be securely fixed of such length as to provide secure hand held and foot at every position at which it is used. 4. Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from electrical equipment. 5. No material on the site shall be so stacked or placed as to cause danger to any person.

GENERAL RULES AS TO SAFETY EQ UIPMENT AND FIRST AID (1) All necessary personal safety equipment shall be kept and available for use of the persons employed on the site be maintained in condition suitable for immediate use. (2) The worker shall be required to use the equipment thus provided and the employed shall take adequate steps to ensure proper use of the equipment by these concerned.

Adequate provision shall be made for prompt first aid treatment of all injuries likely to be sustained during the course of the work.

EE, AP-1

- 345 -

EXPLANATORY NOTES 1.

The above rates are for complete work including cost of all materials, labour, tools and plants and water etc. unless or otherwise specified.

2.

All other items covered by the Haryana PWD schedule of rates 1988, 2nd edition corrected upto date and got carried out, if any will be paid for as per Haryana PWD schedule of rates 1988, 2nd edition corrected upto date subject to the accepted tendered Premium / abatement given by the contractor for similar item of relevant chapter. All clauses and notes given in the Haryana PWD schedule of rates 1988 2nd edition with upto date correction slips issued upto the date of tender shall be applicable to all above items wherever necessary. The description, rates, units, etc. of above schedule shall be corrected as per Haryana PWD schedule of rate 1988, 2nd edition in case of any error or omission. Chapter numbers with items referred to above are of Haryana PWD schedule of rates 1988 2nd edition, corrected upto date. The whole work shall be carried out strictly in accordance with the Haryana PWD specifications book 1990 latest edition as applicable to Haryana State with upto date correction slips. No premium shall be payable on the items which are not provided in the Haryana PWD schedule of rates 1988, 2nd edition, corrected-up-to-date. Samples of all building materials, doors and windows, fittings and other articles required for use on the work shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-Charge, Articles manufactured by firms of repute, approved by the Engineer-in-Charge shall only be used. Only articles classified, as First Quality by the manufactures shall be used. Articles which are not First quality shall be rejected by the Engineer-in-Charge. Preference shall be given to those articles, which bear I.S.I. certification mark. In case articles bearing ISI certification mark are not available, the quality of samples brought by the contractor shall be judged by the standards laid down in the relevant ISI specifications. All materials and articles brought by the contractor to the site of work for use shall confirm to the samples approved, which shall be preserved till the completion of work. Final decision to reject any material shall rest with the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor shall provide suitable measuring arrangements at site for checking of various articles brought by him to ensure mixing in specified proportions. The contractor shall provide such recesses, hole, openings etc. as directed by Engineer-inCharge as required for the Electrical / sanitary work and nothing shall be payable on this account. Thickness of RCC shall be measured and paid for structural sizes designed. Steel used in supports, spacers and for hooks and overlaps, which are not, approved i.e. which are not provided according to the drawing or the instructions of Engineer-in-Charge shall not be measured for payment. Where there is a provision for flush door shutters, only doors as bear the ISI certification marks and arranged from manufacturer of good repute like Green, Duro, Jwala, Ujala, True wood, Black Cobra shall be accepted. In case flush doocr shutters bearing ISI certification marks are not available in the market, flush door shutters confirming to ISI specifications and arranged from manufacturer of good repute shall only be accepted. They should be water proof, termite proof and have a guarantee for 10 years for any defect liability. Steel butt hinges shall strictly confirm to Indian standard specification, IS-1341-1970 (Latest edition) and dimensions given in table 2 for medium weight cold rolled mild steel butt hinges of the above specifications Hinges shall be of good workmanship and manufactured by the firm of good repute. Analysis of rates for non-schedule / non agreement items i.e. items which are not provided in the Notice Inviting Tender / Haryana PWD Schedule of Rates, 1988 2nd editions corrected upto date shall be payable as per actual lowest market rates from the recognized public market suitable to the executing division and wages of labour as applicable at the time of execution of work, plus admissible contractors profit and over head charge. For such items of materials the contractor shall be required to produce original vouchers which shall be subjected to verification by the Engineer-in-Charge. The rates for non-schedule items shall be approved by the competent authority as recognized in the departmental financial rules in existence at the time of approval.

3.

4. 5. 6.

7. 8.

9. 10.

11. 12.

13.

14.

15.

EE, AP-1

- 346 -

16. 17. 18.

19.

20.

21. 22.

23.

24.

25. 26.

27.

First Quality glazed/ceramic/vitrified tiles of reputed manufactures such as Kajaria, RAK, NITCO, Naveen to be supplied by the Deptt. or arranged by the contractor. The Tender with the condition regarding steel work to be done at labour rates shall be considered invalid and rejected straightway. The quantities of all items given in the Schedule are tentative. These can be increased or decreased as per working Architectural drawings/structurals drawings & nothing extra shall be paid. For quality control, the contractor shall be required to use cement concrete mix giving a minimum cube strength as may be prescribed in the relevant structural drawings of work. For cement concrete and cement mortar work and other items the test should be regularly carried out as per procedure laid down in relevant I.S.I. & other codes at the expense of the contractor. The rates provided in the H.S.R. 1988 2nd edition included the cost of such testing. Irrespective of what is stated in para 6 of General Rules of Haryana P.W.D. schedule of rates, 1988 2nd edition no carriage of cement, steel, bricks and water or any other type or material shall be admissible irrespective of any lead involved. All the flooring like terrazzo, Kotah stone or marble flooring should be granite finished. No extra rate shall be paid on this account to the contractor Where-ever brick work or earth filling/embankment work is to be executed, the same has to be executed in accordance with the provision in the Fly Ash Notification dated 14.9.99 & 27.8.2003 i.e. by using Fly Ash brick and filling/embankment constn. by Pond Ash/Fly Ash as specified in the aforesaid notification after getting the design approved from Engineer-in-Charge. Only I.S.I. marked factory manufactured flush door shutter ply and block board should be used, where ever required. In case factory manufactured items, the contractor will get the name of manufacturers approved form deptt. and a warranty of 5 years certificate in favour of Engineer-in-Charge in charge. In case of door shutters the type of wood used shall also be given by the manufacturer. The agency shall produced a certificate that door & window shutters fixed at site are actually factory manufactured –in case agency fails to do so the rate for the same shall be paid for site manufactured shutters as per HSR 17.30 & 17.31 of HSR 1988 2nd edition. The agency will provide 2 Nos. boards of size 4’ X 2½’ at the site of work intimating the details of the project otherwise deduction will be made from the first running bill of the Agency @ Rs 15000/- per board. Contractor will use coarse aggregate (all type of stone grit) and course sand i.e. stone dust (Zone IInd as per IS code). The material should confirming to the latest IS specification. Regular and monthly quality control test as per frequency as per IS code specification / PWD specification is to be done by the Contractor at his own cost and submit the result to the Engineer-in-Charge regularly and in case if he fails to do the same, Engineer-in-Charge will got conduct all quality control test as per frequency for any reputed lab & amount of the same will be recovered for the agency. Beside this Engineer-in-Charge will carry out their own quality control test and also will engage IIIrd party quality control agency for proper quality control work and charges of this will be borne by the Govt. All aluminum fittings for doors and windows shall be of ‘Classic’ or equivalents make confirming to I.S. Specifications as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.

EE, AP-1